Regl. 7470, art. 171.2-1.04
UN2599
Cite as Reglamento Núm. 7470, Art. 171.2-1.04
Chlorotrifluoromethane and trifuoromethane azeotropic mixture or Refrig-
0.20,0.66
0.17, 0.64
erant gas R 503.
(d) Tetraflouroethylene, stabilized,
perature of 130 °F., without evidence of
UN1081 must be packaged in a pressure
leakage, distortion or other defect.
receptacle with a minimum test pres-
Each outside shipping container must
sure of 200 bar and a working pressure
be plainly marked "INSIDE CONnot exceeding 5 bar.
TAINERS COMPLY WITH PRE-
(e) Fertilizer ammoniating solution with
SCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS."
free ammonia, UN1043 is not authorized
(2) [Reserved]
in UN tubes or MEGCs.
(d) Poisonous mixtures. A mixture con-
[71 FR 33883, June 12, 2006]
taining any poisonous material (Division 6.1 or 2.3) in such proportions that
§ 173.305 Charging of cylinders with a
the mixture would be classed as poimixture of compressed gas and
sonous under $173.115 or $173.132 must
other material.
be shipped in packagings as authorized
(a) Detailed requirements. A mixture of
for these poisonous materials.
a compressed gas and any other material must be shipped as a compressed
[29 FR 18743. Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32
gas if the mixture is a compressed gas
FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967. and amended by Amdt.
as designated in $173.115 and when not
173-70, 38 FR 5309, Feb. 27, 1973, Amdt. 173-94,
in violation of $173.301(a).
41 FR 16079. Apr. 15, 1976: 45 FR 32697, May 19,
1980; Amdt. 173-224, 56 FR 66275, 66279, Dec. 20,
(b) Filling limits. (See $173.301.) For
1991: 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013,
mixtures, the liquid portion of the liq-
Sept. 27, 2002: 67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002: 68 FR
uefied compressed gas at 131 °F. plus
24662, May 8, 2003]
any additional liquid or solid must not
completely fill the container.
§ 173.306 Limited quantities of com-
(c) Nonpoisonous and nonflammable
pressed gases.
mixtures. Mixtures containing com-
(a) Limited quantities of compressed
pressed gas or gases including insecticides, which mixtures are nonpoisonous
gases for which exceptions are perand nonflammable under this part
mitted as noted by reference to this
must be shipped in cylinders as presection in $172.101 of this subchapter
scribed in $173.304(a) or as follows:
are excepted from labeling, except
(1) Specification 2P (§178.33 of this
when offered for transportation or
subchapter). Inside metal containers
transported by air, and, unless required
equipped with safety relief devices of a
as a condition of the exception, specitype examined by the Bureau of Explofication packaging requirements of
sives and approved by the Associate
this subchapter when packaged in ac-
Administrator, and packed in strong
cordance with the following parawooden or fiber boxes of such design as
graphs. For transportation by aircraft,
to protect valves from damage or accithe package must also comply with the
dental functioning under conditions inapplicable requirements of $173.27 of
cident to transportation. Pressure in
this subchapter and only hazardous
the container may not exceed 85 psia at
materials authorized aboard passenger-
70 °F. Each completed metal container
carrying aircraft may be transported
filled for shipment must be heated
as a limited quantity. In addition, shipuntil content reaches a minimum temments are not subject to subpart F
610
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.306
(Placarding) of part 172 of this sub-
(iii) Liquid content of the material
chapter, to part 174 of this subchapter
and gas must not completely fill the
except $174.24, and to part 177 of this
container at 130 °F.
subchapter except § 177.817. Each pack-
(iv) The container must be packed in
age may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds)
strong outside packagings.
gross weight.
(v) Each container must be subjected
(1) When in containers of not more
to a test performed in a hot water
than 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic
bath; the temperature of the bath and
inches or less) except cigarette lightthe duration of the test must be such
ers. Special exceptions for shipment of
that the internal pressure reaches that
which would be reached at 55 °C (131 °F)
certain compressed gases in the ORM-D
(50 °C (122 °F) if the liquid phase does
class are provided in paragraph (h) of
not exceed 95% of the capacity of the
this section.
container at 50 °C (122 °F)). If the con-
(2) When in metal containers filled
tents are sensitive to heat, the temwith a material that is not classed as a
perature of the bath must be set at behazardous material to not more than 90
tween 20 °C (68 °F) and 30 °C (86 °F) but,
percent of capacity at 70 °F. and then
in addition, one container in 2,000 must
charged with nonflammable. nonliquebe tested at the higher temperature.
fied gas. Each container must be tested
No leakage or permanent deformation
to three times the pressure at 70 °F.
of a container may occur.
and, when refilled, be retested to three
(vi) Each outside packaging must be
times the pressure of the gas at 70 °F.
marked "INSIDE CONTAINERS COM-
Also, one of the following conditions
PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULAmust be met:
TIONS."
(i) Container is not over 1 quart ca-
(4) Gas samples must be transported
pacity and charged to not more than
under the following conditions:
170 psig at 70 °F. and must be packed in
(i) A gas sample may only be trans-
a strong outside packaging. or
ported as non-pressurized gas when its
(ii) Container is not over 30 gallons
pressure corresponding to ambient atcapacity and charged to not more than
mospheric pressure in the container is
75 psig at 70 °F.
not more than 105 kPa absolute (15.22
(3) When in a metal container for the
psia).
sole purpose of expelling a nonpoi-
(ii) Non-pressurized gases, toxic (or
sonous (other than a Division 6.1 Packtoxic and flammable) must be packed
in hermetically sealed glass or metal
ing Group III material) liquid, paste or
powder, provided all of the following
inner packagings of not more than one
conditions are met. Special exceptions
L (0.3 gallons) overpacked in a strong
outer packaging.
for shipment of aerosols in the ORM-D
(iii) Non-pressurized gases, flamclass are provided in paragraph (h) of
mable must be packed in hermetically
this section.
sealed glass or metal inner packagings
(i) Capacity must not exceed 1 L(61.0
of not more than 5 L (1.3 gallons) and
cubic inches).
overpacked in a strong outer pack-
(ii) Pressure in the container must
aging.
not exceed 180 psig at 130 °F. If the
(b) Exceptions for foodstuffs, soap,
pressure exceeds 140 psig at 130 °F., but
biologicals, electronic tubes, and audible
does not exceed 160 psig at 130 °F., a
fire alarm systems. Limited quantities of
specification DOT 2P ($178.33 of this
compressed gases (except Division 2.3
subchapter) inside metal container
gases) for which exceptions are promust be used; If the pressure exceeds
vided as indicated by reference to this
160 psig at 130 °F., a specification DOT
section in $172.101 of this subchapter.
2Q ($178.33a of this subchapter) inside
when accordance with one of the folmetal container must be used. In any
lowing paragraphs, are excepted from
event, the metal container must be calabeling, except when offered for transpable of withstanding without bursting
portation or transported by aircraft,
a pressure of one and one-half times
and the specification packaging rethe equilibrium pressure of the content
quirements of this subchapter. For
at 130 °F.
transportation by aircraft, the package
611
§ 173.306
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
must comply with the applicable re-
(19.3 fluid ounces). The pressure in the
quirements of $173.27 of this subcontainer may not exceed 140 psig at
chapter; the net quantity per package
130 °F., and the liquid content of the
may not exceed the quantity specified
product and gas must not completely
in column (9A) of the Hazardous Matefill the containers at 130 °F. One comrials Table in $172.101 of this subpleted container out of each lot of 500
chapter; and only hazardous materials
or less, filled for shipment, must be
authorized aboard passenger-carrying
heated, until the pressure in the conaircraft may be transported as a limtainer is equivalent to equilibrium
ited quantity. In addition, shipments
pressure of the content at 130 °F. There
are not subject to subpart F
must be no evidence of leakage. distor-
(Placarding) of part 172 of this subtion, or other defect. Container must
chapter. to part 174 of this subchapter,
be packed in strong outside packexcept $174.24, and to part 177 of this
agings.
subchapter, except $177.817. Special ex-
(4) Electronic tubes, each having a
ceptions for shipment of certain comvolume of not more than 30 cubic
pressed gases in the ORM-D class are
inches and charged with gas to a presprovided in paragraph (h) of this secsure of not more than 35 psig and
tion.
packed in strong outside packagings.
(1) Foodstuffs or soaps in a nonrefill-
(5) Audible fire alarm systems powable metal container not exceeding 1 L
ered by a compressed gas contained in
(61.0 cubic inches), with soluble or
an inside metal container when shipped
emulsified compressed gas, provided
under the following conditions:
the pressure in the container does not
(i) Each inside container must have
exceed 140 p.s.i.g. at 130 °F. The metal
contents which are not flammable, poicontainer must be capable of withsonous, or corrosive as defined under
standing without bursting a pressure of
this part,
one and one-half times the equilibrium
(ii) Each inside container may not
pressure of the content at 130 °F.
have a capacity exceeding 35 cubic
(i) Containers must be packed in
inches (19.3 fluid ounces),
strong outside packagings.
(iii) Each inside container may not
(ii) Liquid content of the material
have a pressure exceeding 70 psig at 70
and the gas must not completely fill
°F. and the liquid portion of the gas
the container at 130 °F.
may not completely fill the inside con-
(iii) Each outside packaging must be
tainer at 130 °F., and
marked "INSIDE CONTAINERS COM-
(iv) Each nonrefillable inside con-
PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULAtainer must be designed and fabricated
TIONS."
with a burst pressure of not less than
(2) Cream in refillable metal recepfour times its charged pressure at 130
tacles with soluble or emulsified com-
°F. Each refillable inside container
pressed gas. Containers must be of such
must be designed and fabricated with a
design that they will hold pressure
burst pressure of not less than five
without permanent deformation up to
times its charged pressure at 130 °F.
375 psig and must be equipped with a
(c)-(d) [Reserved]
device designed so as to release pres-
(e) Refrigerating machines. (1) New
sure without bursting of the container
(unused) refrigerating machines or
or dangerous projection of its parts at
components thereof are excepted from
higher pressures. This exception apthe specification packaging requireplies to shipments offered for transporments of this part if they meet the foltation by refrigerated motor vehicles
lowing conditions. In addition, shiponly.
ments are not subject to subpart F of
(3) Nonrefillable metal containers
part 172 of this subchapter, to part 174
charged with a Division 6.1 Packing
of this subchapter except $174.24 and to
Group III or nonflammable solution
part 177 of this subchapter except
containing biological products or a
$177.817.
medical preparation which could be de-
(i) Each pressure vessel may not conteriorated by heat. and compressed gas
tain more than 5,000 pounds of Group
or gases. The capacity of each con-
A1 refrigerant as classified in ANSI/
tainer may not exceed 35 cubic inches
ASHRAE Standard 15 or not more than
612
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.306
50 pounds of refrigerant other than
of this subchapter when shipped under
Group A1.
the following conditions. In addition,
(ii) Machines or components having
shipments are not subject to subpart F
two or more charged vessels may not
of part 172 of this subchapter, to part
contain an aggregate of more than 2,000
174 of this subchapter except $174.24
pounds of Group I refrigerant or more
and to part 177 of this subchapter exthan 100 pounds of refrigerant other
cept $177.817.
than Group I.
(i) Each accumulator must be shipped
(iii) Each pressure vessel must be
as an inside packaging,
equipped with a safety device meeting
(ii) Each accumulator may not have
the requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE 15
a gas space exceeding 2,500 cubic inches
(IBR, see §171.7 of this subchapter).
under stored pressure, and
(iv) Each pressure vessel must be
(iii) Each accumulator must be testequipped with a shut-off valve at each
ed, without evidence of failure or damopening except openings used for safety
devices and with no other connection.
age, to at least three times its charged
pressure of 70 °F., but not less than 120
These valves must be closed prior to
p.s.i. before initial shipment and before
and during transportation.
(v) Pressure vessels must be manueach refilling and reshipment.
factured, inspected and tested in ac-
(3) Accumulators with a charging
cordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15, or
pressure exceeding 200 p.s.i.g. at 70 °F.
when over 6 inches internal diameter,
are excepted from labeling (except
in accordance with Section VIII of the
when offered for transportation by air)
ASME Code (IBR, see $171.7 of this suband the specification packaging rechapter).
quirements of this subchapter when
(vi) All parts subject to refrigerant
shipped under the following conditions:
pressure during shipment must be test-
(i) Each accumulator must be in comed in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE
pliance with the requirements stated in
15.
paragraph (f)(2). (i), (ii), and (iii) of this
(vii) The liquid portion of the refrigsection, and
erant, if any, may not completely fill
(ii) Each accumulator must be deany pressure vessel at 130 °F.
signed and fabricated with a burst pres-
(viii) The amount of refrigerant, if
sure of not less than five times its
liquefied, may not exceed the filling
charged pressure at 70 °F. when
density prescribed in $173.304.
shipped.
(f) Accumulators (Articles, pressurized
(4) Accumulators intended to funcpneumatic or hydraulic containing nontion as shock absorbers, struts, gas
flammable gas). The following applies to
springs, pneumatic springs or other imaccumulators, which are hydraulic acpact or energy-absorbing devices are
cumulators containing nonliquefied,
not subject to the requirements of this
nonflammable gas. and nonflammable
subchapter provided each:
liquids or pneumatic accumulators
(i) Has a gas space capacity not excontaining nonliquefied, nonflammable
ceeding 1.6 L and a charge pressure not
gas, fabricated from materials which
exceeding 280 bar, where the product of
will not fragment upon rupture.
the capacity expressed in liters and
(1) Accumulators installed in motor
charge pressure expressed in bars does
vehicles, construction equipment. and
not exceed 80 (for example, 0.5 L gas
assembled machinery and designed and
space and 160 bar charge pressure):
fabricated with a burst pressure of not
(ii) Has a minimum burst pressure of
less than five times their charged pres-
4 times the charge pressure at 20°C for
sure at 70 °F., when shipped. are not
products not exceeding 0.5 L gas space
subject to the requirements of this subcapacity and 5 times the charge preschapter.
sure for products greater than 0.5 L gas
(2) Accumulators charged with limspace capacity;
ited quantities of compressed gas to
(iii) Design type has been subjected
not more than 200 p.s.i.g. at 70 °F. are
to a fire test demonstrating that the
excepted from labeling (except when ofarticle relieves its pressure by means
fered for transportation by air) and the
of a fire degradable seal or other presspecification packaging requirements
sure relief device, such that the article
613
$ 173.306, Nf.
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
will not fragment and that the article
(h) A limited quantity which condoes not rocket; and
forms to the provisions of paragraphs
(iv) Accumulators must be manufac-
(a)(1), (a)(3). or (b) of this section and is
tured under a written quality assur-
a "Consumer Commodity" as defined in
ance program which monitors param-
$171.8 of this subchapter, may be reeters controlling burst strength, burst
named "Consumer Commodity" and remode and performance in a fire situaclassed as "ORM-D" material. For
tion as specified in paragraphs (f)(4)(i)
transportation by aircraft, only hazthrough (f)(4)(iii) of this section. A
ardous materials authorized aboard
copy of the quality assurance program
passenger-carrying aircraft may be remust be maintained at each facility at
named "Consumer Commodity" and rewhich the accumulators are manufacclassed "ORM-D." Each package may
tured.
not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross
(5) Accumulators not conforming to
weight. In addition to the exceptions
the provisions of paragraphs (f)(1)
provided by paragraphs (a) and (b) of
through (f) (4) of this section, may only
this section:
be transported subject to the approval
(1) Outside packagings are not reof the Associate Administrator.
quired to be marked "INSIDE CON-
(g) Water pump system tank. Water
TAINERS COMPLY WITH PREpump system tanks charged with com-
SCRIBED REGULATIONS";
pressed air or limited quantities of ni-
(2) Shipments of ORM-D materials
trogen to not over 40 psig for singleare not subject to the shipping paper
trip shipment to installation sites are
requirements of subpart C of part 172 of
excepted from labeling (transportation
this subchapter, unless the material
by air not authorized) and the specimeets the definition of a hazardous
fication packaging requirements of
substance, a hazardous waste, or a mathis subchapter when shipped under the
rine pollutant or unless offered for
following conditions. In addition, shiptransportation or transported by airments are not subject to subpart F of
craft; and
this subchapter, to part 174 of this sub-
(3) Shipments of ORM-D materials
chapter except $174.24 and part 177 exare eligible for the exceptions provided
cept $ 177.817.
in $173.156.
(1) The tank must be of steel, welded
(i) Aerosols with a capacity of less than
with heads concave to pressure. having
50 mL. Aerosols, as defined in $171.8 of
a rated water capacity not exceeding
this subchapter, with a capacity not
120 gallons and with outside diameter
exceeding 50 mL and with a pressure
not exceeding 24 inches. Safety relief
not exceeding 970 kPa (141 psig) at 55 °C
devices not required.
(131 °F), containing no hazardous mate-
(2) The tank must be pneumatically
rials other than a Division 2.2 gas, are
tested to 100 psig. Test pressure must
not subject to the requirements of this
be permanently marked on the tank.
subchapter.
(3) The stress at prescribed pressure
must not exceed 20,000 psi using for-
[Amdt. 173-94, 41 FR 16079. Apr. 15, 1976)
mula:
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting $173.306, see the List of CFR
S = Pd / 2t
Sections Affected which appears in the Findwhere:
ing Aids section of the printed volume and
on GPO Access.
S = wall stress in psi:
P = prescribed pressure for the tank of at
EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 71 FR 3427, Jan.
least 3 times charged pressure at 70 °F or
23, 2006. 173.306 was amended by making the
100 psig, whichever is greater;
following changes, effective Jan. 1, 2007. At
d = inside diameter in inches;
71 FR 23871, Apr. 25, 2006, the amendatory in-
t = minimum wall thickness, in inches.
struction 12a. on page 3427 of that document
was corrected. effective Jan. 1. 2007.
(4) The burst pressure must be at
a. In paragraph (a)(1), in the last sentence,
least 6 times the charge pressure at 70
the wording "paragraph (h)" is removed and
°F.
the wording "paragraph (I)" is added in its
(5) Each tank must be overpacked in
place.
a strong outer packaging in accordance
b. In paragraph (a)(3) introductory text, in
with $ 173.301 (h).
the last sentence, the wording "paragraph
614
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.308
(h)" is removed and the wording "paragraph
tires and tire assemblies must meet the
(i)" is added in its place.
conditions in $175.8(b)(4) of this sub-
c. In paragraph (b) introductory text, in
chapter.
the last sentence, the wording "paragraph
(3) Balls used for sports.
(h)" is removed and the wording "paragraph
(4) Refrigerating machines, including
(1)" is added in its place.
dehumidifiers and air conditioners. and
d. Paragraph (i) is redesignated as paragraph (j), paragraph (h) is redesignated as
components thereof, such as
paragraph (i), and a new paragraph (h) is
precharged tubing containing:
added to read as follows:
(i) 12 kg (25 pounds) or less of a nonflammable, non-toxic gas;
§ 173.306 Limited quantities of compressed
(ii) 12 L (3 gallons) or less of ammogases.
nia solution (UN2672):
*
(iii) Except when offered or transported by air, 12 kg (25 pounds) or less
(h) Lighter refills. (1) Lighter refills (see
of a flammable, non-toxic gas:
§ 171.8 of this subchapter) must not contain
(iv) Except when offered or transan ignition element but must contain a reported by air or vessel, 20 kg (44
lease device. Lighter refills offered for transportation under this section may not exceed
pounds) or less of a Group A1 refrig-
4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or
erant specified in ANSI/ASHRAE
contain more than 65 grams of a Division 2.1
Standard 15 (IBR, see $ 171.7 of this subfuel. For transportation by highway or rail,
chapter): or
lighter refills must be tightly packed and se-
(v) 100 g (4 ounces) or less of a flamcured against movement in strong outer
mable, non-toxic liquefied gas.
packagings. For transportation by aircraft
(b) [Reserved]
or vessel, lighter refills must be tightly
packed and secured against movement in any
[Amdt. 173-94, 41 FR 16081, Apr. 15, 1976, as
rigid specification outer packaging authoramended by Amdt. 173-135. 45 FR 13090, Feb.
ized in Subpart L of Part 178 of this sub-
28, 1980: 65 FR 50462. Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 45038,
chapter at the Packing Group II performance
July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR
level.
76174. Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006]
(2) Exceptions. For highway transportation.
when no more than 1,500 lighter refills COV-
§ 173.308 Cigarette lighter or other
ered by this paragraph are transported in
similar device charged with fuel.
one motor vehicle, the requirements of sub-
(a) In addition to the requirements of
parts C through H of part 172. and Part 177 of
this subchapter do not apply. Lighter refills
$ 173.21(i), a cigarette lighter or other
covered under this paragraph must be packsimilar device charged with a flamaged in rigid, strong outer packagings meetmable gas must be shipped as follows:
ing the general packaging requirements of
(1) No more than 70 mL (2.3 fluid
subpart B of this part. Outer packagings
ounces) of liquefied gas may be loaded
must be plainly and durably marked, on two
into each device;
opposing sides or ends, with the word
(2) The liquid portion of the gas may
"LIGHTER REFILLS" and the number of denot exceed 85 percent of the volumetric
vices contained therein in letters measuring
at least 20 mm (0.79 in) in height. No person
capacity of each fluid chamber at 15 °C
may offer for transportation or transport the
(59 °F):
lighter refills or prepare the lighter refills
(3) Each device. including closures,
for shipment unless that person has been
must be capable of withstanding withspecifically informed of the requirements of
out leakage or rupture an internal
this section.
pressure of at least two times the
vapor pressure of the fuel at 55 °C (131
*
*
*
°F); and
(4) Devices must be overpacked in
§ 173.307 Exceptions for compressed
packaging that is designed or arranged
gases.
to prevent moving of the device itself.
(a) The following materials are not
(b) When no more than 1,500 devices
subject to the requirements of this subcovered by this section are transported
chapter:
in one motor vehicle by highway. the
(1) Carbonated beverages.
requirements of subparts C through H
(2) Tires when inflated to pressures
of part 172 of this subchapter. and part
not greater than their rated inflation
177 of this subchapter do not apply.
pressures. For transportation by air,
However, no person may offer for
615
$ 173.308, Nt.
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
transportation or transport the devices
(i) Has the equipment necessary to perform
or prepare the devices for shipment unthe testing required to the level of accuracy
less that person has been specifically
required:
informed of the requirements of this
(ii) Is able to demonstrate. upon request.
the knowledge of the testing procedures and
section. The outer packaging, as specirequirements of the HMR relative to lightfied in Special Provision N10 of
ers;
$172.102(c)(5) of this subchapter, must
(iii) Does not manufacture or market lightbe plainly and durably marked with
ers, is not financially dependent or owned in
the required proper shipping name
whole or in part. by any entity that manuspecified in § 172.101 of this subchapter,
factures or markets lighters:
or the words "CIGARETTE LIGHT-
(iv) Is a resident of the United States: and
ERS" and the number of devices con-
(v) Performs all examination and testing in
tained in the package.
accordance with the requirements of para-
(c) For transportation by water in a
graph (b)(3) and (4) of this section.
(5) The Associate Administrator will assign
closed transport vehicle or a closed
an identification code to each person who is
freight container, the following warnauthorized to examine and test lighters. This
ing must be affixed to the access doors:
identification code must be incorporated
WARNING-MAY CONTAIN EXPLOSIVE
into a unique test report identifier for each
MIXTURES WITH AIR-KEEP IGNITION
successfully tested lighter design.
SOURCES AWAY WHEN OPENING.
(b) Examination and testing of lighter design
types. (1) Lighter design type definition. A new
The warning must be on a contrasting
lighter design is one that has never been exbackground and must be readily legible
amined and tested or one that differs from a
from a distance of 8 m (26 feet).
previous design in any manner that may affect the escape (leakage) of gas. Lighter
[Amdt. 173-94, 41 FR 16081, Apr. 15, 1976, as
characteristics that may affect the escape of
amended by Amdt. 173-94A, 41 FR 40683, Sept.
gas include changes in materials of construc-
20. 1976; Amdt. 173-120, 43 FR 39792, Sept. 7,
tion, ignition mechanism. burner valve de-
1978: Amdt. 173-165. 48 FR 28101, June 20, 1983;
sign, wall thickness, sealing materials. and
Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52665 Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR
type of fuel (e.g., vapor pressure differences).
65276, Dec. 20, 1991: 63 FR 37461. July 10. 1998;
(2) Lighter samples submitted for examination
66 FR 45381. Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941. Oct. 30,
and testing. Samples of a new lighter design
2003]
are excepted from the requirements of (a)(4)
EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 71 FR 3427, Jan.
and (d) of this section and may be offered for
23. 2006, $173.308 was revised, effective Jan. 1,
transportation and transported under the
2007. For the convenience of the user, the refollowing conditions:
vised text is set forth as follows:
(i) The samples must be transported only
to an authorized testing agency;
$173.308 Lighters.
(ii) No more than 12 lighters may be pack-
(a) General requirements. No person may
aged in a single outer packaging:
offer for transportation or transport a light-
(iii) Inner packagings must conform to the
er (see $171.8 of this subchapter) containing a
requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this sec-
Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material except
tion. For transportation by aircraft, interunder the following conditions:
mediate or outer packagings must meet the
(1) The lighter must contain a fuel respressure differential requirements of
ervoir not exceeding 4 fluid ounces capacity
$173.27(c) of this part;
(7.22 cubic inches). and must contain not
(iv) The outer packaging must conform to
more than 10 grams (0.35 ounce) of flammable
the requirements of Subpart M of Part 178 of
gas.
this subchapter at the Packing Group I per-
(2) The maximum filling density may not
formance level and to the requirements of
exceed 85 percent of the volumetric capacity
$173.24 of this subpart;
of each fluid reservoir at 15 °C (59 °F).
(v) The word "sample" must appear on the
(3) Each lighter design. including closures,
shipping paper as part of the proper shipping
must be capable of withstanding, without
name or in association with the basic deleakage or rupture, an internal pressure of at
scription; and
least two times the pressure of the flam-
(vi) In addition to other required markings
mable gas at 55 °C (131 °F).
and labels. the package must be marked
(4) Each appropriate lighter design must be
"SAMPLE FOR EXAMINATION AND TESTexamined and successfully tested by a person
ING."
or agency (authorized testing agency) who is
(vii) All other applicable requirements of
authorized by the Associate Administrator
this subchapter must be met.
to perform such examination and testing
(3) Examination and testing of sample lighters
under the provisions of subpart E of part 107
by an authorized testing agency. Each sample
of this chapter and wholighter must be examined for conformance
616
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 173.308, Nt.
with paragraph (a) of this section by a per-
(D) Manufacturer of the lighter. For a forson authorized by the Associate Adminiseign manufacturer, the U.S. agent or imtrator. In addition, lighters must be subporter must be identified;
jected to the following leakage test:
(E) Description of the lighter design type
(i) A minimum of six lighters must be ex-
(e.g., model, dimensions, ignition mechaamined and tested at one time. Store the
nism, reservoir capacity, lot/batch number)
lighters in a desiccator for 24 hours. After
in sufficient detail to ensure conformance
drying. weigh each lighter on an analytical
with paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section; and
balance capable of accurately measuring to
(F) A certification by the authorized testwithin 1/10 of a milligram (0.0001 grams).
ing agency that the lighter design conforms
(ii) After weighing, place the lighters toto paragraph (a) of this section and passes or
gether in an explosion-proof, controlled-temdoes not pass the required leakage test in
perature laboratory oven capable of mainparagraph (b) of this section.
taining 38.7 ±1 °C (100 +3 °F) for 96 continuous
(ii) For as long as any lighter design is in
hours (4 days). At the end of 96 hours, remove
production and for at least three years therethe lighters from the oven and place them in
after, a copy of each lighter's test report
the same desiccator and allow the lighters to
must be maintained by the authorized testcool to ambient temperature.
ing agency that performed the examination
(iii) After cooling, weigh each lighter and
and testing and the manufacturer of the dedetermine the net weight differences for
sign. For a foreign manufacturer. each test
each lighter tested (subtract the mass after
report must be maintained in accordance
oven exposure from the original mass before
with this paragraph by the foreign manufacoven exposure).
turer's U.S. agent or importer.
(iv) Weight losses must be assessed to de-
(iii) Test reports must be traceable to a
termine the quantity of gas that leaked from
specific lighter design and must be made
the lighters and from the weight change as a
available to a representative of the Departresult of absorbed moisture. If the net
ment upon request.
weight has increased, the test facility must
(5) Transitional provisions. Until January 1,
run the required test using six empty light-
2012. approval numbers issued by the Assoers in parallel with the six filled lighters.
clate Administrator prior to January I. 2007
The parallel tests are conducted to determay continue to be marked on packages and
mine the weight of moisture absorbed in the
annotated on shipping papers, where applicable. After that time, previously issued applastic in order to determine the weight loss
of the lighters from gas leakage.
provals (i.e., T.***) will no longer be valid
and each lighter design currently in produc-
(v) If the net weight loss for any one of the
tion must be re-examined and tested under
six lighters exceeds 20 milligrams (0.020
the provisions of this section.
grams), the design must be rejected.
(c) Packaging requirements. (1) Inner contain-
(vi) Lighters manufactured to a rejected
ment. Lighters must be placed in an inner
lighter design may not be offered for transpackaging that is designed to prevent moveportation or transported in commerce unless
ment of the lighters and inadvertent ignition
approved in writing by the Associate Adminor leakage. The ignition device and gas conistrator.
trol lever of each lighter must be designed,
(4) Recordkeeping requirements. (i) Following
or securely sealed, taped, or otherwise fasthe examination of each new lighter design,
tened or packaged to protect against accithe person or agency that conducted the exdental functioning or leakage of the contents
amination and test must prepare a test reduring transport. If lighters are packed
port and make that test report available to
vertically in a plastic tray. a plastic, fiberthe manufacturer. At a minimum, the test
board or paperboard partition must be used
report must contain the following informato prevent friction between the ignition detion:
vice and the inner packaging.
(A) Name and address of test facility:
(2) Outer packaging. Lighters and their
(B) Name and address of applicant;
inner packagings must be tightly packed and
(C) A test report identifier. that is, the ausecured against movement in any rigid specithorized person or agency identifier code imfication outer packaging authorized in Submediately followed by an alpha/numeric
part L of Part 178 of this subchapter at the
identifier of four or more characters as-
Packing Group II performance level.
signed to the specific lighter design by the
(d) Shipping paper and marking requirements.
authorized person or agency (e.g.,
(1) In addition to the requirements of sub-
"LAA****," where, "LAA" is the identificapart C of part 172, shipping papers must be
tion code assigned to the authorized person
annotated with the lighter design test report
or agency by the Associate Administrator
identifier (see paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of this
and ******* is replaced with the unique test
section) traceable to the test report assigned
report identifier assigned to the specific
to the lighters or. if applicable, the prelighter design by the authorized person or
viously issued approval number (i.e., T***). in
agency):
association with the basic description.
617
$ 173.309
49 CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-06 Edition)
(2) In addition to the requirements of sub-
(iii) Inner packagings must be placed in a
part D of part 172, a lighter design test resecurely closed rigid outer packaging that
port identifier (see paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of
limits movement of the inner packagings
this section) or, if applicable, the previously
and protects them from damage:
issued approval number (i.e., T***). must be
(iv) The outer package may contain not
marked on a package containing lighters.
more than 300 lighters:
(3) For transportation by vessel in a closed
(v) A transport vehicle may carry not more
transport vehicle or a closed freight conthan 1,500 lighters at any one time;
tainer. the following warning must be affixed
(vi) The lighters may not be placed in an
to the access doors:
outer packaging with other hazardous materials; and
WARNING-MAY CONTAIN EXPLOSIVE
(vii) Outer packagings must be plainly and
MIXTURES WITH AIR-KEEP IGNITION
durably marked with the words "LIGHTERS,
SOURCES AWAY WHEN OPENING
excepted quantity."
The warning must be on a contrasting
background and must be in letters meas-
§ 173.309 Fire extinguishers.
uring at least 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) in height.
(a) Fire extinguishers charged with a
(e) Exceptions. (1) Common or contract carlimited quantity of compressed gas to
riage. For highway transportation by comnot more than 1660 kPa (241 psig) at 21
mon or contract carrier, when no more than
°C (70 °F) are excepted from labeling
1,500 lighters covered by this section are
transported in one motor vehicle. the re-
(except when offered for transportation
quirements of subparts C through H of part
by air) and the specification packaging
172, and Part 177 of this subchapter do not
requirements of this subchapter when
apply. Lighters transported in accordance
shipped under the following conditions.
with this paragraph are also excepted from
In addition, shipments are not subject
the specification packaging. shipping paper,
to subpart F of part 172 of this suband marking requirements specified in
chapter, to part 174 of this subchapter
$173.308(c) and (d). Inner packagings must
conform to paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
except $174.24 or to part 177 of this sub-
Lighters must be further packaged in rigid,
chapter except $177.817.
strong outer packagings meeting the general
(1) Each fire extinguisher must have
packaging requirements of subpart B of part
contents which are nonflammable. non-
173. Outer packagings must be plainly and
poisonous, and noncorrosive as defined
durably marked, on two opposing sides or
under this subchapter.
ends, with the word "LIGHTERS" and the
(2) Each fire extinguisher must be
number of devices contained therein in letshipped as an inner packaging.
ters measuring at least 20 mm (0.79 in) in
height. In addition. the package must in-
(3) Nonspecification cylinders are auclude the test report identifier for each
thorized subject to the following condilighter design as specified in paragraph
tions:
(b)(4)(i)(C) of this section or, if applicable,
(i) The internal volume of each cylthe previously issued approval number (i.e.,
inder may not exceed 18 L (1,100 cubic
T***). The test report identifier or approval
inches). For fire extinguishers not exnumber must be durable, legible. in English,
ceeding 900 mL (55 cubic inches) capacand located in, attached to, or marked diity, the liquid portion of the gas plus
rectly on the package. No person may offer
for transportation or transport the lighters
any additional liquid or solid must not
or prepare the lighters for shipment unless
completely fill the container at 55 °C
that person has been specifically informed of
(130 °F). Fire extinguishers exceeding
the requirements of this section.
900 mL (55 cubic inches) capacity may
(2) Private carriage. For highway transpornot contain any liquefied compressed
tation by a private carrier, lighters that
gas;
have been examined and successfully tested
(ii) Each fire extinguisher manufacin accordance with this section are not subtured on and after January 1, 1976.
ject to any other requirements of this subchapter under the following conditions:
must be designed and fabricated with a
(i) No person may offer for transportation
burst pressure of not less than six
or transport the lighters or prepare the
times its charged pressure at 21 °C (70
lighters for shipment unless that person has
°F) when shipped:
been specifically Informed of the require-
(iii) Each fire extinguisher must be
ments of this section:
tested. without evidence of failure or
(ii) Lighters must be placed in an inner
packaging that is designed to prevent accidamage, to at least three times its
dental activation of the ignition device or
charged pressure at 21 °C (70 °F) but not
valve, release of gas, and movement of the
less than 825 kPa (120 psig) before inilighters (e.g., tray, blister pack, etc.):
tial shipment, and must be marked to
618
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 173.312
indicate the year of the test (within 90
are authorized for use as fire extindays of the actual date of the original
guishers.
test) and with the words "MEETS DOT
[Amdt. 173-235, 58 FR 50503, Sept. 27. 1993, as
REQUIREMENTS." This marking is
amended by Amdt. 173-138, 59 FR 49134, Sept.
considered a certification that the fire
26, 1994; Amdt. 173-258, 61 FR 51240, Oct. 1.
extinguisher is manufactured in ac-
1996; 66 FR 45380, 45381, Aug. 28. 2001: 71 FR
cordance with the requirements of this
54395, Sept. 14, 2006]
section. The words "This extinguisher
meets all requirements of 49 CFR
§ 173.312 Requirements for shipment
of MEGCs.
173.306'' may be displayed on fire extinguishers manufactured prior to Janu-
(a) General requirements. (1) Unless
ary 1, 1976; and
otherwise specified, a MEGC is author-
(iv) For any subsequent shipment,
ized for the shipment of liquefied and
each fire extinguisher must be in comnon-liquefied compressed gases. Each
pliance with the retest requirements of
pressure receptacle contained in a
the Occupational Safety and Health
MEGC must meet the requirements in
Administration Regulations of the De-
§§ 173.301, 173.301b, 173.302b and 173.304b.
partment of Labor, 29 CFR 1910.157.
as applicable.
(4) Specification 2P or 2Q (S$ 178.33
(2) The MEGC must conform to the
and 178.33a of this subchapter) inner
design, construction, inspection and
testing requirements prescribed in
nonrefillable metal packagings are au-
$178.75 of this subchapter.
thorized for use as fire extinguishers
(3) No person may offer or accept a
subject to the following conditions:
hazardous material for transportation
(i) The liquid portion of the gas plus
in a MEGC that is damaged to such an
any additional liquid or solid may not
extent that the integrity of the prescompletely fill the packaging at 55 °C
sure receptacles or the MEGC's struc-
(130 °F);
tural or service equipment may be af-
(ii) Pressure in the packaging shall
fected.
not exceed 1250 kPa (181 psig) at 55 °C
(4) No person may fill or offer for
(130 °F). If the pressure exceeds 920 kPa
transportation a pressure receptacle in
(141 psig) at 55 °C (130 °F), but does not
a MEGC if the pressure receptacle or
exceed 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130
the MEGC is due for periodic requali-
°F), a specification DOT 2P inner metal
fication. as prescribed in subpart C to
packaging must be used; if the pressure
part 180 of this subchapter. However,
exceeds 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130
this restriction does not preclude
°F). a specification DOT 2Q inner metal
transportation of pressure receptacles
packaging must be used. The metal
filled and offered for transportation
packaging must be capable of withprior to the requalification due date.
standing, without bursting. a pressure
(5) Prior to filling and offering a
of one and one-half times the equi-
MEGC for transportation, the MEGC's
librium pressure of the contents at 55
structural and service equipment must
°C (130 °F); and
be visually inspected. Any unsafe con-
(iii) Each completed inner packaging
dition must be corrected before the
filled for shipment must have been
MEGC is offered for transportation. All
heated until the pressure in the conrequired markings must be legible.
tainer is equivalent to the equilibrium
(6) Except for Division 2.2 permanent
pressure of the contents at 55 °C (130
gases, each pressure receptacle must be
°F) without evidence of leakage, distorequipped with an individual shutoff
valve that must be tightly closed while
tion, or other defect.
in transit. For Division 2.1. Division 2.2
(b) Specification 3A, 3AA, 3E, 3AL,
liquefied gases and 2.3 gases, the mani-
4B, 4BA, 4B240ET or 4BW ($$ 178.36,
fold must be designed so that each
178.37, 178.42, 178.46, 178.50, 178.51, 178.55
pressure receptacle can be filled sepaand 178.61 of this subchapter) cylinders
rately and be kept isolated by a valve
capable of being closed during transit.
For Division 2.1 gases, the pressure receptacles must be isolated by a valve
619
$ 173.313
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
into assemblies of not more than 3,000
compressed gas that is identified with
L.
Special Provision T50 in Column (7) of
(b) Filling. (1) A MEGC may not be
the $172.101 Table. In addition to profilled to a pressure greater than the
viding the UN identification number
lowest marked working pressure of any
and proper shipping name. the table
pressure receptacle. A MEGC may not
provides maximum allowable working
be filled above its marked maximum
pressures. bottom opening requirepermissible gross mass.
ments, pressure relief device require-
(2) After each filling, the shipper
ments, and degree of filling requiremust verify the leakproofness of the
ments for liquefied compressed gas perclosures and equipment. Each fill openmitted for transportation in a T50 porting must be closed by a cap or plug.
able tank. In the minimum test pres-
(c) Damage protection. During transsure column, "small" means a portable
portation. a MEGC must be protected
tank with a diameter of 1.5 meters or
against damage to the pressure recepless when measured at the widest part
tacles and service equipment resulting
of the shell, "sunshield" means a portfrom lateral and longitudinal impact
able tank with a shield covering at
and overturning as prescribed in $178.75
least the upper third of the shell,
of this subchapter.
"bare" means no sunshield or insula-
[71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006]
tion is provided, and "insulated"
means a complete cladding of sufficient
§ 173.313 UN Portable Tank Table for
thickness of insulating material nec-
Liquefied Compressed Gases.
essary to provide a minimum conduct-
The UN Portable Tank Table for Liqance of not more than 0.67 w/m²/k. In
uefied Compressed Gases is referenced
the pressure relief requirements colin §172.102(c)(7)(iii) of this subchapter
umn, the word "Normal" denotes that
for portable tanks that are used to
a frangible disc as specified in
transport liquefied compressed gases.
$178.276(e)(3) of this subchapter is not
The table applies to each liquefied
required.
UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES
Minimum design
Openpressure (bar)
ings
Pressure relief re-
Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed
Maximum filling
UN No.
small; bare;
below
quirements (See
gases
§ 178.276(e))
density (kg/l)
sunshield; insuliquid
lated
level
1005
Ammonia, anhydrous
29.0
Allowed
§ 178.276(e)(3)
0.53
25.7
22.0
19.7
1009
Bromotrifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas
38.0
Allowed
Normal
1.13
R 13B1.
34.0
30.0
27.5
1010
Butadienes, stabilized
7.5
Allowed
Normal
0.55
7.0
7.0
7.0
1011
Butane
7.0
Allowed
Normal
0.51
7.0
7.0
7.0
1012
Butylene
8.0
Allowed
Normal
0.53
7.0
7.0
7.0
1017
Chlorine
19.0
Not
§ 178.276(e)(3)
1.25
17.0
Allowed
15.0
13.5
1018
Chlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas
26.0
Allowed
Normal
1.03
R 22.
24.0
21.0
19.0
620
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.313
UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES-Continued
Minimum design
Openpressure (bar)
ings
Pressure relief re-
UN No.
Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed
small; bare;
quirements (See
Maximum filling
below
gases
sunshield; insuliquid
§ 178.276(e))
density (kg/l)
lated
level
1020
Chioropentafluoroethane or Refrigerant
23.0
Allowed
Normal
1.06
gas R 115.
20.0
18.0
16.0
1021
1-Chloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or Re-
10.3
Allowed
Normal
1.2
frigerant gas R 124.
9.8
7.9
7.0
1027
Cyclopropane
18.0
Allowed
Normal
0.53
16.0
14.5
13.0
1028
Dichlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant
16.0
Allowed
Normal
1.15
gas R 12.
15.0
13.0
11.5
1029
Dichlorofluoromethane or Refrigerant gas
7.0
Allowed
Normal
1.23
R 21.
7.0
7.0
7.0
1030
1,1-Difluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R
16.0
Allowed
Normal
0.79
152a.
14.0
12.4
11.0
1032
Dimethylamine, anhydrous
7.0
Allowed
Normal
0.59
7.0
7.0
7.0
1033
Dimethyl ether
15.5
Allowed
Normal
0.58
13.8
12.0
10.6
1036
Ethylamine
7.0
Allowed
Normal
0.61
7.0
7.0
7.0
1037
Ethyl chloride
7.0
Allowed
Normal
0.8
7.0
7.0
7.0
1040
Ethylene oxide with nitrogen up to a total
Only authorized in
Not AI-
$ 178.276(e)(3)
0.78
pressure of 1MPa (10 bar) at 50 °C.
10 bar insulated
lowed
portable tanks-
1041
Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mix-
See MAWP defini-
Allowed
Normal
See § 173.32(f)
ture with more than 9% but not more
tion in
than 87% ethylene oxide.
$ 178.276(a)
1055
Isobutylene
8.1
Allowed
Normal
0.52
7.0
7.0
7.0
1060
Methyl acetylene and propadiene mixture,
28.0
Allowed
Normal
0.43
stabilized.
24.5
22.0
20.0
1061
Methylamine, enhydrous
10.8
Allowed
Normal
0.58
9.6
7.8
7.0
1062
Methyl bromide
7.0
Not AI-
§ 178.276(e)(3)
1.51
lowed
7.0
7.0
7.0
621
$ 173.313
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES-Continued
Minimum design
Openpressure (bar)
ings
Pressure relief re-
Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed
small; bare;
quirements (See
Maximum filling
UN No.
below
gases
sunshield; insuliquid
§ 178.276(e))
density (kg/l)
lated
level
1063
Methyl chioride or Refrigerant gas R 40
14.5
Allowed
Normal
0.81
12.7
11.3
10.0
1064
Methyl mercaptan
7.0
Not AI-
§ 178.276(e)(3)
0.78
lowed
7.0
7.0
7.0
1067
Dinitrogen tetroxide
7.0
Not Al-
§ 178.276(e)(3)
1.3
lowed
7.0
7.0
7.0
1075
Petroleum gas, liquefied
See MAWP defini-
Allowed
Normal
See § 173.32(f)
tion in
$178.276(a)
1077
Propylene
28.0
Allowed
Normal
0.43
24.5
22.0
20.0
1078
Refrigerant gas, n.o.s.
See MAWP defini-
Allowed
Normal
See § 173.32(f)
tion in
§ (178.276(a)
1079
Sulphur dioxide
11.6
Not AI-
$ 178.276(e)(3)
1.23
lowed
10.3
8.5
7.6
1082
Trifluorochioroethylene, stabilized or Re-
17.0
Not AL
$ (178.276(e)(3)
1.13
frigerant gas R 1113.
lowed
15.0
13.1
11.6
1083
Trimethylemine, anhydrous
7.0
Allowed
Normal
0.56
7.0
7.0
7.0
1085
Vinyl bromide, stabilized
7.0
Allowed
Normal
1.37
7.0
7.0
7.0
1088
Vinyl chloride, stabilized
10.6
Allowed
Normal
0.81
9.3
8.0
7.0
1087
Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized
7.0
Allowed
Normal
0.67
7.0
7.0
7.0
1581
Chloropicrin and methyl bromide mixture
7.0
Not AI-
§ 178.276(e)(3)
1.51
lowed
7.0
7.0
7.0
1582
Chloropicrin and methyl chloride mixture
19.2
Not AI-
$ 178.276(e)(3)
0.81
lowed
16.9
15.1
13.1
1858
Hexafluoropropylene compressed or Re-
19.2
Allowed
Normal
1.11
frigerant gas R 1216.
16.9
15.1
13.1
1912
Methyl chloride and methylene chloride
15.2
Allowed
Normal
0.081
mixture.
13.0
11.6
622
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.313
UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES-Continued
Minimum design
Openpressure (bar)
ings
Pressure relief re-
UN No.
Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed
small; bare;
quirements (See
Maximum filling
below
gases
sunshield; insuliquid
§ 178.276(e))
density (kg/l)
lated
level
10.1
NA, 1954
Insecticide gases, flammable, n.o.s.
See MAWP defini-
Allowed
Normal
§ 173.32(f)
tion in
§ 178.276(a)
1958
1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or
7.0
Allowed
Normal
1.3
Refrigerant gas R 114.
7.0
7.0
7.0
1965
Hydrocarbon gas, mixture liquefied. n.o.s.
See MAWP defini-
Allowed
Normal
See § 173.32(f)
tion in
178.276(a)
1969
Isobutane
8.5
Allowed
Normal
0.49
7.5
7.0
7.0
1973
Chlorodifluoromethane
and
28.3
Allowed
Normal
1.05
chloropentaluoroethane mixture with
fixed boiling point, with approximately
49% chlorodiftuoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 502.
25.3
22.8
20.3
1974
Chlorodifluorobromomethane or Refrig-
7.4
Allowed
Normal
1.61
erant gas R 1281.
7.0
7.0
7.0
1976
Octafluorocyclobutane or Refrigerent gas
8.8
Allowed
Normal
1.34
RC 318.
7.8
7.0
7.0
1978
Propane
22.5
Allowed
Normal
0.42
20.4
18.0
16.5
1983
1-Chloro-2,2,2-Irifluoroethane or Refrig-
7.0
Allowed
Normal
1.18
erant gas R 133a.
7.0
7.0
7.0
2035
1,1,1-Trifluoroethane compressed or Re-
31.0
Allowed
Normal
0.76
frigerant gas R 143a.
27.5
24.2
21.8
2424
Octafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R
23.1
Allowed
Normal
1.07
218.
20.8
18.6
16.6
2517
1-Chloro-1,1-difluoroethane or Refrigerant
8.9
Allowed
Normal
0.99
gas R 142b.
7.8
7.0
7.0
2602
Dichlorodifluoromethane
and
20.0
Allowed
Normal
1.01
difluoroethane azeotropic mixture with
approximately 74% dichlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 500.
18.0
16.0
14.5
3057
Triffuoroacetyl chloride
14.6
Not al-
§ 178.276(e)(3)
1.17
lowed
12.9
11.3
623
§ 173.313
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES-Continued
Minimum design
Openpressure (bar)
Ings
Pressure relief re-
UN No.
Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed
small; bare;
quirements (See
Maximum filling
below
gases
sunshield; insuliquid
§ 178.276(e))
density (kg/l)
lated
level
9.9
3070
Ethylene oxide and dichlorodiftuoro-
14.0
Allowed
§ 178.276(e)(3)
1.09
methane mbdure with not more than
12.5% ethylene oxide.
12.0
11.0
9.0
3153
Perfluoro (methyl vinyt ether)
14.3
Allowed
Normal
1.14
1 tion in
13.4
11.2
10.2
3159
1,1,1,2-Tetrafiugroethane or Refrigerant
17.7
Allowed
Normal
1.04
gas R 134a.
15.7
13.8
12.1
3161
Liquefied gas, flammable, n.o.s.
See MAWP defini-
Allowed
Normal
$ 173.32(f)
$178.276(a)
3163
Liquefied gas, n.o.s.
See MAWP defini-
Allowed
Normal
$ 173.32(f)
tion in
§ 178.276(a)
3220
Pentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R
34.4
Allowed
Normal
0.95
125.
30.8
27.5
24.5
3252
Difluoramethane or Refrigerant gas R 32
43.0
Allowed
Normal
0.78
39.0
34.4
30.5
3296
Heptafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R
16.0
Allowed
Normal
1.2
227.
14.0
12.5
11.0
3297
Ethylene
oxide
and
8.1
Allowed
Normal
1.16
chiorotetrafluoroethane mixture, with
not more than 8.8% ethylene oxide.
7.0
7.0
7.0
3298
Ethylene oxide and pentafluoroethane
25.9
Allowed
Normal
1.02
mixture, with not more than 7.9% ethylene oxide.
23.4
20.9
18.6
3299
Ethylene oxide and tetrafluoroethane mix-
16.7
Allowed
Normal
1.03
ture, with not more than 5.6% ethylene
oxide.
14.7
12.9
11.2
3318
Ammonia solution, relative density less
See MAWP defini-
Allowed
§ 178.276(e)(3)
§ 173.32(f)
than 0.880 at 15 °C in water, with more
tion In
than 50% ammonia.
$ 178.276(a)
3337
Refrigerant gas R 404A
31.6
Allowed
Normal
0.84
28.3
25.3
22.5
3338
Refrigerant gas R 407A
31.3
Allowed
Normal
0.95
28.1
25.1
22.4
3339
Refrigerent gas R 407B
33.0
Allowed
Normal
0.95
29.6
26.5
23.6
624
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.314
UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES-Continued
Minimum design
Openpressure (bar)
ings
Pressure relief re-
UN No.
Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed
small; bare;
quirements (See
Maximum filling
below
gases
sunshield; insuliquid
§ 178.276(e))
density (kg/l)
lated
level
3340
Refrigerant gas R 407C
29.9
Allowed
Normal
0.95
26.8
23.9
21.3
[69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70
American Railroads Committee on
FR 34399, June 14, 2005]
Tank Cars as prescribed in $ 179.3 of
§ 173.314 Compressed gases in tank
this subchapter.
cars and multi-unit tank cars.
(5) Each tank car used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia or
(a) Definitions. For definitions of
any material that meets the criteria of
compressed gases, see $ 173.115.
Division 2.1 or 2.3 must have gaskets
(b) General requirements. (1) Tank car
for manway cover plates and for
tanks containing compressed gases
must not be shipped unless they were
mounting of fittings designed (for temloaded by or with the consent of the
perature, application, media, pressure,
owner thereof.
and size) to create a positive seal so
(2) Tank car tanks must not contain
that. under conditions normally incigases capable of combining chemically
dent to transportation, there will not
and must not be loaded with any gas
be an identifiable release of the matewhich combines chemically with the
rial to the environment. The use of
gas previously loaded therein, until all
sealants to install gaskets is prohibresidue has been removed and interior
ited.
of tank thoroughly cleaned.
(c) Authorized gases, filling limits for
(3) For tanks of the DOT-106A and
tank cars. A compressed gas in a tank
110A class. the tanks must be placed in
car or a multi-unit tank car must be
position and attached to car structure
offered for transportation in accordby the shipper.
ance with $173.31 and this section. The
(4) Wherever the word "approved" is
named gases must be loaded and ofused in this part of the regulations, it
fered for transportation in accordance
means approval by the Association of
with the following table:
Outage and filling lim-
Proper shipping name
Authorized tank car class
its (see note 1)
Ammonia, anhydrous, or ammonie solutions > 50 percent am-
Notes 2, 10
105, 112, 114. 120.
monia.
Note 3
106.
Ammonia solutions with > 35 percent, but $ 50 percent ammo-
Note 3
105, 109, 112, 114, 120.
nia by mass.
Argon, compressed
Note 4
107.
Boron trichloride
Note 3
105, 106.
Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid
Note 5
105.
Chlorine
Note 6
105.
125
106.
Chlorine trifluoride
Note 3
106, 110.
Chlorine pentafluoride
Note 3
106, 110.
Dimethyl ether
Note 3
105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120.
Dimethylamine, anhydrous
Note 3
105, 106, 112.
Dinitrogen tetroxide, inhibited
Note 3
105. 106, 110.
Division 2.1 materials not specifically identified in this table
Notes 9, 10
105, 106, 110. 112, 114, 120.
Division 2.2 materials not specifically identified in this table
Note 3
105, 106, 109, 110, 112, 114, 120.
Division 2.3 Zone A materials not specifically identified in this
None
See $ 173.245.
table.
Division 2.3 Zone B materials not specifically identified in this
Note 3
105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120.
table.
Division 2.3 Zone C materials not specifically identified in this
Note 3
105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120.
table.
Division 2.3 Zone D materials not specifically identified in this
Note 3
105, 106, 109, 110. 112. 114, 120.
table.
625
§ 173.314
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
Proper shipping name
Outage and filling lim-
Authorized tank car class
its (see note 1)
Ethylamine
Note 3
105, 106, 110. 112, 114, 120.
Helium, compressed
Note 4
107.
Hydrogen
Note 4
107.
Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid
Note 7
105.
Hydrogen sulphide, liquified
68
106.
Methyl bromide
Note 3
105, 106.
Methyl chloride
Note 3
105, 106, 112.
Methyl mercaptan
Note 3
105, 106.
Methylamine, anhydrous
Note 3
105, 106, 112.
Nitrogen, compressed
Note 4
107.
Nitrosyl chloride
124
105.
110
106.
Nitrous axide, refrigerated liquid
Note 5
105.
Oxygen, compressed
Note 4
107.
Phosgene
Note 3
106.
Sulfur dioxide, liquified
125
105, 106, 110.
Sulfuryl fluoride
120
105.
Vinyl fluoride, stabilized
Note 8
105.
NOTES: 1. The percent filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the mass of gas in the tank to
the mass of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in kilograms, the mass of 1 L of water at
15.5 °C in air is 1 kg. (the mass of one gallon of water at 60 °F in air is 8.32828 pounds).
2. The liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least two percent of the total capacity of the tank at the reference
temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour
per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 41 °C (105 °F)
for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at
15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square
foot/per degree F) temperature differential.
3. The requirements of $173.24b(a) apply.
4. The gas pressure at 54.44 °C (130 °F.) in any non-insulated tank car may not exceed 7/10 of the marked test pressure, except that a tank may be charged with helium to a pressure 10 percent in excess of the marked maximum gas pressure at 54.44
°C (130 °F.) of each tank.
5. The liquid portion of the gas at -17.77 °C (0 °F.) must not completely fill the tank.
6. The maximum permitted filling density is 125 percent. The quantity of chlorine loaded into a single unit-tank car may not be
loaded in excess of the normal lading weights nor in excess of 81.65 Mg (90 tons).
7. 89 percent maximum to 80.1 percent minimum at a test pressure of 6.2 Bar (90 psig).
8. 59.6 percent maximum to 53.6 percent minimum at a test pressure of 7.2 Bar (105 psig).
9. For a liquefied petroleum gas, the liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least one percent of the total capacity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal
protection system incorporating a metal Jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than
10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Blu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 "F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius
(0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential.
10. For liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia, during the months of November through March (winter), the following
reference temperatures may be used: 38 °C (100 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 32 °C (90 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22
kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential;
and 29 °C (85 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket and insulation that provides an
overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius
(0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. The winter reference temperatures may only be used
for a tank car shipped directly to a consumer for unloading and not stored in transit. The offeror of the tank must inform each
customer that the tank car was filled based on winter reference temperatures. The tank must be unloaded as soon as possible
after March in order to retain the specified outage and to prevent a release of hazardous material which might occur due to the
tank car becoming liquid full at higher temperatures.
(d) [Reserved]
gravities as determined at the plant,
(e) Verification of content. The amount
and this computation must be checked
of liquefied gas loaded into each tank
by determination of specific gravity of
may be determined either by measureproduct after loading. Carriers may
ment or calculation of the weight. If by
verify calculated weights by use of
measurement, the weight must be
proper scales. The use of a fixed tube
checked after disconnecting the loadgauge device is authorized for detering line by the use of proper scales. If
mining the weight of methyl
by calculation, the weight of liquefied
mercaptan in Specification 105A300W
petroleum gas, methylacetylene propatanks instead of weighing.
diene, stabilized, dimethylamine,
(f) [Reserved]
methylamine
anhydrous,
or
(g) Special requirements for hydrotrimethylamine may be calculated
gen chloride. refrigerated liquid, and
using the outage tables supplied by the
vinyl stabilized.
tank car owners and the specific
626
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.314
(1) The shipper shall notify the Fed-
(1) Special requirements for hydrogen
eral Railroad Administration whenever
sulphide. Each multi-unit tank car
a tank car is not received by the conmust be equipped with adequate pressignee within 20 days from the date of
sure relief devices of the fusible plug
shipment. Notification to the Federal
type having a yield temperature not
Railroad Administration may be made
over 76.66 °C (170 °F.), and not less than
by e-mail to Hmassist@fra.dot.gov or
69.44 °C (157 °F.). Each device must be
telephone call to (202) 493-6229.
resistant to extrusion of the fusible
(2) A tank car containing hydrogen
alloy and leak tight at 55 °C (130 °F.). A
chloride, refrigerated liquid must have
threaded solid plug must seal each
the auxiliary valve on the pressure revalve outlet. In addition, a metal cover
lief device closed during transpormust protect all valves.
tation.
(m) Special requirements for nitrosyl
(3) See $179.102-17 of this subchapter
chloride. Single unit tank cars and
for additional requirements.
their associated service equipment,
(4) Tank cars containing hydrogen
such as venting, loading and unloading
chloride, refrigerated liquid, must be
valves, and reclosing pressure relief
unloaded to such an extent that any
valves, must be made of metal or clad
residue remaining in the tank at a refwith a material that is not subject to
erence temperature of 32 °C (90 °F) will
rapid deterioration by the lading.
not actuate the reclosing pressure re-
Multi-unit tank car tanks must be
lief device.
nickel-clad and have reclosing pressure
(h)-(i) [Reserved]
relief devices incorporating a fusible
(j) Special requirements for materials
plug having a yield temperature of
having a primary or secondary Division
79.44 °C (175 °F.). Reclosing pressure re-
2.1 (flammable gas) hazard. For single
lief devices must be vapor tight at 54.44
unit tank cars, interior pipes of loading
°C (130 °F.).
and unloading valves, sampling de-
(n) Special requirements for hydrogen.
vices, and gauging devices with an
Each tank car must be equipped with
opening for the passage of the lading
one or more pressure relief devices.
exceeding 1.52 mm (0.060 inch) diameter
The discharge outlet for each pressure
must be equipped with excess flow
relief device must be connected to a
valves. For single unit tank cars conmanifold having a non-obstructed disstructed before January 1, 1972, gaugcharge area of at least 1.5 times the
ing devices must conform to this paratotal discharge area of the pressure regraph by no later than July 1, 2006. The
lief devices connected to the manifold.
protective housing cover must be pro-
All manifolds must be connected to a
vided with an opening, with a weathersingle common header having a non-obproof cover, above each pressure relief
structed discharge pointing upward and
valve that is concentric with the disextending above the top of the car. The
charge of the pressure relief valve and
header and the header outlet must each
that has an area at least equal to the
have a non-obstructed discharge area
valve outlet area. Class DOT 109 tank
at least equal to the total discharge
cars and tank cars manufactured from
area of the manifolds connected to the
aluminum or nickel plate are not auheader. The header outlet must be
thorized.
equipped with an ignition device that
(k) Special requirements for chlorine.
will instantly ignite any hydrogen dis-
Tank cars built after September 30,
charged through the pressure relief de-
1991, must have an insulation system
vice.
consisting of 5.08 cm (2 inches) glass
(o) Special requirements for carbon difiber placed over 5.08 cm (2 inches) of
oxide, refrigerated liquid and nitrous
ceramic fiber. Tank cars must have exoxide, refrigerated liquid. Each tank car
cess flow valves on the interior pipes of
must have an insulation system so that
liquid discharge valves. Tank cars conthe thermal conductance is not more
structed to a DOT 105A500W specificathan 0.613 kilojoules per hour, per
tion may be marked as a DOT 105A300W
square meter, per degree Celsius (0.03
specification with the size and type of
B.t.u. per square foot per hour. per dereclosing pressure relief valves regree Fahrenheit) temperature differenquired by the marked specification.
tial. Each tank car must be equipped
627
§ 173.315
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
with one reclosing pressure relief valve
ing Aids section of the printed volume and
having a start-to-discharge pressure
on GPO Access.
not to exceed 75 percent of the tank
§ 173.315 Compressed gases in cargo
test pressure and one non-reclosing
tanks and portable tanks.
pressure relief valve having a rupture
disc design to burst at a pressure less
(a) Liquefied compressed gases that
are transported in UN portable tanks,
than the tank test pressure. The dis-
DOT specification portable tanks, or
charge capacity of each pressure relief
cargo tanks must be prepared in acdevice must be sufficient to prevent
cordance with this section. $173.32.
building up of pressure in the tank in
$173.33 and subpart E or subpart G of
excess of 82.5 percent of the test prespart 180 of this subchapter, as applicasure of the tank. Tanks must be
ble. For cryogenic liquid in cargo
equipped with two regulating valves
tanks. see $173.318. For marking reset to open at a pressure not to exceed
quirements for portable tanks and
24.1 Bar (350 psi) on DOT 105A500W
cargo tanks, see $172.326 and § 172.328 of
tanks and at a pressure not to exceed
this subchapter, as applicable.
27.6 Bar (400 psi) on DOT 105A600W
(1) UN portable tanks: UN portable
tanks. Each regulating valve and prestanks must be loaded and offered for
sure relief device must have its final
transportation in accordance with
discharge piped to the outside of the
portable tank provision T50 in $172.102
protective housing.
of this subchapter.
(2) Cargo tanks and DOT specification
[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52665, Dec. 21, 1990]
portable tanks: Cargo tanks and DOT
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cispecification portable tanks must be
tations affecting $173.314. see the List of CFR
loaded and offered for transportation in
Sections Affected which appears in the Findaccordance with the following table:
Maximum permitted filling density
Specification container required
Kind of gas
Percent by weight
Percent by volume
Minimum design
(see Note 1)
(see par. (f) of this
Type (see Note 2)
pressure (psig)
section)
Ammonia, anhydrous or Ammonia solu-
56
82, See Note 5
DOT-51. MC-330,
265; See Note 17.
tions with greater than 50 percent
MC-331; See
ammonia (see Notes 14 and 17).
Notes 12, 17 and
27.
Ammonia solutions with more than 35
See par. (c) of this
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
100; See par. (c) of
percent but not more than 50 percent
section.
MC-331; see
this section.
ammonia.
Note 12.
Bromotrifluoromethane (R-13B1 or H-
133
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
365.
1301); (See Note 9).
MC-331.
Butadiene, stabilized
See par. (b) of this
See par. (b) of this
DOT-51, MC-330,
100.
section.
section.
MC-331.
Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid
See par. (c)(1) of
95
do
200; see Note 3.
this section.
Chlorine
125
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
225; See Notes 4
MC-331.
and 8.
Chlorodifluoroethane (R-142b) (1.
100
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
100.
Chloro 1,1-difluoroethane): (See Note
MC-331.
9).
Chlorodifluoromethane (R-22): (See
105
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
250.
Note 9).
MC-331.
Chloropentafluoroethane (R-115); (See
See par. (c) of this
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
See par. (c) of this
Note 9).
section.
MC-331.
section.
Chlorotriftuoromethane (R-13); (See
See par. (c) of this
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
See par. (c) of this
Note 9).
section.
MC-331.
section.
Dichlorodifluoromethane (R-12): (See
119
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
150.
Note 9).
MC-331.
Difluoroethane (R-152a): (See Note 9)
79
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
150.
MC-331.
Dimethyl ether (see Note 16)
59
do
do
200.
Dimethylamine, anhydrous
59
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330.
150.
MC-331.
Division 2.1, materials not specifically
See par. (c) of this
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
See Note 18.
provided for in this table.
section.
MC-331.
Division 2.2. materials not specifically
See par. (c) of this
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
See Note 19.
provided for in this table.
section.
MC-331.
628
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 173.315
Maximum permitted filling density
Specification container required
Kind of gas
Percent by volume
Percent by weight
Minimum design
(see Note 1)
(see par. (f) of this
Type (see Note 2)
pressure (psig)
section)
Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, materials
See par. (c) of this
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
See Note 20.
not specifically provided for in this
section.
MC-331; See
table.
Note 23.
Division 2.3, Hazard Zone B. materials
See par. (c) of this
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
See Note 20.
not specifically provided for in this
section.
MC-331; See
table.
Note 23.
Division 2.3, Hazard Zone C, materials
See par. (c) of this
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
See Note 21.
not specifically provided for in this
section.
MC-331; See
table.
Note 24.
Division 23, Hazard Zone D, materials
See par. (c) of this
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
See Note 22.
not specifically provided for in this
section.
MC-331; See
table.
Note 25.
Ethane, refrigerated liquid
See par. (c) of this
MC-331, MC-338
100; see Note 11.
section.
Ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated
See par. (c) of this
MC-331, MC-338
275; see Note 11.
liquid.
section.
Hexaflucropropylene
110
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
250.
MC-331.
Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid
103.0
See Note 7
MC-331, MC-338
100; see Note 11.
91.6
do
do
300; see Note 11.
86.7
do
do
450; see Note 11.
Liquefied petroleum gas (see Note 15)
See per. (b) of this
See par. (b) of this
DOT-51, MC-330,
See par. (c) of this
section.
section.
MC-331; See
section.
Note 26.
Methylacetylene-propadiene, stabilized
53
90
DOT 51, MC 330,
200.
(see Note 13).
MC 331.
Methylamine, anhydrous
60
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
MC-331..
Methyl chloride
84
88.5
do
150.
Methyl chloride (optional portable tank
do
See Note 6
DOT-51
225.
2,000 pounds water capacity, fusible
plug).
Methyl mercaptan
80
90
DOT-51, MC-330.
100.
MC-331; See
Note 23.
Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid
See par. (c)(1) of
95
DOT-51. MC-330,
200; See Note 3.
this section.
MC-331.
Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant
See par. (c) of this
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330,
See par. (c) of this
gas, n.o.s. (See Note 9).
section.
MC-331.
section.
Sulfur dioxide (tanks not over 1,200 gal-
125
87.5
DOT-51, MC-330,
150; See Note 4.
ions water capacity).
MC-331; See
Note 24.
Sulfur dioxide (tanks over 1,200 gallons
125
87.5
DOT-51, MC-330,
125; See Note 4.
water capacity).
MC-331; See
Note 24.
Sulfur dioxide (optional portable tank
125
See Note 6
DOT-51; See Note
225.
1,000-2,000 pounds water capacity,
24.
fusible plug).
Trimethylamine, anhydrous
57
See Note 7
DOT-51, MC-330.
150.
MC-331.
Vinyl chloride
84 (see Note 13)
See Note 7
MC-330, MC-331
150.
Vinyl fluoride, stabilized
66
do
do
250; see Note 11.
Vinyl methyl ether
68
See Notes 7 and
do
100.
13.
NOTE 1: Maximum filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the weight of gas in the tank to
the weight of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in pounds, the weight of a gallon (231
cubic inches) of water at 60 °F. in air shall be 8,32828 pounds.
NOTE 2: See § 173.32 for authority to use other portable tanks and for manifolding cargo tanks, see paragraph (q) of this section. Specifications MC 330 cargo tanks may be painted as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks.
NOTE 3: If cargo tanks and portable tank containers for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid,
are designed to conform to the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code for low temperature operation (IBR, see § 171.7
of this subchapter), the design pressure may be reduced to 100 psig or the controlled pressure, whichever is greater.
NOTE 4: Material must be steel. Packagings must have a corrosion allowance of 20 percent or 0.10 inch, whichever is less,
added to the metal thickness. The minimum wall thickness for chlorine packagings is 0.300 Inch for stainless steel or 0.625 inch
for carbon steel, including corrosion allowance.
NOTE 5: Unlagged cargo tanks and portable tank containers for liquid anhydrous ammonia may be filled to B7. percent by volume provided the temperature of the anhydrous ammonia being loaded into such tanks Is determined to be not lower than 30 °F.
or provided the filling of such tanks is stopped at the first indication of frost or ice formation on the outside surface of the tank
and is not resumed until such frost or ice has disappeared.
NOTE 6: Tanks equipped with fusible plugs must be filled by weight.
NOTE 7: Tanks must be filled by weight.
NOTE 8: Chlorine packagings may be shipped only if the contents are to be unloaded at one unloading point.
629
$ 173.315
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
NOTE 9: This gas may be transported in authorized cargo tanks and portable tanks marked "DISPERSANT GAS," or
"REFRIGERANT GAS."
NOTE 10: [Reserved]
NOTE 11: MC-330, MC-331 and MC-338 cargo tanks must be insulated. Cargo tanks must meet all the following requirements. Each tank must have a design service temperature of minus 100 °F., or no warmer than the boiling point at one atmosphere of the hazardous material to be shipped therein, whichever is colder, and must conform to the low-temperature requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code. When the normal travel time is 24 hours or less, the tank's holding time as loaded
must be at least twice the normal travel time. When the normal travel time exceeds 24 hours, the tank's holding time as loaded
must be at least 24 hours greater than the normal travel time. The holding time is the elapsed time from loading until venting OCcurs under equilibrium conditions. The cargo tank must have an outer jacket made of steel when the cargo tank is used to transport a flammable gas.
NOTE 12: No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc or an alloy of any of these metals shall be used in packaging construction where it
comes into contact with the lading.
NOTE 13: All parts of valves and safety devices in contact with contents of tank must be of a metal or other material suitably
treated if necessary, which will not cause formation of any acetylides.
NOTE 14: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel "(NQT)" are
authorized for all grades of anhydrous ammonia. Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and
tempered steel "(QT)" (see marking requirements of $172.328(c) of this subchapter) are authorized for anhydrous ammonia having a minimum water content of 0.2 percent by weight. Any tank being placed in anhydrous ammonia service or a tank which has
been in other service or has been opened for inspection, test, or repair, must be cleaned of the previous product and must be
purged of air before loading. See § 172.203(h) of this subchapter for special shipping paper requirements.
NOTE 15: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel (NQT) are
authorized for all grades of liquefied petroleum gases. Only grades of liquefied petroleum gases determined to be "noncorrasive"
are authorized in Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel (QT). "Noncorrosive" means the corrosiveness of the gas does not exceed the limitations for classification 1 of the ASTM Copper Strip Classifications when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1838. "Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Patroleum (LP) Gases" (IBR, see
171.7 of this subchapter). (For (QT) and (NQT) marking requirements, see § 172.328(c) of this subchapter. For special shipping
paper requirements, see § 172.203(h) of this subchapter.)
NOTE 16: Openings, Inlets, and outlets on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must conform to § 178.337-8(a) of this subchapter. MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with emergency discharge control equipment as specified in
§ 178.337-11(a) of this subchapter.
NOTE 17: A Specification MC-330 or MC-331 cargo tank or a nonspecification cargo tank meeting, and marked In conformance
with, the edition of the ASME Code in effect when it was fabricated, may be used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia if
it:
(1) Has a minimum design pressure not lower than 250 psig;
(2) Was manufactured in conformance with the ASME Code prior to January 1, 1981, according to its ASME name plate and
manufacturer's data report;
(3) Is painted white or aluminum;
(4) Complies with Note 12 of this paragraph;
(5) Has been inspected and tested in accordance with subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter as specified for MC 331 cargo
tanks.
(6) Was used to transport anhydrous ammonia prior to January 1, 1981;
(7) Is operated exclusively in intrastate commerce (including its operation by a motor carrier otherwise engaged in interstate
commerce) in a state where its operation was permitted by the laws of that State (not including the incorporation of this subchapter) prior to January 1, 1981; and
(8) Is operated in conformance with all other requirements of this subchapter.
NOTE 18: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of
the lading plus one percent or 173.4 kPa (25 psig), whichever is less.
NOTE 19: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of
the lading.
NOTE 20: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C
(115 °F).
NOTE 21: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C
(115 °F).
NOTE 22: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.1 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C
(115 °F).
NOTE 23: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance
with the provisions of 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62 mm
(0.300 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure.
NOTE 24: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance
with the provisions of $173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 6.35 mm
(0.250 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. For sulphur dioxide, this Note does not
apply until October 1. 1994.
NOTE 25: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance
with the provisions of $ 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness for shell and heads must be as calculated for the packaging at its minimum design pressure.
NOTE 26: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas, subject to the conditions
prescribed in paragraph (k) of this section.
NOTE 27: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for transportation of Ammonia, anhydrous and ammonia solutions with
greater than 50% ammonia, subject to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (m) of this section.
(b) Maximum permitted filling den-
Maximum permitted fillsities for cargo and portable tank coning density in percent
of the water-weight catainers for transportation of butadiene,
Maximum specific gravity of the
pacity of the tanks (perliquid material at 60 °F.
cent) See Note 1
stabilized, and liquefied petroleum gas
are as follows:
1200 gal-
Over 1200
lons or
less
gallons
0.473 to 0.480
38
41
0.481 to 0.488
39
42
0.489 to 0.495
40
43
0.496 to 0.503
41
44
630
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.315
Maximum permitted fillor portable tank container. The outage
ing density in percent
of the water-weight caand filling limits for liquefied gases
Maximum specific gravity of the
pacity of the tanks (permust be as prescribed in $ 173.24b of this
liquid material at 60 °F.
cent) See Note 1
part, except that this requirement does
1200 gal-
Over 1200
not apply to:
lons or
less
gallons
(1) A tank containing carbon dioxide,
refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrig-
0.504 to 0.510
42
45
0.511 to 0.519
43
erated liquid. Such tank is required to
46
0.520 to 0.527
44
47
be equipped with suitable pressure con-
0.528 to 0.536
45
48
trol valves and may not be filled to a
0.537 to 0.544
46
49
0.545 to 0.552
47
50
level exceeding 95 percent of the volu-
0.553 to 0.560
48
51
metric capacity of the tank.
0.561 to 0.568
49
52
(2) A tank containing ethane, refrig-
0.569 to 0.576
50
53
0.577 to 0.584
51
54
erated liquid; ethane-propane mixture, re-
0.585 to 0.592
52
55
frigerated liquid; or hydrogen chloride, re-
0.593 to 0.600
53
56
frigerated liquid. Such tank must be
0.601 to 0.608
54
57
0.609 to 0.617
55
58
filled to allow at least two percent out-
0.618 to 0.626
56
59
age below the inlet of the pressure re-
0.627 and over
57
60
lief valve or pressure control valve
NOTE 1: Filling is permitted by volume provided the same
under conditions of incipient opening,
filling density is used as permitted by weight, except when
with the tank in a level attitude.
using fixed tength dip tube or other fixed maximum liquid level
indicators (paragraph (f) of this section), in which case the
(d) If the loading of cargo tanks and
maximum permitted filling density shall not exceed 97 percent
of the maximum permitted filling density by weight contained
portable tank containers with liquefied
in the table.
gases is to be determined by weight,
(1) Odorization. All liquefied petrothe gross weight shall be checked after
leum gas shall be effectively odorized
the filling line is disconnected in each
as required in Note 2 of this paragraph
instance. The gross weight shall be calto indicate positively, by a distinctive
culated from the tank capacity and
odor, the presence of gas down to a
tare weight set forth on the metal
concentration in air of not over oneplate required by the specification, and
fifth the lower limit of combustibility
the maximum filling density permitted
provided, however, that odorization is
for the material being loaded into the
not required if harmful in the use or
tank as set forth in the table, parafurther processing of the liquefied pegraph (a) of this section.
troleum gas. or if odorization will serve
(e) If the loading of cargo tanks and
no useful purpose as a warning agent in
portable tank containers with liquefied
such use or further processing.
gases is to be determined by adjustable
NOTE 1: The lower limits of combustibility
liquid level device, each tank and each
of the more commonly used liquefied petrocompartment thereof shall have a therleum gases are: Propane, 2.15 percent: bumometer well, so that the internal liqtane. 1.55 percent. These figures represent
uid temperature can easily be detervolumetric percentages of gas-air mixtures
mined, and the amount of liquid in the
in each case.
tank shall be corrected to a 60 °F.
NOTE 2: The use of 1.0 pound of ethyl
basis. Liquid levels shall not exceed a
mercaptan, 1.0 pound of thiophane, or 1.4
pounds of amyl mercaptan per 10,000 gallons
level corresponding to the maximum
of liquefied petroleum gas shall be considfilling density permitted for the mateered sufficient to meet the requirements of
rial being loaded into the tank as set
$173.315(b)(t). This note does not exclude the
forth in the table in paragraph (a) of
use of any other odorant in sufficient quanthis section.
tity to meet the requirements of
(f) When the loading of cargo tanks
$173.315(b)(1).
and portable tank containers with liq-
(c) Except as otherwise provided, the
uefied gases is determined only by
loading of a liquefied gas into a cargo
fixed length dip tube or other fixed
tank or portable tank shall be determaximum liquid level indicator, the
mined by weight or by a suitable liquid
device shall be arranged to function at
level gauging device. The vapor pres-
a level not to exceed the maximum persure (psig) at 115 °F. must not exceed
mitted volume prescribed by the table,
the design pressure of the cargo tank
paragraph (a) of this section. Loading
631
$ 173.315
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
shall be stopped when the device func-
Gaging device permitted
Kind of gas
for filling purposes
tions.
(g) Containers, the liquid level of
Liquefied petroleum gases
Rotary tube; adjustable
which has been determined by means of
slip tube; fixed length
a fixed length dip tube gauging device,
dip tube.
Methyl chloride
Fixed length dip tube.
shall not be acceptable for stowage as
Methyl mercaptan
Rotary tube; adjustable
cargo on vessels in commerce subject
slip tube; fixed length
to the jurisdiction of the United States
dip tube.
Coast Guard. Nothing contained in this
Monochlorodifluoromethane
None.
Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid
Rotary tube; adjustable
section shall be so construed as to proslip tube; fixed length
hibit the transportation on car floats
dip tube.
or car ferries of motor vehicles laden
Methylacetylenepropadiene, sta-
Do.
with containers nor cargo tanks the
bilized.
Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispers-
None.
liquid level of either of which has been
ant gas, n.o.s.
determined by means of fixed length
Sulfur dioxide
Fixed length dip tube.
dip tube devices.
Vinyl chloride
None.
(h) Each cargo tank and portable
Vinyl fluoride, inhibited
Do.
tank, except a tank filled by weight,
must be equipped with one or more of
(1) The design pressure of the liquid
the gauging devices described in the
level gauging devices shall be at least
following table which indicate accuequal to the design pressure of the
rately the maximum permitted liquid
tank.
level. Additional gauging devices may
(2) If the primary gauging device is
be installed but may not be used as priadjustable, it must be capable of admary controls for filling of cargo tanks
justment so that the end of the tube
and portable tanks. Gauge glasses are
will be in the location specified in
not permitted on any cargo tank or
paragraph (h)(3) of this section for at
portable tank. Primary gauging deleast one of the ladings to be transvices used on cargo tanks of less than
ported, at the filling level cor-
3500 gallons water capacity are exempt
responding to an average loading temfrom the longitudinal location requireperature. Exterior means must be proments specified in paragraphs (h)(2)
vided to indicate this adjustment. The
and (3) of this section provided: The
gauging device must be legibly and pertank length does not exceed three
manently marked in increments not
times the tank diameter; and the cargo
exceeding 20 Fahrenheit degrees (or not
tank is unloaded within 24 hours after
exceeding 25 p.s.i.g. on tanks for carbon
each filling of the tank.
dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous
oxide, refrigerated liquid), to indicate
Kind of gas
Gaging device permitted
the maximum levels to which the tank
for filling purposes
may be filled with liquid at tempera-
Anhydrous ammonia
Rotary tube; adjustable
tures above 20 °F. However, if it is not
slip tube; fixed length
practicable to so mark the gauging dedip tube.
None.
vice, this information must be legibly
Anhydrous dimethytamine
Anhydrous monomethylamine
Do.
and permanently marked on a plate af-
Anhydrous trimethylamine
Do.
fixed to the tank adjacent to the gaug-
Aqua ammonia solution con-
Rotary tube: adjustable
ing device.
taining anhydrous ammonia.
slip tube; fixed length
dip tube,
(3) A dip tube gauging device consists
Butadiene, stabilized
Do.
of a pipe or tube with a valve at its
Carbon dloxide, refrigerated liquid
Do.
outer end with its intake limited by an
Chlorine
None.
orifice not larger than 0.060 inch in di-
Dichlorodifluoromethane
Do.
Difluoroethane
Do.
ameter. If a fixed length dip tube is
Difluoromonochloroethane
Do.
used, the intake must be located mid-
Dimethyl ether
Do.
way of the tank both longitudinally
Ethane, refrigerated liquid
Rotary tube; adjustable
slip tube; fixed length
and laterally and at maximum perdip tube.
mitted filling level. In tanks for lique-
Ethane-propane mixture, refrig-
Do.
fied petroleum gases, the intake must
erated liquid.
be located at the level reached by the
Hexafluoropropylene
None.
Hydrogen chioride, refrigerated
Do.
lading when the tank is loaded to maxliquid.
imum filling density at 40 °F.
632
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.315
(4) Except on a tank used exclusively
(2) Each safety relief valve must be
for the transportation of carbon dioxarranged to minimize the possibility of
ide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous
tampering. If the pressure setting or
oxide, refrigerated liquid, each opening
adjustment is external to the valve,
for a pressure gauge must be restricted
the safety relief valve must be provided
at or inside the tank by an orifice no
with means for sealing the adjustment
larger than 0.060 inch in diameter. For
and it must be sealed.
carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or
(3) Each safety relief valve on a portnitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid servable tank, other than a UN portable
ice, the pressure gauge need only be
tank, must be set to start-to-discharge
used during the filling operation.
at pressure no higher than 110% of the
(i) Each tank must be provided with
tank design pressure and no lower than
one or more pressure relief devices
the design pressure specified in parawhich, unless otherwise specified in
graph (a) of this section for the gas
this part, must be of the spring-loaded
transported. For UN portable tanks
type. Each valve must be arranged to
used for liquefied compressed gases and
discharge upward and unobstructed to
constructed in accordance with the rethe outside of the protective housing to
quirements of $178.276 of this subprevent any impingement of escaping
chapter, the pressure relief device(s)
gas upon the tank. For each chlorine
must conform to $178.276(e) of this subtank the protective housing must be in
chapter.
compliance with the requirements set
(4) Except for UN portable tanks,
forth in the applicable specification.
each safety relief valve must be plainly
(1) The safety relief valves on each
and permanently marked with the
tank must meet the following condipressure in p.s.i.g. at which it is set to
tions:
discharge, with the actual rate of dis-
(i) The total relieving capacity, as
charge of the device in cubic feet per
determined by the flow formulas contained in Section 5 of CGA S-1.2 (IBR,
minute of the gas or of air at 60 °F (15.6
see $171.7 of this subchapter). must be
°C) and 14.7 p.s.i.a., and with the manufacturer's name or trade name and
sufficient to prevent a maximum pressure in the tank of more than 120 percatalog number. The start-to-discharge
cent of the design pressure;
valve marking must be visible after the
(ii) The flow capacity rating, testing
valve is installed. The rated discharge
and marking must be in accordance
capacity of the device must be deterwith Sections 5, 6 and 7 of CGA Pammined at a pressure of 120% of the dephlet S-1.2.
sign pressure of the tank. For UN port-
(iii) For an insulated tank. the reable tanks, each pressure relief device
quired relieving capacity of the relief
must be clearly and permanently
devices must be the same as for an
marked as specified in § 178.274(f)(1) of
uninsulated tank, unless the insulation
this subchapter.
will remain in place and will be effec-
(5) Each safety relief valve must have
tive under fire conditions. In this case,
direct communication with the vapor
except for UN portable tanks, each inspace in the tank.
sulated tank must be covered by a
(6) Each connection to a safety relief
sheet metal jacket of not less than 16
valve must be of sufficient size to progauge thickness. For UN portable
vide the required rate of discharge
tanks where the relieving capacity of
through the safety relief valve.
the valves has been reduced on the
(7) [Reserved]
basis of the insulation system, the in-
(8) Each pressure relief valve outlet
sulation system must remain effective
must be provided with a protective deat all temperatures less than 649 °C
vice to prevent the entrance and accu-
(1200.2 °F) and be jacketed with a matemulation of dirt and water. This device
rial having a melting point of 700 °C
must not impede flow through the
(1292.0 °F) or greater.
valve. Pressure relief devices must be
(iv) An MC 330 cargo tank that has
designed to prevent the entry of forrelief valves sized by Fetterly's foreign matter, the leakage of liquid and
mula dated November 27, 1928. may be
the development of any dangerous excontinued in service.
cess pressure.
633
$ 173.315
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(9) On tanks for carbon dioxide, remarked to indicate compliance in the
frigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, remanner specified by the respective
frigerated liquid each safety relief de-
Code.
vice must be installed and located so
(2) Each container must be equipped
that the cooling effect of the contents
with safety devices in compliance with
will not prevent the effective operation
the requirements for safety devices on
of the device. In addition to the recontainers as specified in NFPA 58
quired safety relief valves, these tanks
(IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter).
may be equipped with one or more
(3) The containers must be braced or
pressure controlling devices.
otherwise secured on the vehicle to
(10) Each tank for carbon dioxide, reprevent relative motion while in tranfrigerated liquid also may be equipped
sit. Valves or other fittings must be
with one or more non-reclosing presadequately protected against damage
sure relief devices set to function at a
during transportation. (See $177.834(a)
pressure not over two times nor less
of this subchapter.)
than 1.5 times the design pressure of
(4) Except as provided in paragraph
the tank.
(j)(5) of this section, containers shall
(11) Each portion of connected liquid
not be shipped when charged with liqpiping or hose that can be closed at
uefled petroleum gas to more than 5
both ends must be provided with a safepercent of their water capacity.
ty relief valve without an intervening
(5) Storage containers of less than
shut-off valve to prevent excessive hy-
1,042 pounds water capacity (125 galdrostatic pressure that could burst the
lons) may be shipped when charged
piping or hose.
with liquefied petroleum gas in compli-
(12) Subject to conditions of paraance with DOT filling density.
graph (a) of this section for the methyl
(k) A nonspecification cargo tank
chloride and sulfur dioxide optional
meeting, and marked in conformance
portable tanks, one or more fusible
with, the edition of Section VIII of the
plugs examined by the Bureau of Ex-
ASME Code in effect when it was fabplosives and approved by the Associate
ricated may be used for the transpor-
Administrator may be used on these
tation of liquefied petroleum gas protanks in place of safety relief valves of
vided it meets all of the following conthe spring-loaded type. The fusible plug
ditions:
or plugs must be in accordance with
(1) It must have a minimum design
CGA Pamphlet S-1.2, to prevent a prespressure no lower than 250 psig.
sure rise in the tank of more than 120
(2) It must have a capacity of 13,247.5
percent of the design pressure. If the
L (3,500 water gallons) or less.
tank is over 30 inches long, each end
(3) It must have been manufactured
must have the total specified safety
in conformance with Section VIII of
discharge area.
the ASME Code prior to January 1,
(13) A safety relief valve on a chlo-
1981, according to its ASME name plate
rine cargo tank must conform to one of
and manufacturer's data report.
the following standards of The Chlorine
(4) It must conform to the applicable
Institute, Inc.: Type 1 1/2 JQ225. Dwg.
provisions of NFPA 58, except to the
H51970 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subextent that provisions in NFPA 58 are
chapter); or Type 1 1/2 JQ225, Dwg.
inconsistent with requirements in
H50155 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subparts 178 and 180 of this subchapter.
chapter).
(5) It must be inspected, tested, and
(j) Storage containers for liquefied
equipped in accordance with subpart E
petroleum gas for permanent installaof part 180 of this subchapter as specition on consumer premises may be
fied for MC 331 cargo tank motor vehishipped by private motor carrier only
cles.
under the following conditions:
(6) Except as provided in this para-
(1) Each container must be congraph (k), it must be operated exclustructed in compliance with the resively in intrastate commerce, includquirements in Section VIII of the
ing its operation by a motor carrier
ASME Code (containers built in comotherwise engaged in interstate compliance with earlier editions starting
merce, in a state where its operation
with 1943 are authorized) and must be
was permitted by law (not including
634
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 173.315
the incorporation of this subchapter)
between the water injection equipment
prior to January 1. 1981. A cargo tank
and the cargo tank; and
motor vehicle operating under author-
(ii) Positive provisions must be made
ity of this section may cross state lines
to assure water injection equipment is
to travel to and from a qualified assemoperating.
bly, repair, maintenance, or requali-
(4) If water injection equipment befication facility. The cargo tank need
comes inoperative, suitable corrective
not be cleaned and purged, but it may
maintenance must be performed after
not contain liquefied petroleum gas in
which a sample from the first loaded
excess of five percent of the water cacargo tank must be analyzed for prepacity of the cargo tank. If the vehicle
scribed water content.
engine is supplied fuel from the cargo
(5) The analysis method for water
tank, enough fuel in excess of five percontent must be as prescribed in CGA
cent of the cargo tank's water capacity
G-2.2, "Tentative Standard Method for
may be carried for the trip to or from
Determining Minimum of 0.2 percent
the facility.
water in Anhydrous Ammonia," (IBR,
(7) It must have been used to transsee $171.7 of this subchapter).
port liquefied petroleum gas prior to
(6) Records indicating the results of
January 1, 1981.
the analysis taken, as required by this
(8) It must be operated in conformparagraph, must be retained for 2 years
ance with all other requirements of
and must be open to inspection by a
this subchapter.
representative of the Department.
(1) Anhydrous ammonia must not be
(7) Each person receiving anhydrous
offered for transportation or transammonia containing 0.2 per cent water
ported in specification MC 330 and MC
by weight may offer for transportation
331 cargo tanks constructed of
or transport that ammonia without
quenched and tempered ("QT") steel
performing the prescribed analysis for
except as provided in this paragraph.
water content provided:
(1) The ammonia must have a min-
(i) The ammonia received was cerimum water content of 0.2 percent by
tified as containing 0.2 percent water
weight. Any addition of water must be
as prescribed in $$172.203(h)(1)(i) and
made using steam condensate, deion-
177.817(a) of this subchapter: and
ized. or distilled water.
(ii) The amount of water in the am-
(2) Except as otherwise provided in
monia has not been reduced by any
this paragraph, each person offering for
means.
transportation or transporting anhy-
(m) A cargo tank (commonly known
drous ammonia shall perform a perias a nurse tank and considered an imodic analysis for prescribed water conplement of husbandry) transporting antent in the ammonia. The analysis
hydrous ammonia, and operated by a
must be performed:
private carrier exclusively for agricul-
(i) From a sample of the ammonia in
tural purposes does not have to meet
storage taken at least once every 7
the specification requirements of part
days, or each time ammonia is added to
178 of this subchapter if it:
the storage tanks, whichever is less
(1) Has a minimum design pressure of
frequent; or
250 psig and meets the requirements of
(ii) At the time the cargo tanks are
the edition of Section VIII of the
loaded, then a sample of the ammonia
ASME Code in effect at the time it was
taken from at least one loaded cargo
manufactured and is marked accordtank out of each 10 loads, or from one
ingly:
cargo tank every 24 hours, whichever is
(2) Is equipped with safety relief
less frequent: or
valves meeting the requirements of
(iii) At the same frequency as de-
CGA pamphlet S1.2;
scribed in paragraph (1)(2)(ii) of this
(3) Is painted white or aluminum:
section, from a sample taken from the
(4) Has capacity of 3,000 gallons or
loading line to the cargo tank.
less;
(3) If water is added at the time of
(5) Is loaded to a filling density no
loading:
greater than 56 percent;
(i) The sample for analysis must be
(6) Is securely mounted on a farm
taken from a point in the loading line
wagon; and
635
$ 173.315
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(7) Is in conformance with the re-
(n) Emergency discharge control for
quirements of part 172 of this subcargo tank motor vehicles in liquefied
chapter except that shipping papers are
compressed gas service.-(1) Required
not required; and it need not be
emergency discharge control equipment.
marked or placarded on one end if that
Each cargo tank motor vehicle in liqend contains valves, fittings. reguuefied compressed gas service must
lators or gauges when those appurhave an emergency discharge control
tenances prevent the markings and
capability as specified in the following
placard from being properly placed and
table:
visible.
Required emergency discharge control
§ 173.315(n)(1)(*)
Material
Delivery service
capability
(i)
Division 2.2 materials with no All
None.
subsidiary hazard, excluding
anhydrous ammonia.
(ii)
Division 2.3 materials
All
Paragraph (n)(2) of this section.
(Bi)
Division
22
materials
with
a
Other
than
metered
delivery
Paragraph
(n)(2)
of
this
section.
subsidiary hazard, Division
service.
2.1 materials, and anhydrous ammonia.
(iv)
Division 2.2 materials with a
Metered delivery service
Paragraph (n)(3) of this section.
subsidiary hazard, Division
2.1 materials, and anhydrous ammonia in a cargo
tank motor vehicle with a capacity of 13,247.5 L (3,500
water gallons) or less.
(v)
Division 2.2 materials with a
Metered delivery service
Paragraph (n)(3) of this section, and, for
subsidiary hazard, Division
obstructed view deliveries where per-
2.1 materials, and anhymitted by $177.840(p) of this subdrous ammonia in a cargo
chapter, paragraph (n)(2) or (n)(4) of
tank motor vehicle with a cathis section.
pacity greater than 13,247.5
L (3,500 water gallons).
(vi)
Division 2.2 materials with a
Both metered delivery and
Paragraph (n)(2) of this section, prosubsidiary hazard, Division
other than metered delivery
vided the system operates for both
2.1 materials, and anhyservice.
metered and other than metered delivdrous ammonia in a cargo
eries; otherwise, paragraphs (n)(2)
tank with a capacity of greatand (n)(3) of this section.
er than 13,247.5 L (3,500
water gallons).
(2) Cargo tank motor vehicles in other
any specifications of the original comthan metered delivery service. A cargo
ponent manufacturer and must explain
tank motor vehicle in other than mehow the passive means to shut off the
tered delivery service must have a
flow of product operates. It must also
means to automatically shut off the
outline the parameters (e.g., temperaflow of product without the need for
ture, pressure. types of product) within
human intervention within 20 seconds
which the passive means to shut off the
of an unintentional release caused by a
flow of product is designed to operate.
complete separation of a liquid deliv-
All components of the discharge sysery hose (passive shut-down capatem that are integral to the design
bility).
must be included in the certification. A
(i) Designed flow of product through
copy of the design certification must
a bypass in the valve is acceptable
be provided to the owner of the cargo
when authorized by this subchapter.
tank motor vehicle on which the equip-
(ii) The design for the means to automent will be installed.
matically shut off product flow must
(iii) Installation must be performed
be certified by a Design Certifying Enunder the supervision of a Registered
gineer. The certification must consider
636
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.315
Inspector unless the equipment is inattending the unloading operation prestalled and removed as part of regular
vents it from doing so at least once
operation (e.g., a hose). The Registered
every five minutes. Testing and certifi-
Inspector must certify that the equipcation must be as specified in parament is installed and tested, if it is
graph (n) of this section.
possible to do so without damaging the
(5) Compliance dates. (i) Each speciequipment, in accordance with the Defication MC 331 cargo tank motor vehisign Certifying Engineer's certificle with a certificate of construction
cation. The Registered Inspector must
issued two or more years after July 1,
provide the certification to the owner
1999, must have an appropriate emerof the cargo tank motor vehicle.
gency discharge control capability as
(3) Cargo tank motor vehicles in metered
specified in this paragraph (n).
delivery service. When required by the
(ii) No MC 330, MC 331, or nonspecitable in paragraph (n)(1) of this secfication cargo tank motor vehicle aution, a cargo tank motor vehicle must
thorized under paragraph (k) of this
have an off-truck remote means to
section may be operated unless it has
close the internal self-closing stop
an appropriate emergency discharge
valve and shut off all motive and auxilcontrol capability as specified in this
iary power equipment upon activation
paragraph (n) no later than the date of
by a qualified person attending the units first scheduled pressure retest reloading of the cargo tank motor vehiquired after July 1, 2001. No MC 330, MC
cle (off-truck remote shut-off). It must
331 or nonspecification cargo tank
function reliably at a distance of 45.72
motor vehicle authorized under para-
m (150 feet). The off-truck remote shutgraph (k) of this section may be operoff activation device must not be capaated after July 1, 2006, unless it has
ble of reopening the internal self-closbeen equipped with emergency dising stop valve after emergency activacharge control equipment as specified
tion.
in this paragraph (n).
(i) The emergency discharge control
(iii) No MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank
equipment must be installed under the
motor vehicle with a capacity over
supervision of a Registered Inspector.
Each wireless transmitter/receiver
13,247 L (3,500 gallons) used in metered
must be tested to demonstrate that it
delivery service may be operated unwill close the internal self-closing stop
less it has an appropriate discharge
valve and shut off all motive and auxilcontrol capability as specified in this
iary power equipment at a distance of
paragraph (n) no later than July 1, 2003,
91.44 m (300 feet) under optimum condior the date of its first scheduled prestions. Emergency discharge control
sure retest required after July 1. 2001,
whichever is earlier.
equipment that does not employ a
wireless transmitter/receiver must be
(o) Chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles.
tested to demonstrate its functioning
Each cargo tank motor vehicle used for
at the maximum length of the delivery
the transportation of chlorine must
hose.
meet the requirements in the fol-
(ii) The Registered Inspector must
lowing:
certify that the remote control equip-
(1) Any hose, piping, or tubing used
ment is installed in accordance with
for loading or unloading that is mountthe original component manufacturer's
ed or carried on the motor vehicle may
specifications and is tested in accordnot be attached to any valve and must
ance with paragraph (n)(3)(i) of this
be capped at all ends to prevent the
section. The Registered Inspector must
entry of moisture, except at the time
provide the owner of the cargo tank
of loading or unloading. Except at the
motor vehicle with this certification.
time of loading and unloading, the pipe
(4) Query systems. When a transconnection of each angle valve must be
mitter/receiver system is used to satclosed with a screw plug which is
isfy the requirements of paragraph
chained or otherwise fastened to pre-
(n)(1)(v) of this section, it must close
vent misplacement.
the internal self-closing stop valve and
(2) Each chlorine cargo tank motor
shut off all motive and auxiliary power
vehicle angle valve must be tested to
equipment unless the qualified person
be leak free at not less than 225 psig
637
§ 173.316
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
using dry air or inert gas before instalflammable cryogenic liquid must be
lation and thereafter every 2 years
made of steel.
when performing the required periodic
(4) A valve or fitting made of aluretest in $180.407(c) of this subchapter.
minum with internal rubbing or abrad-
Prior to each loading, the cargo tank
ing aluminum parts that may come in
motor vehicle must be inspected and
contact with oxygen in the cryogenic
the angle valves and gasketed joints
liquid form may not be installed on
must be examined and tested at a presany cylinder used to transport oxygen,
sure of not less than 50 psig to detercryogenic liquid unless the parts are
mine that they are not leaking and are
anodized in accordance with ASTM
in proper condition for transportation.
Standard B 580 (IBR, see $171.7 of this
Any leaks must be corrected before the
subchapter).
cargo tank motor vehicle is offered for
(5) An aluminum valve, pipe or flttransportation.
ting may not be installed on any cyl-
(3) Excess flow valves on the cargo
inder used to transport any flammable
tank motor vehicle must meet the recryogenic liquid.
quirements of paragraph (n) of this sec-
(6) Each cylinder must be provided
tion.
with one or more pressure relief de-
(p) Fusible elements. Each MC 330, MC
vices, which must be installed and
331, or nonspecification cargo tank aumaintained in compliance with the rethorized under paragraph (k) of this
quirements of this subchapter.
section must have a thermal means of
(7) Each pressure relief device must
closure for each internal self-closing
be installed and located so that the
stop valve as specified in $178.337-
cooling effect of the contents during
8(a)(4) of this subchapter.
venting will not prevent effective oper-
(q) Manifolding is authorized for
ation of the device.
cargo tanks containing anhydrous am-
(8) The maximum weight of the conmonia provided each individual cargo
tents in a cylinder with a design servtank is equipped with a pressure relief
ice temperature colder than -320 °F.
device or valves and gauging devices as
may not exceed the design weight
required by paragraphs (h) and (i) of
marked on the cylinder (see $178.35 of
this section. Each valve must be tightthis subchapter).
ly closed while the cargo tank is in
(b) Pressure control systems. Each cyltransit. Each cargo tank must be filled
inder containing a cryogenic liquid
separately.
must have a pressure control system
that conforms to $173.301(f) and is de-
[29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32
FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
signed and installed so that it will prevent the cylinder from becoming liquid
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER clfull.
tations affecting $173.315. see the List of CFR
Sections Affected which appears in the Find-
(c) Specification cylinder requirements
ing Aids section of the printed volume and
and filling limits. Specification DOT-4L
on GPO Access.
cylinders ($178.57 of this subchapter)
are authorized for the transportation
$ 173.316 Cryogenic liquids in cylof cryogenic liquids when carried in the
inders.
vertical position as follows:
(a) General requirements. (1) A cyl-
(1) For purposes of this section, "fillinder may not be loaded with a cryoing density," except for hydrogen, is
genic liquid colder than the design
defined as the percent ratio of the
service temperature of the packaging.
weight of lading in the packaging to
(2) A cylinder may not be loaded with
the weight of water that the packaging
any material which may combine
will hold at 60 °F. (1 lb. of water = 27.737
chemically with any residue in the
cubic inches at 60 °F.).
packaging to produce an unsafe condi-
(2) The cryogenic liquids of argon, nition.
trogen, oxygen, helium and neon must
(3) The jacket covering the insulation
be loaded and shipped in accordance
on a cylinder used to transport any
with the following table:
638
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.318
Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
Pressure control valve setting (maximum startto-discharge pressure psig)
Air
Argon
Nitrogen
Oxygen
Helium
Neon
45
82.5
133
76
108
12.5
109
75
80.3
130
74
105
12.5
104
105
78.4
127
72
103
12.5
100
170
76.2
122
70
100
12.5
92
230
75.1
119
69
98
12.5
85
295
73.3
115
68
96
12.5
77
360
70.7
113
65
93
12.5
450
65.9
111
61
91
12.5
540
62.9
107
58
88
12.5
625
60.1
104
55
86
12.5
Design service temperature (°F.)
-320
-320
-320
-320
-452
-411
(3) Hydrogen (minimum 95 percent
tions approved by the Associate Adparahydrogen) must be loaded and
ministrator.
shipped as follows:
[Amdt. 173-166, 48 FR 27695. June 16, 1983, as
Column 1
Column 2
amended by Amdt. 173-166. 49 FR 24314, June
12, 1984: Amdt. 173-180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24,
Design service temperature
Minus 423 °F. or
1984; Amdt. 173-201, 52 FR 13041, Apr. 20, 1987:
colder.
Amdt. 173-250, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996;
Maximum permitted filling density, based
6.7 percent.
Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24741, May 6. 1997: 66 FR
on cylinder capacity at minus 423 °F
45379, Aug. 28. 2001; 67 FR 16013, Sept. 27, 2002:
(see Note 1).
68 FR 75742. Dec. 31. 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept.
The pressure control valve must be de-
17 psig.
7, 2004]
signed and set to limit the pressure in
the cylinder to not more than.
§ 173.318 Cryogenic liquids in cargo
tanks.
NOTE 1: The filling density for hydrogen,
cryogenic liquid is defined as the percent
(a) General requirements. (1) A cargo
ratio of the weight of lading in a packaging
tank may not be loaded with a cryoto the weight of water that the packaging
genic liquid colder than the design
will hold at minus 423 °F. The volume of the
service temperature of the packaging.
packaging at minus 423 °F is determined in
(2) A cargo tank may not be loaded
cubic inches. The volume is converted to
pounds of water (1 lb. of water - 27.737 cubic
with any material that may combine
inches).
chemically with any residue in the
packaging to produce an unsafe condi-
(i) Each cylinder must be contion (see 178.338-15).
structed, insulated and maintained so
(3) The jacket covering the insulation
that during transportation the total
on a tank used to transport a cryogenic
rate of venting shall not exceed 30 SCF
liquid must be made of steel if the
of hydrogen per hour.
cryogenic liquid:
(ii) In addition to the marking re-
(i) Is to be transported by vessel (see
quirements in $178.35 of this sub-
$176.76(g) of this subchapter); or
chapter, the total rate of venting in
(ii) Is oxygen or a flammable mate-
SCF per hour (SCFH) shall be marked
rial.
on the top head or valve protection
(4) A valve or fitting made of aluband in letters at least one-half inch
minum with internal rubbing or abradhigh as follows: "VENT RATE SCFH"
ing aluminum parts that may come in
(with the asterisks replaced by the
contact with oxygen in the cryogenic
number representing the total rate of
liquid form may not be installed on
venting, in SCF per hour).
any cargo tank used to transport oxy-
(iii) Carriage by highway is subject
gen, cryogenic liquid unless the parts
to the conditions specified in
are anodized in accordance with ASTM
$177.840(a) of this subchapter.
Standard B 580 (IBR, see $171.7 of this
(d) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where
subchapter).
charging requirements are not specifi-
(5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fitcally prescribed in paragraph (c) of this
ting, external to the jacket that resection, the cryogenic liquid must be
tains lading during transportation may
shipped in packagings and under condinot be installed on any cargo tank used
639
$ 173.318
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid
(ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric
or any flammable cryogenic liquid.
gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid serv-
(6) A cargo tank used to transport OXice. For tanks in helium and atmosygen, cryogenic liquid must be propheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic
vided with a manhole (see $178.338-6 of
liquid service, the pressure relief systhis subchapter).
tem must have a flow capacity equal to
(b) Pressure relief systems and pressure
or greater than that calculated by the
control valves-(1) Types of pressure relief
applicable formula in paragraphs 5.3.2
systems-(i) Tanks in oxygen and flamor 5.3.3 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2. If the
mable cryogenic liquid service. Except as
pressure relief system consists of a
otherwise provided in this paragraph,
combination of pressure relief valves
each tank in oxygen and flammable
and frangible discs, the pressure relief
cryogenic liquid service must be provalves must have a total venting catected by two independent pressure repacity equal to or greater than that
lief systems which are not connected in
calculated by the applicable formula in
series, namely:
paragraph 4.1.10.1.1 of CGA Pamphlet
(A) A primary system of one or more
S-1.2. The pressure relief system must
pressure relief valves; and
have this total flow capacity at a pres-
(B) A secondary system of one of
sure not exceeding 150 percent of the
more frangible discs or pressure relief
tank's design pressure. The flow capacvalves. For a tank in carbon monoxide
ity and rating must be verified and
service, the secondary system must be
marked by the manufacturer of the depressure relief valves only.
vice in accordance with CGA Pamphlet
(ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric
S-1.2.
gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid serv-
(3) Type and construction of pressure
ice. For a tank used in helium and atrelief devices. (i) Each pressure relief demospheric gas (except oxygen) cryovice must be designed and constructed
genic liquid service, the tank must be
for a pressure equal to or exceeding the
protected by at least one pressure retank's design pressure at the coldest
lief system consisting of:
temperature reasonably expected to be
(A) One or more pressure relief
encountered.
valves; or
(ii) Pressure relief devices must be ei-
(B) A combination of one or more
ther spring-loaded pressure relief
pressure relief valves and one or more
valves or frangible discs. Pressure refrangible discs.
lief valves must be of a type that auto-
(2) Capacities of pressure relief sysmatically open and close at predetertems-(i) Tanks in oxygen or flammable
mined pressures.
cryogenic liquid service. For tanks in OX-
(4) Setting of pressure relief devices. (i)
ygen or flammable cryogenic liquid
On a tank used in oxygen or flammable
service, the primary system and the
cryogenic liquid service, the pressure
secondary system of pressure relief derelief devices must perform as follows.
vices must each have a flow capacity
(A) Each pressure relief valve in the
equal to or greater than that calprimary relief system must be set-toculated by the applicable formula in
discharge at a pressure no higher than
paragraph 5.3.2 or paragraph 5.3.3 of
110 percent of the tank's design pres-
CGA S-1.2 (IBR, see $ 171.7 of this subsure.
chapter). In addition:
(B) Each pressure relief device in the
(A) The primary pressure relief syssecondary pressure relief system must
tem must have a total flow capacity at
be designed to commence functioning
a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of
at a pressure no lower than 130 percent
the tank's design pressure.
and no higher than 150 percent of the
(B) The secondary pressure relief systank's design pressure.
tem must have a total flow capacity at
(ii) On a tank used in helium and at-
a pressure not exceeding 150 percent of
mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryothe tank's design pressure.
genic liquid service, the pressure relief
(C) The flow capacity and rating
devices in the pressure relief system
must be verified and marked by the
must be designed to commence funcmanufacturer of the device in accordtioning at no higher than 150 percent of
ance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.2.
the tank's design pressure.
640
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 173.318
(5) Optional pressure relief devices and
venting will not prevent the effective
pressure control valves. In addition to
operation of the device.
the required pressure relief devices, a
(8) Connections. (i) Each connection
cargo tank in cryogenic liquid (except
to a pressure relief device must be of
carbon monoxide) service may be
sufficient size to allow the required
equipped with one or both of the folrate of discharge through the pressure
lowing:
relief device. The inlet connection
(i) One or more pressure control
must be not less than one-half inch
valves set at a pressure below the
nominal pipe size.
tank's design pressure.
(ii) A shut-off valve may be installed
(ii) One or more frangible discs set to
in a pressure relief system only when
function at a pressure not less than one
the required relief capacity is provided
and one-half times or more than two
at all times.
times the tank's design pressure.
(9) Pressure relief devices for piping
hose and vacuum-insulated jackets. (1)
(6) Maximum filling rate. (1) For a tank
used in oxygen and flammable cryo-
Each portion of connected liquid piping
or hose that can be closed at both ends
genic liquid service, the maximum rate
at which the tank is filled must not exmust be provided with either a hydroceed the liquid flow capacity of the pristatic pressure relief valve without an
intervening shut-off valve, or a check
mary pressure relief system rated at a
pressure not exceeding 120 percent of
valve permitting flow from the pipe or
hose into the tank. If used, the relief
the tank's design pressure.
valve must be located so as to prevent
(ii) On a tank used in helium and atits discharge from impinging on the
mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryotank, piping. or operating personnel.
genic liquid service, the maximum rate
(ii) On a vacuum-insulated cargo
at which the tank is filled must not extank the jacket must be protected by a
ceed the liquid flow capacity of the
suitable relief device to release interpressure relief valves rated at 150 pernal pressure. The discharge area of this
cent of the tank's design pressure.
device must be at least 0.00024 square
(7) Arrangement and location of presinch per pound of water capacity of the
sure relief devices. (i) The discharge
tank. This relief device must function
from any pressure relief system must
at a pressure not exceeding the interbe directed upward and be unobnal design pressure of the jacket, calstructed to the outside of the protecculated in accordance with Section
tive housing in such a manner as to
VIII of the ASME Code (IBR. see § 171.7
prevent impingement of gas upon the
of this subchapter), or 25 psig. whichjacket or any structural part of the veever is less.
hicle.
(10) Tank inlet, outlet, pressure relief
(ii) Each pressure relief valve must
device and pressure control valve markbe arranged or protected to prevent the
ings. (i) Each tank inlet and outlet, exaccumulation of foreign material becept pressure relief devices and prestween the relief valve and the atmossure control valves, must be permapheric discharge opening in any relief
nently marked to indicate whether it
piping. The arrangement must not imcommunicates with "vapor" or "liqpede flow through the device.
uid" when the tank is filled to the
(iii) Each pressure relief valve must
maximum permitted filling density.
be designed and located to minimize
(ii) Each pressure relief valve must
the possibility of tampering. If the
be plainly and permanently marked
pressure setting or adjustment is exterwith the pressure, in psig. at which it
nal to the valve, the valve adjustment
is set-to-discharge, the discharge rate
must be sealed.
of the device in SCF per minute
(lv) Each pressure relief device must
(SCFM) of free air, and the manufachave direct communication with the
turer's name or trade name and catalog
vapor space of the tank at the
number. The marked set-to-discharge
midlength of the top centerline.
pressure valve must be visible with the
(v) Each pressure relief device must
valve in its installed position. The
be installed and located so that the
rated discharge capacity of the device
cooling effect of the contents during
must be determined at a pressure of 120
641
$ 173.318
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
percent of the design pressure of the
under conditions of incipient opening.
tank.
with the tank in a level attitude.
(iii) Each pressure control valve must
(e) Temperature. A flammable cryobe plainly and permanently marked
genic liquid in a cargo tank at the
with the pressure, in psig, at which it
start of travel must be at a temperais set-to-discharge.
ture sufficiently cold that the pressure
(c) Weight of lading requirements. The
setting of the pressure control valve or
weight of a cryogenic liquid in the
the required pressure relief valve,
whichever is lower, will not be reached
tank must be determined by weighing
in less time than the marked rated
or by the use of a liquid level gauging
device authorized in § 178.338-14(a) of
holding time for the cryogenic liquid
this subchapter. and may not exceed
(see paragraph (g)(3) of this section and
178.338-9(b) of this subchapter).
the lesser of:
(f) Specification MC-338 $178.338 of
(1) The weight of lading in the tank,
this subchapter) cargo tanks are authorbased on the water capacity stamped
ized for the shipment of the following
on the nameplate ($ 178.338-18(a)(4) of
cryogenic liquids subject to the folthis subchapter) and the appropriate
lowing additional requirements:
maximum permitted filling density
(1) For purposes of this section, "fillspecified in paragraph (f) of this secing density" is defined as the percent
tion; or
ratio of the weight of lading in the
(2) The maximum weight of lading for
tank to the weight of water that the
which the cargo tank was designed, as
tank will hold at the design service
marked on the specification plate (see
temperature (one pound of water=27.737
$178.338-18(b) of this subchapter).
cubic inches at 60 °F., or one gallon of
(d) Outage. Except for a cargo tank
water = 231 cubic inches at 60 °F. and
containing helium, cryogenic liquid, a
weighs 8.32828 pounds).
cargo tank offered for transportation
(2) Air, argon, helium, nitrogen, and OXmust have an outage of at least two
ygen, cryogenic liquids must be loaded
percent below the inlet of the pressure
and shipped in accordance with the folrelief device or pressure control valve.
lowing table:
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING
Maximum set-to-
Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
discharge pressure
(psig)
Air
Argon
Helium
Nitrogen
Oxygen
26
12.5
30
80.3
129
12.5
74
105
40
79.2
12.5
50
78.0
12.5
55
77.3
125
12.5
71
102
60
76.9
12.5
80
75.3
12.5
85
75.1
121
12.5
99
100
73.0
12.5
105
73.7
12.5
67
120
72.2
12.5
140
71.4
12.5
145
70.9
115
12.5
64
94
180
68.3
12.5
200
67.3
110
12.5
61
91
250
63.3
106
12.5
57
87
275
62.3
105
12.5
56
86
325
59.4
101
53
83
Design service tem-
-320 °F
320 °F
-452 °F
-320 °F
-320 °F
perature.
(3) Carbon monoxide, hydrogen (mingenic liquids must be loaded and shipped
imum 95 percent para-hydrogen), ethylin accordance with the following table:
ene, and methane or natural gas, cryo-
642
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 173.318
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING
Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
Maximum set-to-discharge pressure (psig)
Carbon monoxide
Ethylene
Hydrogen
Methane or natural gas
13
6.6
15
75.0
6.6
40.5
17
74.0
6.6
20
53.5
40.0
25
73.0
30
72.0
52.7
6.3
39.1
35
40
52.0
38.6
45
71.5
50
51.4
6.0
38.2
55
60
50.8
70
50.2
5.7
37.5
90
49.2
95
100
48.4
5.4
36.6
115
48.2
125
5.0
150
4.5
175
62.5
45.8
285
56.0
Design service tempera-
320 °F
-155 °F
-423 °F
-260 °F
ture.
(4) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where
words "One-way-travel-time" in the
charging requirements are not specifimarking required by this paragraph.
cally prescribed in this paragraph (f),
(1) OWTT is based on the marked
the cryogenic liquid must be shipped in
rated holding time (MRHT) of the
packagings and under conditions apcargo tank for the cryogenic liquid to
proved by the Associate Administrator.
be transported in the cargo tank. If the
MRHT for the flammable cryogenic liq-
(g) One-way travel time; marking. The
uid is not displayed on or adjacent to
jacket of a cargo tank to be used to
the specification plate, this MRHT may
transport a flammable cryogenic liquid
be derived.
must be marked on its right side near
(2) The MRHT is converted to OWTT,
the front, in letters and numbers at
in hours, as follows:
least two inches high, "One-Way-Trav-
(i) For a tank with an MRHT of 72
el-Time
hrs.", with the blank filled
hours or less,
in with a number indicating the one-
OWTT = (MRHT - 24) / 2
way travel time (OWTT). in hours, of
the cargo tank for the flammable cryo-
(ii) For a tank with an MRHT greater
genic liquid to be transported. A cargo
than 72 hours,
tank that is partially unloaded at one
OWTT = MRHT - 48
or more locations must have additional
marking "One-Way-Travel-Time
(3) Each cargo tank motor vehicle
used to transport a flammable cryohrs.
psig to
psig at
pergenic liquid must be examined after
cent filling density," with the second
each shipment to determine its actual
blank filled in with the pressure existholding time. The record required by
ing after partial unloading and the
§ 177.840(h) of this subchapter may be
third blank filled in with the set-to-disused for this determination. If the excharge pressure of the control valve or
amination indicates that the actual
pressure relief valve, and the fourth
holding time of the cargo tank, after
blank with the filling density following
adjustment to reflect an average ambipartial unloading. Multiple OWTT
ent temperature of 85 °F, is less than 90
markings for different pressure levels
percent of the marked rated holding
are permitted. The abbreviation
time (MRHT) for the cryogenic liquid
"OWTT" may be used in place of the
marked on the specification plate or
643
§ 173.319
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
adjacent thereto (see $ 178.338-18(b) of
made by e-mail to Hmassist@fra.dot.gov
this subchapter), the tank may not be
or telephone call to (202) 493-6229.
refilled with any flammable cryogenic
(4) A tank car may not be loaded
liquid until it is restored to its marked
with any flammable cryogenic liquid:
rated holding time. value or it is re-
(i) That may combine chemically
marked with the actual marked rated
with any residue in the tank to
holding time determined by this examproduce an unsafe condition,
ination. If the name of the flammable
(11) That is colder than the design
cryogenic liquid that was transported
service temperature of the tank,
and its marked rated holding time is
(iii) If the average daily pressure rise
not displayed on or adjacent to the
in the tank exceeded 3 psig during the
specification plate, this requirement
prior shipment,
may be met by deriving the MRHT of
(iv) Unless it is marked with the
the cargo tank for that flammable
name of contents, in accordance with
cryogenic liquid and comparing that
$172.330 of this subchapter.
derived MRHT with the actual holding
(b) When a tank car containing a
time after adjustment.
flammable cryogenic liquid is offered
[Amdt. 173-166, 48 FR 27696, June 16, 1983]
for transportation:
(1) At least 0.5 percent outage must
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cibe provided below the inlet of the prestations affecting $173.318, see the List of CFR
Sections Affected which appears in the Findsure relief or pressure control valve at
ing Aids section of the printed volume and
the start-to-discharge pressure setting
on GPO Access.
of the valve, with the tank car in a
level attitude, and
§ 173.319 Cryogenic liquids in tank
(2) The absolute pressure in the annucars.
lar space must be less than 75 microns
(a) General requirements. (1) A tank
of mercury.
car containing a flammable cryogenic
(c) Temperature. A flammable cryoliquid may not be shipped unless it was
genic liquid must be loaded into a tank
loaded by, or with the consent of, the
car at such a temperature that the avowner of the tank car.
erage daily pressure rise during trans-
(2) The amount of flammable cryoportation will not exceed 3 psig (see
genic liquid loaded into a tank car
paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section).
must be determined. either by direct
(d) A Class DOT-113 tank car is aumeasurement or by calculation based
thorized for the shipment of the folon weight. to verify that the tank has
lowing cryogenic liquids subject to the
not been filled to a level in excess of
following additional requirements:
the limits specified in paragraph (d)(2)
(1) For purposes of this section, "fillof this section. The weight of any flaming density" is defined as the percent
mable cryogenic liquid loaded, except
ratio of the weight of lading in the
hydrogen, must be checked by use of
tank to the weight of water that the
scales after disconnecting the loading
tank will hold at the design service
line.
temperature (one pound of water =
(3) The shipper shall notify the Fed-
27.737 cubic inches at 60 °F., or one galeral Railroad Administration whenever
lon of water = 231 cubic inches at 60 °F.
a tank car containing any flammable
and weighs 8.32828 pounds).
cryogenic liquid is not received by the
(2) Ethylene, and hydrogen (minimum
consignee within 20 days from the date
95 percent parahydrogen). cryogenic liqof shipment. Notification to the Feduids must be loaded and shipped in aceral Railroad Administration may be
cordance with the following table:
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING
Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
Maximum start-to-discharge pressure
(psig)
Ethylene
Ethylene
Ethlyene
Hydrogen
17
6.60.
45
52.8
75
51.1
51.1
644
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.320
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING-Continued
Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
Maximum start-to-discharge pressure
(psig)
Ethylene
Ethylene
Ethlyene
Hydrogen
Maximum pressure when offered for
10 psig
10 psig
20 psig
transportation.
Design service temperature
Minus 260 °F
Minus 260 °F
Minus 155 °F
Minus 423 °F.
Specification (see § 180.507(b)(3) of
113D60W
113C120W
113D120W
113A175W.
this subchapter).
113C60W
113A60W.
(e) Special requirements for class DOT
DOT-113C60W and 113D60W tank cars;
113 tank cars-(1) A class DOT-113 tank
or
car need not be periodically pressure
(D) 500.09 joules (0.4740 Btu/day/lb.) of
tested; however, each shipment must
inner tank car water capacity, for
be monitored to determine the average
DOT-113D120W tank cars.
daily pressure rise in the tank car. If
(3) A tank car that fails a test prethe average daily pressure rise during
scribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this secany shipment exceeds 0.2 Bar (3 psig)
tion must be removed from hazardous
per day, the tank must be tested for
materials service. A tank car removed
thermal integrity prior to any subsefrom hazardous materials service because it failed a test prescribed in
quent shipment.
(2) Thermal integrity test. When reparagraph of this section may not
be used to transport a hazardous matequired by paragraph (e)(1) of this secrial unless the tank car conforms to all
tion, either of the following thermal
applicable requirements of this subintegrity tests may be used:
chapter.
(i) Pressure rise test. The pressure rise
(4) Each rupture disc must be rein the tank may not exceed 0.34 Bar (5
placed every 12 months, and the repsig) in 24 hours. When the pressure
placement date must be marked on the
rise test is performed. the absolute
car near the pressure relief valve inforpressure in the annular space of the
mation.
loaded tank car may not exceed 75 mi-
(5) Pressure relief valves and altercrons of mercury at the beginning of
nate pressure relief valves must be
the test and may not increase more
tested every five years. The start-tothan 25 microns during the 24-hour pedischarge pressure and vapor tight
riod; or
pressure requirements for the pressure
(ii) Calculated heat transfer rate test.
relief valves must be as specified in
The insulation system must be per-
$179.401-1 of this subchapter. The alterformance tested as prescribed in
nate pressure relief device values speci-
$179.400-4 of this subchapter. When the
fied in $179.401-1 of this subchapter for
calculated heat transfer rate test is
a DOT-113C120W tank car apply to a
performed, the absolute pressure in the
DOT-113D120W tank car.
annular space of the loaded tank car
(49 U.S.C. 1803. 1804, 1808; 49 CFR 1.53, app. A
may not exceed 75 microns of mercury
to part 1)
at the beginning of the test and may
not increase more than 25 microns dur-
[Amdt. 173-166, 48 FR 27698, June 16. 1983. as
ing the 24-hour period. The calculated
amended by Amdt. 173-245. Sept. 21, 1995; 65
FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000: 66 FR 45184. 45379,
heat transfer rate in 24 hours may not
45383, Aug. 28. 2001: 70 FR 34076. June 13, 2005]
exceed:
(A) 120 percent of the appropriate
$173.320 Cryogenic liquids; excepstandard heat transfer rate specified in
tions.
$179.401-1 of this subchapter, for DOT-
(a) Atmospheric gases and helium,
113A60W and DOT-113C120W tank cars;
cryogenic liquids, in Dewar flasks, in-
(B) 122.808 joules (0.1164 Btu/day/lb.)
sulated cylinders. insulated portable
of inner tank car water capacity, for
tanks, insulated cargo tanks, and insu-
DOT-113A175W tank cars;
lated tank cars, designed and con-
(C) 345.215 joules (0.3272 Btu/day/lb.)
structed so that the pressure in such
of inner tank car water capacity, for
packagings will not exceed 25.3 psig
645
§ 173.321
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
under ambient temperature conditions
(a) In 4C1, 4C2. 4D or 4F wooden boxes
during transportation are not subject
with glass, earthenware, or metal inner
to the requirements of this subchapter
receptacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces)
when transported by motor vehicle or
capacity each;
railcar except as specified in para-
(b) In 4G fiberboard boxes with glass,
graphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this
earthenware, or metal inner recepsection.
tacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) ca-
(1) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this
pacity each. Outer packagings may not
subchapter pertaining to the reporting
exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight:
of incidents, not including a release
(c) In 1A1 drums of not over 100 L (26
that is the result of venting through a
gallons) capacity each; or
pressure control valve, or the neck of
(d) In specification cylinders as prethe Dewar flask.
scribed for any compressed gas except
(2) Subparts A, B, C, D, G and H of
acetylene.
part 172, 174.24 for rail and 177.817 for
highway) and in addition, part 172 in
[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52667. Dec. 21, 1990]
its entirety for oxygen.
§ 173.323 Ethylene oxide.
(3) Subparts A and B of part 173, and
§§ 174.1 and 177.800, 177.804, and 177.823 of
(a) For packaging ethylene oxide in
this subchapter.
non-bulk packagings, silver mercury or
(b) The requirements of this subany of its alloys or copper may not be
chapter do not apply to atmospheric
used in any part of a packaging, valve,
gases and helium:
or other packaging appurtenance if
(1) During loading and unloading opthat part, during normal conditions of
erations (pressure rises may exceed 25.3
transportation, may come in contact
psig); or
with ethylene oxide liquid or vapor.
(2) When used in operation of a proc-
Copper alloys may be used only where
ess system; such as a refrigeration sysgas mixtures do not contain free
tem (pressure may exceed 25.3 psig).
acetylene at any concentration that
(c) For transportation aboard airwill form copper acetylene. All packcraft, see the ICAO Technical Instrucaging and gaskets must be constructed
tions (IBR, see $171.7 of this subof materials which are compatible with
chapter), Packing Instruction 202 and
ethylene oxide and do not lower the
the packaging specifications in part 6,
auto-ignition temperature of ethylene
chapter 5.
oxide.
(b) Ethylene oxide must be packaged
[Amdt. 173-201, 52 FR 13043, Apr. 20, 1987, as
in one of the following:
amended at 62 FR 51561. Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR
33436, June 21. 2001; 67 FR 61014. Sept. 27, 2002;
(1) In hermetically sealed glass or
68 FR 48570, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31,
metal inner packagings suitably cush-
2003]
ioned in an outer package authorized
by 173.201(b). The maximum quantity
§ 173.321 Ethylamine.
permitted in any glass inner packaging
Ethylamine must be packaged as folis 100 g (3.5 ounces), and the maximum
lows:
quantity permitted in any metal inner
(a) In 1A1 drums which meet Packing
packaging is 340 g (12 ounces). After
Group I performance level requirefilling. each inner packaging shall be
determined to be leak-tight by placing
ments.
(b) In specification cylinders as prethe inner packaging in a hot water
scribed for any compressed gas except
bath at a temperature, and for a period
acetylene.
of time, sufficient to ensure that an internal pressure equal to the vapor pres-
[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990]
sure of ethylene oxide at 55 °C is
achieved. The total quantity in any
§ 173.322 Ethyl chloride.
outer packaging shall not exceed 100 g
Ethyl chloride must be packaged in
(3.5 ounces), and the total quantity in
any of the following single or combinaany outer packaging containing only
tion non-bulk packagings which meet
metal inner packagings shall not ex-
Packing Group I performance level receed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds). Each comquirements:
pleted package must be capable of
646
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.323
passing all Packing Group I performfollowing bulk packagings are authorance tests.
ized, subject to the requirements of
(2) In specification cylinders or UN
subparts A and B of this part, the spepressure receptacles, as authorized for
cial provisions specified in column 7 of
any compressed gas except acetylene.
the $172.101 table, and paragraphs (d)
Pressurizing valves and insulation are
through (j) of this section:
required for cylinders over 4 L (1 gal-
(1) Tank cars. Class DOT 105J tank
lon) capacity. Eductor tubes must be
cars: Notwithstanding the requireprovided for cylinders over 19 L (5 galments of $173.31(c), each tank car must
lons) capacity. Cylinders must be
have a tank test pressure of at least
seamless or welded steel (not brazed)
20.7 Bar (300 psig) no later than July 1,
with a nominal capacity of no more
2006.
than 115 L (30 gallons) and may not be
(2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 330
liquid full below 82 °C (180 °F). Before
and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles.
each refilling. each cylinder must be
(3) Portable tanks. DOT 51 portable
tested for leakage at no less than 103.4
tanks.
kPa (15 psig) pressure. In addition,
each cylinder must be equipped with a
(d) The pressure relief devices must
fusible type relief device with yield
be set to function at 517 kPa (75 psig).
Portable tanks fitted with non-retemperature of 69 °C to 77 °C (157 °F to
170 °F). The capacity of the relief declosing devices made and in use prior
vice and the effectiveness of the insulato December 31, 1987, may continue to
tion must be such that the charged cylbe used in ethylene oxide service.
inder will not explode when tested by
(e) In determining outage, considerthe method described in CGA Pamphlet
ation must be given to the lading tem-
C-14 or other equivalent method.
perature and solubility of inert gas
(3) In 1A1 steel drums of no more
padding in ethylene oxide as well as
than 231 L (61 gallons) and meeting
the partial pressure exerted by the gas
Packing Group I performance standpadding.
ards. The drum must be lagged of all
(f) Each tank, loaded or empty, must
welded construction with the inner
be padded with dry nitrogen or other
shell having a minimum thickness of
suitable inert gas of sufficient quantity
1.7 mm (0.068 inches) and the outer
to render the vapor space of the tank
shell having a minimum thickness of
nonflammable up to 41 °C (105 °F). The
2.4 mm (0.095 inches). Drums must be
gas used for padding must be free of
capable of withstanding a hydrostatic
impurities which may cause the ethyltest pressure of 690 kPa (100 psig). Lagene oxide to polymerize, decompose or
ging must be of sufficient thickness so
undergo other violent chemical reacthat the drum, when filled with ethyltion.
ene oxide and equipped with the re-
(g) Copper. silver, mercury, magnequired pressure relief device, will not
sium or their alloys may not be used in
rupture when exposed to fire. The drum
any part of the tank or appurtenances
may not be liquid full below 85 °C (185
that are normally in contact with the
°F). and must be marked "THIS END
lading.
UP" on the top head. Before each refill-
(h) Neoprene, natural rubber and asing, each drum must be tested for leakbestos gaskets are prohibited. All package at no less than 103 kPa (15 psig)
ing and gaskets must be made of matepressure. Each drum must be equipped
rials which do not react with or lower
with a fusible type relief device with
the autoignition temperature of the
yield temperature of 69 °C to 77 °C (157
lading.
°F to 170 °F), and the capacity of the
(i) Each tank must be insulated with
relief device must be such that the
cork (at least 10 cm (4 inches) thick),
filled drum is capable of passing, withor mineral wool, fiberglass or other
out rupture, the test method described
suitable insulation material of suffiin CGA Pamphlet C-14 or other equivaclent thickness so that the thermal
lent method.
conductance at 16 °C (60 °F) is not more
(c) When $172.101 of this subchapter
than 0.075 Btu per hour per square foot
specifies that a hazardous material be
per degree F. temperature differential.
packaged under this section, only the
Portable tanks made and in use prior
647
§ 173.334
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
to December 31, 1987 equipped with fu-
(6 feet) onto a non-yielding surface,
sible plugs instead of a pressure relief
such as concrete or steel, impacting at
valve or rupture disc, must have suffithe packaging's weakest point.
cient insulation so that the tank as
(e) Cylinders may be packed in strong
filled for shipment will not rupture in
wooden boxes with valves or other clos-
a fire. The insulation on portable tanks
ing devices protected from damage,
or cargo tank motor vehicles must be
with not more than twelve cylinders in
protected with a steel jacket at least
one outside wooden box. An outer fiber-
2.54 mm (0.100 inch) thick, or as reboard box may be used when not more
quired by the specification.
than four such cylinders are to be
(j) Tank car tanks built after December 30, 1971 must be equipped with a
shipped in one packaging. Valves must
thermometer well.
be adequately protected. Box and valve
protection must be of sufficient
[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as
strength to protect all parts of inner
amended at 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt.
packagings and valves from deforma-
173-236, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24. 1993: Amdt. 173-
234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-145, 60
tion or breakage resulting from a drop
FR 49076. Sept. 21, 1995; 66 FR 45380, 45383,
of at least 1.8 m (6 feet) onto a non-
Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR
yielding surface, such as concrete or
76178, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 33884. June 12. 2006]
steel, impacting at the weakest point.
$ 173.334 Organic phosphates mixed
[67 FR 51651. Aug. 8. 2002. as amended at 71
with compressed gas.
FR 54395. Sept. 14, 2006]
Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, parathion,
EDITORIAL NOTE: At 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27.
tetraethyl dithio pyrophosphate. tetra-
2002. $ 173.334(f) was amended, however, paraethyl pyrophosphate, or other Division
graph (f) does not exist in this section.
6.1 organic phosphates (including a
compound or mixture), may be mixed
$ 173.335 Gas generator assemblies.
with a non-flammable compressed gas.
Gas generator assemblies (aircraft)
This mixture may not contain more
containing liquefied non-flammable,
than 20 percent by weight of organic
non-toxic gas and a solid propellant
phosphate and must be packaged in
cartridge must be packaged as follows:
DOT 3A240, 3AA240, 3B240, 4B240,
(a) The gas must be packaged in spec-
4BA240, 4BW240 or UN cylinders meetification steel cylinders authorized for
ing all of the following requirements:
any compressed gas except acetylene
(a) Each cylinder may be filled with
not exceeding 10.5 L (2.8 gallons) internot more than 5 kg (11.0 lb) of the mixnal volume and having a minimum deture, to a maximum filling density of
sign burst pressure of 19,700 kPa (2,857
not more than 80 percent of the water
capacity.
psig):
(b) No cylinder may be equipped with
(b) Fittings must be protected
an education tube or a fusible plug.
against damage under conditions nor-
(c) No cylinder may be equipped with
mal incident to transport, any trigger
any valve unless the valve is a type apmust be fitted with a safety locking
proved by the Associate Administrator.
pin, and a non-propulsive plug must be
(d) Cylinders must be overpacked in a
installed on the discharge tube: and
box, crate, or other strong outside
(c) Each complete unit must be indipackaging conforming to the requirevidually and tightly packed to prevent
ments of $173.25 and arranged to proshifting in wooden boxes (4C1 or 4C2),
tect each valve or other closing device
plywood boxes (4D). reconstituted wood
from damage. Except as provided in
boxes (4F), fiberboard boxes (4G), or
paragraph (e) of this section, no more
plastic boxes, (4Hland 4H2) of Packing
than four cylinders may be packed in a
Group II performance level, or in the
strong outside packaging. Each strong
original manufacturer's transit box.
outside packaging with its closing device protection must be sufficiently
[Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52669. Dec. 21, 1990, as
strong to protect all parts of each cylamended at 66 FR 45380. Aug. 28, 2001: 68 FR
inder from deformation or leakage if
61941, Oct. 30, 2003)
the completed package is dropped 1.8 m
648
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.340
§ 173.336 Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied,
use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not auor dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied.
thorized.
(a) Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or
(3) Valves. Cylinders must be
dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied, must be
equipped with a stainless steel valve
and valve seat that will not deteriorate
packaged in specification or UN cylin contact with nitric oxide. Cylinders
inders as prescribed in $173.192, except
valves are not authorized. UN tubes
or valves may not be equipped with
and MEGCs are not authorized for use.
pressure relief devices of any type.
(b) Each UN cylinder must be cleaned
Cylinders must be equipped with a
in accordance with the requirements of
stainless steel valve and valve seat
ISO 11621 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subthat will not deteriorate in contact
chapter). Each DOT specification cylwith nitrogen dioxide. Each valve openinder must be cleaned in compliance
ing must be closed by a solid metal
with the requirements of GSA Federal
plug with tapered thread properly luted
Specification RR-C-901D. paragraphs
to prevent leakage. Transportation in
3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see $171.7 of this
DOT 3AL cylinders is authorized only
subchapter). Cleaning agents equivaby highway and rail.
Ient to those specified in Federal Spec-
(b) Each UN pressure receptacle must
ification RR-C-901D may be used; howbe cleaned in accordance with the reever, any cleaning agent must not be
quirements of ISO 11621 (IBR. see $171.7
capable of reacting with oxygen. One
of this subchapter). Each DOT specicylinder selected at random from a
fication cylinder must be cleaned acgroup of 200 or fewer and cleaned at the
cording to the requirements of GSA
same time must be tested for oil con-
Federal Specification RR-C-901D, paratamination in accordance with Federal
graphs 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see $ 171.7 of
Specification RR-C-901D paragraph
this subchapter). Cleaning agents
4.3.2 and meet the standard of cleanliequivalent to those specified in RR-C-
ness specified therein.
901D may be used; however, any cleaning agent must not be capable of react-
[71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006]
ing with oxygen. One cylinder selected
§ 173.338 Tungsten hexafluoride.
at random from a group of 200 or fewer
and cleaned at the same time must be
Tungsten hexafluoride must be
tested for oil contamination in accordpacked in specification 3A, 3AA, 3BN,
ance with Specification RR-C-901D,
or 3E 178.36, 178.37, 178.39, 178.42 of
paragraph 4.3.2 (IBR, see $171.7 of this
this subchapter) cylinders. Cylinders
subchapter) and meet the standard of
must be equipped with a valve proteccleanliness specified therein.
tion cap or be packed in a strong outside container complying with the pro-
[71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006]
visions of $173.40. Outlets of any valves
must be capped or plugged. As an alter-
§ 173.337 Nitric oxide.
native, the cylinder opening may be
(a) Nitric oxide must be packaged in
closed by the use of a metal plug. Speccylinders conforming to the requireification 3E cylinders must be shipped
ments of $173.40 and as follows:
in an overpack that complies with the
(1) DOT specification cylinder. In a
provisions of $173.40.
DOT 3A1800, 3AA1800, 3E1800, or
[[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52669, Dec. 21, 1990)
3AL1800 cylinder. A DOT specification
cylinder must be charged to a pressure
§ 173.340 Tear gas devices.
of not more than 5,170 kPa (750 psi) at
(a) Packagings for tear gas devices
21 °C (70 °F). Transportation of nitric
must be approved prior to initial transoxide in a DOT 3AL is cylinder is auportation by the Associate Administhorized only by highway and rail.
trator.
(2) UN cylinder. In a UN cylinder with
(b) Tear gas devices may not be as-
a minimum test pressure of 200 bar.
sembled with, or packed in the same
The maximum working pressure of the
packaging with, mechanically- or
cylinder must not exceed 50 bar. The
manually-operated firing. igniting,
pressure in the cylinder at 65 °C (149 °F)
bursting, or other functioning elements
may not exceed the test pressure. The
unless of a type and design which has
649
§ 173.401
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
been approved by the Associate Admin-
Subpart I-Class 7 (Radioactive)
istrator.
Materials
(c) Tear gas grenades, tear gas candles, and similar devices must be packaged in one of the following packagings
SOURCE: Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307. Sept.
28, 1995. unless otherwise noted.
conforming to the requirements of part
178 of this subchapter at the Packing
§ 173.401 Scope.
Group II performance level:
(1) In UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F metal-
(a) This subpart sets forth requirements for the packaging and transporstrapped wooden boxes. Functioning
tation of Class 7 (radioactive) mateelements not assembled in grenades or
rials by offerors and carriers subject to
devices must be in a separate compartthis subchapter. The requirements prement of these boxes, or in inner or sepscribed in this subpart are in addition
arate outer boxes, UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or
to, not in place of, other requirements
4F, and must be so packed and cushset forth in this subchapter for Class 7
ioned that they may not come in con-
(radioactive) materials and those of
tact with each other or with the walls
the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in
of the box during transportation. Not
10 CFR part 71.
more than 50 tear gas devices and 50
(b) This subpart does not apply to:
functioning elements must be packed
(1) Class 7 (radioactive) materials
in one box, and the gross weight of the
produced, used. transported, or stored
outer box may not exceed 35 kg (77
within an establishment other than
pounds).
during the course of transportation. in-
(2) In a UN 1A2 metal drum. Funccluding storage in transportation.
tioning elements must be packed in a
(2) Class 7 (radioactive) materials
separate inner packaging or compartthat have been implanted or incorment. Not more than 24 tear gas deporated into, and are still in, a person
vices and 24 functioning elements must
or live animal for diagnosis or treatbe packed in one outer drum, and the
ment.
gross weight of the drum may not ex-
(3) Class 7 (radioactive) material that
ceed 35 kg (77 pounds).
is an integral part of the means of
(3) In a UN 4G fiberboard box with intransport.
side tear gas devices meeting Specifica-
(4) Natural material and ores contions 2P or 2Q. Each inside packaging
taining naturally occurring radiomust be placed in fiberboard tubes
nuclides which are not intended to be
fitted with metal ends or a fiber box
processed for use of these radiowith suitable padding. Not more than
nuclides, provided the activity con-
30 inner packagings must be packed in
centration of the material does not exone outer box, and the gross weight of
ceed 10 times the values specified in
the outer box may not exceed 16 kg (35
$173.436.
pounds).
(4) In other packagings of a type or
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307. Sept. 28, 1995, as
design which has been approved by the
amended at 69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004]
Associate Administrator.
§ 173.403 Definitions.
(d) Tear gas devices may be shipped
completely assembled when offered by
For purposes of this subpartor consigned to the U.S. Department of
A₁ means the maximum activity of
Defense, provided the functioning elespecial form Class 7 (radioactive) matements are so packed that they cannot
rial permitted in a Type A package.
accidentally function. Outer pack-
This value is either listed in § 173.435 or
agings must be UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F
may be derived in accordance with the
metal-strapped wooden boxes.
procedures prescribed in 173.433.
A₂ means the maximum activity of
[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52669. Dec. 21, 1990. as
Class 7 (radioactive) material, other
amended 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]
than special form material, LSA material, and SCO, permitted in a Type A
Subpart H [Reserved]
package. This value is either listed in
650
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 173.403
$173.435 or may be derived in accordmined in accordance with the instrucance with the procedures prescribed in
tions provided in 10 CFR 71.22, 71.23,
$173.433.
and 71.59. The CSI for an overpack,
Class 7 (radioactive) material See the
freight container, or consignment condefinition of Radioactive material in this
taining fissile material packages is the
section.
arithmetic sum of the criticality safe-
Closed transport vehicle means a transty indices of all the fissile material
port vehicle or conveyance equipped
packages contained within the overwith a securely attached exterior enpack, freight container, or consignclosure that during normal transporment.
tation restricts the access of unauthor-
Design means the description of a
ized persons to the cargo space conspecial form Class 7 (radioactive) matetaining the Class 7 (radioactive) material, a package, packaging, or LSA-III,
rials. The enclosure may be either temthat enables those items to be fully
porary or permanent, and in the case of
identified. The description may include
packaged materials may be of the "seespecifications, engineering drawings,
through" type, and must limit access
reports showing compliance with regufrom top, sides, and bottom.
latory requirements, and other rel-
Consignment means a package or
evant documentation.
group of packages or load of radio-
Deuterium means, for the purposes of
active material offered by a person for
$173.453, deuterium and any deuterium
transport in the same shipment.
compound, including heavy water, in
Containment system means the assemwhich the ratio of deuterium atoms to
bly of components of the packaging inhydrogen atoms exceeds 1:5000.
tended to retain the Class 7 (radio-
Exclusive use means sole use by a sinactive) material during transport.
gle consignor of a conveyance for
Contamination means the presence of
which all initial, intermediate, and
a radioactive substance on a surface in
final loading and unloading are carried
quantities in excess of 0.4 Bq/cm2 for
out in accordance with the direction of
beta and gamma emitters and low toxthe consignor or consignee. The conicity alpha emitters or 0.04 Bq/cm2 for
signor and the carrier must ensure that
all other alpha emitters. Contaminaany loading or unloading is performed
tion exists in two phases.
by personnel having radiological train-
(1) Fixed radioactive contamination
ing and resources appropriate for safe
means radioactive contamination that
handling of the consignment. The concannot be removed from a surface dursignor must provide to the initial caring normal conditions of transport.
rier specific written instructions for
(2) Non-fixed radioactive contamination
maintenance of exclusive use shipment
means radioactive contamination that
controls, including the vehicle survey
can be removed from a surface during
requirement of $173.443 (c) as applicanormal conditions of transport.
ble, and include these instructions with
Conveyance means:
the shipping paper information pro-
(1) For transport by public highway
vided to the carrier by the consignor.
or rail: any transport vehicle or large
Exemption value means either an exfreight container;
empt material activity concentration
(2) For transport by water: any vesor an exempt consignment activity
sel, or any hold, compartment, or delimit listed in the table in $173.436, or
fined deck area of a vessel including
determined according to the proceany transport vehicle on board the vesdures described in $173.433, and used to
sel; and
determine whether a given physically
(3) For transport by aircraft, any airradioactive material is sufficiently racraft.
dioactive to be subject to the HMR (see
Criticality Safety Index (CSI) means a
definition of radioactive material). An
number (rounded up to the next tenth)
exemption value is different from an
which is used to provide control over
exemption, as specified under the defithe accumulation of packages, overnition for special permit in $171.8 of
packs or freight containers containing
this subchapter.
fissile material. The CSI for packages
Fissile material means plutonium²³⁹,
containing fissile material is deterplutonium²⁴¹, uranium233, uranium235.
651
§ 173.403
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
or any combination of these radioand other ores containing naturally OCnuclides. This term does not apply to
curring radionuclides which are inmaterial containing fissile nuclides,
tended to be processed for the use of
unirradiated natural uranium and
these radionuclides; or
unirradiated depleted uranium, or to
(11) Solid unirradiated natural uranatural uranium or depleted uranium
nium or depleted uranium or natural
that has been irradiated in thermal rethorium or their solid or liquid comactors only.
pounds or mixtures; or
Freight container means a reusable
(iii) Radioactive material other than
container having a volume of 1.81 cubic
fissile material, for which the A2 value
meters (64 cubic feet) or more, designed
is unlimited; or
and constructed to permit it being lift-
(iv) Other radioactive material, exed with its contents intact and including fissile material in quantities
tended primarily for containment of
not excepted under $173.453, in which
packages in unit form during transporthe activity is distributed throughout
tation. A "small freight container" is
and the estimated average specific acone which has either one outer dimentivity does not exceed 30 times the valsion less than 1.5 m (4.9 feet) or an inues for activity concentration specified
ternal volume of not more than 3.0
in $173.436, or 30 times the default valcubic meters (106 cubic feet). All other
ues listed in Table 8 of 173.433.
freight containers are designated as
(2) LSA-II:
"large freight containers."
(i) Water with tritium concentration
Graphite means, for the purposes of
$173.453, graphite with a boron equivaup to 0.8 TBq/L (20.0 Ci/L): or
lent content less than 5 parts per mil-
(ii) Other radioactive material in
lion and density greater than 1.5 grams
which the activity is distributed
per cubic centimeter.
throughout and the average specific ac-
Highway route controlled quantity
tivity does not exceed 10-4 A2/g for solmeans a quantity within a single packids and gases, and 10-5 A₂/g for liquids.
age which exceeds:
(3) LSA-III. Solids (e.g., consolidated
(1) 3,000 times the A1 value of the
wastes, activated materials). excluding
radionuclides as specified in $173.435 for
powders, that meet the requirements of
special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate-
173.468 and in which:
rial;
(i) The radioactive material is dis-
(2) 3,000 times the A₂ value of the
tributed throughout a solid or a collecradionuclides as specified in $173.435 for
tion of solid objects, or is essentially
normal form Class 7 (radioactive) mauniformly distributed in a solid comterial; or
pact binding agent (such as concrete,
(3) 1,000 TBq (27,000 Ci), whichever is
bitumen, ceramic, etc.);
least.
(ii) The radioactive material is rel-
Limited quantity of Class 7 (radioactive)
atively insoluble, or it is intrinsically
material means a quantity of Class 7
contained in a relatively insoluble ma-
(radioactive) material not exceeding
terial, SO that, even under loss of packthe material's package limits specified
aging, the loss of Class 7 (radioactive)
in $173.425 and conforming with rematerial per package by leaching when
quirements specified in $173.421.
placed in water for seven days would
Low Specific Activity (LSA) material
not exceed 0.1 A2: and
means Class 7 (radioactive) material
(iii) The estimated average specific
with limited specific activity which
activity of the solid, excluding any
satisfies the descriptions and limits set
shielding material, does not exceed 2 X
forth below. Shielding material sur-
10-3 A₂/g.
rounding the LSA material may not be
Low toxicity alpha emitters means natconsidered in determining the estiural uranium; depleted uranium; natmated average specific activity of the
ural thorium: uranium-235 or uraniumpackage contents. LSA material must
238; thorium-232; thorium-228 and thobe in one of three groups:
rium-230 when contained in ores or
(1) LSA-I:
physical and chemical concentrates;
(i) Uranium and thorium ores, conand alpha emitters with a half-life of
centrates of uranium and thorium ores,
less than 10 days.
652
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.403
Maximum normal operating pressure
Type A package does not require Commeans the maximum gauge pressure
petent Authority approval.
that would develop in a containment
(4) "Type B package" means a packsystem during a period of one year, in
aging designed to transport greater
the absence of venting or cooling.
than an A1 or A2 quantity of radiounder the heat conditions specified in
active material that, together with its
10 CFR 71.71(c)(1).
radioactive contents, is designed to re-
Multilateral approval means approval
tain the integrity of containment and
of a package design or shipment by the
shielding required by this part when
relevant Competent Authority of the
subjected to the normal conditions of
country of origin and of each country
transport and hypothetical accident
through or into which the package or
test conditions set forth in 10 CFR part
shipment is to be transported. This def-
71.
inition does not include approval from
(i) "Type B(U) package" means a
a country over which Class 7 (radio-
Type B packaging that, together with
active) materials are carried in airits radioactive contents, for intercraft, if there is no scheduled stop in
national shipments requires unilateral
that country.
approval only of the package design
Natural thorium means thorium with
and of any stowage provisions that
the naturally occurring distribution of
may be necessary for heat dissipation.
thorium isotopes (essentially 100 per-
(ii) "Type B(M) package" means a
cent by weight of thorium-232).
Type B packaging, together with its ra-
Normal form Class 7 (radioactive) matedioactive contents, that for interrial means Class 7 (radioactive) which
national shipments requires multilathas not been demonstrated to qualify
eral approval of the package design,
as "special form Class 7 (radioactive)
and may require approval of the condimaterial."
tions of shipment. Type B(M) packages
Package means the packaging toare those Type B package designs
gether with its radioactive contents as
which have a maximum normal operpresented for transport.
ating pressure of more than 700 kPa/
(1) "Excepted package" means a
cm2 (100 lb/in2) gauge or a relief device
packaging together with its excepted
which would allow the release of Class
Class 7 (radioactive) materials as speci-
7 (radioactive) material to the environfied in $$173.421-173.426 and 173.428.
ment under the hypothetical accident
(2) "Industrial package" means a
conditions specified in 10 CFR part 71.
packaging that, together with its low
(5) "Fissile material package" means
specific activity (LSA) material or sur-
a packaging, together with its fissile
face contaminated object (SCO) conmaterial contents, which meets the retents, meets the requirements of
quirements for fissile material pack-
§§ 173.410 and 173.411. Industrial packages described in subpart E of 10 CFR
ages are categorized in $173.411 as ei-
71. A fissile material package may be a
ther:
Type AF package, a Type B(U)F pack-
(1) "Industrial package Type 1 (IPage, or a Type B(M)F package.
1)
Packaging means, for Class 7 (radio-
(ii) "Industrial package Type 2 (IPactive) materials, the assembly of com-
2) or
ponents necessary to ensure compli-
(iii) "Industrial package Type 3 (IPance with the packaging requirements
3)''.
of this subpart. It may consist of one
(3) "Type A package" means a packor more receptacles, absorbent mateaging that, together with its radiorials, spacing structures, thermal insuactive contents limited to A1 or A₂ as
lation, radiation shielding. service
appropriate, meets the requirements of
equipment for filling. emptying. vent-
$§173.410 and 173.412 and is designed to
ing and pressure relief, and devices for
retain the integrity of containment
cooling or absorbing mechanical
and shielding required by this part
shocks. The conveyance, tie-down sysunder normal conditions of transport
tem, and auxiliary equipment may
as demonstrated by the tests set forth
sometimes be designated as part of the
in $173.465 or $173.466, as appropriate. A
packaging.
653
§ 173.403
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
Quality assurance means a systematic
material that can be opened only by
program of controls and inspections apdestroying the capsule:
plied by each person involved in the
(2) The piece or capsule has at least
transport of radioactive material
one dimension not less than 5 mm (0.2
which provides confidence that a standin); and
ard of safety prescribed in this sub-
(3) It satisfies the test requirements
chapter is achieved in practice.
of $173.469. Special form encapsulations
Radiation level means the radiation
designed in accordance with the redose-equivalent rate expressed in
quirements of $173.389(g) in effect on
millisieverts per hour or mSv/h
June 30, 1983 (see 49 CFR part 173, re-
(millirems per hour or mrem/h). Neuvised as of October 1. 1982). and contron flux densities may be converted
structed prior to July 1, 1985 and speinto radiation levels according to
cial form encapsulations designed in
Table 1:
accordance with the requirements of
$173.403 in effect on March 31, 1996 (see
TABLE 1-NEUTRON FLUENCE RATES TO BE RE-
49 CFR part 173, revised as of October 1,
GARDED AS EQUIVALENT TO A RADIATION
1995). and constructed prior to April 1,
LEVEL OF 0.01 MSV/H
(1MREM/H)1
1997, may continue to be used. Any
Flux density
other special form encapsulation must
equivalent to 0.01
meet the requirements of this para-
mSv/h (1 mrem/h)
Energy of neutron
neutrons per
graph (3).
square centimeter
Specific activity of a radionuclide
per second (n/
cm2/s)
means the activity of the radionuclide
per unit mass of that nuclide. The spe-
Thermal (2.510E-8) MeV
272.0
1 keV
272.0
cific activity of a material in which
10 keV
281.0
the radionuclide is essentially uni-
100 keV
47.0
formly distributed is the activity per
500 keV
11.0
unit mass of the material.
1 MeV
7.5
5 MeV
6.4
Surface Contaminated Object (SCO)
10 MeV
6.7
means a solid object which is not itself
1Flux densities equivalent for energies between those listed
radioactive but which has radioactive
in this table may be obtained by linear interpolation.
material distributed on its surface.
Radioactive contents means a Class 7
SCO exists in two phases:
(radioactive) material, together with
(1) SCO-I: A solid object on which:
any contaminated or activated solids.
(i) The non-fixed contamination on
liquids and gases within the packaging.
the accessible surface averaged over 300
Radioactive instrument or article means
cm2 (or the area of the surface if less
any manufactured instrument or artithan 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 Bq/cm2
cle such as an instrument, clock, elec-
(10⁻⁴ microcurie/cm2) for beta and
tronic tube or apparatus, or similar ingamma and low toxicity alpha
strument or article having Class 7 (raemitters, or 0.4 Bq/cm2 (10⁻⁵
dioactive) material in gaseous or nonmicrocurie/cm2) for all other alpha
dispersible solid form as a component
emitters;
part.
(ii) The fixed contamination on the
Radioactive material means any mateaccessible surface averaged over 300
rial containing radionuclides where
cm2 (or the area of the surface if less
both the activity concentration and
than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 X 104 Bq/
the total activity in the consignment
cm2 (1.0 microcurie/cm2) for beta and
exceed the values specified in the table
gamma and low toxicity alpha
in $173.436 or values derived according
emitters, or 4 X 103 Bq/cm2 (0.1
to the instructions in § 173.433.
microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha
Special form Class 7 (radioactive) mateemitters; and
rial means either an indispersible solid
(iii) The non-fixed contamination
radioactive material or a sealed capplus the fixed contamination on the insule containing radioactive material
accessible surface averaged over 300
which satisfies the following condicm2 (or the area of the surface if less
tions:
than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 X 104 Bq/
(1) It is either a single solid piece or
cm2 (1 microcurie/cm2) for beta and
a sealed capsule containing radioactive
gamma and low toxicity alpha
654
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.410
emitters, or 4 X 103 Bq/cm2 (0.1
Unilateral approval means approval of
microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha
a package design solely by the Comemitters.
petent Authority of the country of ori-
(2) SCO-II: A solid object on which
gin of the design.
the limits for SCO-I are exceeded and
Unirradiated thorium means thorium
on which:
containing not more than 10-7 grams
(i) The non-fixed contamination on
uranium-233 per gram of thorium-232.
the accessible surface averaged over 300
Unirradiated uranium means uranium
cm2 (or the area of the surface if less
containing not more than 2 X 103 Bq of
than 300 cm2) does not exceed 400 Bq/
plutonium per gram of uranium-235,
cm2 (10⁻² microcurie/cm2) for beta and
not more than 9 X 108 Bq of fission prodgamma and low toxicity alpha
ucts per gram of uranium-235 and not
emitters, or 40 Bq/cm2 (10-3 microcurie/
more than 5 X 10⁻³ g of uranium-236 per
cm2) for all other alpha emitters;
gram of uranium-235.
Uranium-natural, depleted or enriched
(ii) The fixed contamination on the
means the following:
accessible surface averaged over 300
(1)(i) "Natural uranium" means
cm2 (or the area of the surface if less
chemically separated uranium conthan 300 cm2) does not exceed 8 X 105 Bq/
taining the naturally occurring discm2 (20 microcurie/cm²) for beta and
tribution of uranium isotopes (approxigamma and low toxicity alpha
mately 99.28% uranium-238 and 0.72%
emitters, or 8 x 104 Bq/cm2 (2 microuranium-235 by mass).
curies/cm2) for all other alpha
(ii) "Depleted uranium" means uraemitters; and
nium containing a lesser mass percent-
(iii) The non-fixed contamination
age of uranium-235 than in natural uraplus the fixed contamination on the innium.
accessible surface averaged over 300
(iii) "Enriched uranium" means uracm2 (or the area of the surface if less
nium containing a greater mass perthan 300 cm2) does not exceed 8 X 105 Bq/
centage of uranium-235 than 0.72%.
cm2 (20 microcuries/cm²) for beta and
(2) In all cases listed in this definigamma and low toxicity alpha
tion, a very small mass percentage of
emitters, or 8 X 104 Bq/cm2 (2 microuranium-234 is present.
curies/cm2) for all other alpha
[69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004: 69 FR 55116, Sept.
emitters.
13. 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, 2004; 70 FR 56098,
Transport index (TI) means the
Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005)
dimensionless number (rounded up to
the next tenth) placed on the label of a
§ 173.410 General design requirements.
package, to designate the degree of
In addition to the requirements of
control to be exercised by the carrier
subparts A and B of this part, each
during transportation. The transport
package used for the shipment of Class
index is determined by multiplying the
7 (radioactive) materials must be demaximum radiation level in
signed so thatmillisieverts (mSv) per hour at 1 m (3.3
(a) The package can be easily hanft) from the external surface of the
dled and properly secured in or on a
package by 100 (equivalent to the maxconveyance during transport.
imum radiation level in millirem per
(b) Each lifting attachment that is a
hour at 1 m (3.3 ft)).
structural part of the package must be
Type A quantity means a quantity of
designed with a minimum safety factor
Class 7 (radioactive) material, the agof three against yielding when used to
gregate radioactivity which does not
lift the package in the intended manexceed A1 for special form Class 7 (raner, and it must be designed so that
dioactive) material of A₂ for normal
failure of any lifting attachment under
form Class 7 (radioactive) material,
excessive load would not impair the
where A1 and A₂ values are given in
ability of the package to meet other
$173.435 or are determined in accordrequirements of this subpart. Any
ance with $173.433.
other structural part of the package
Type B quantity means a quantity of
which could be used to lift the package
material greater than a Type A quanmust be capable of being rendered inoptity.
erable for lifting the package during
655
§ 173.411
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
transport or must be designed with
$173.411 Industrial packagings.
strength equivalent to that required
(a) General. Each industrial packfor lifting attachments.
aging must comply with the require-
(c) The external surface, as far as
ments of this section which specifies
practicable, will be free from propackaging tests, and record retention
truding features and will be easily deapplicable to Industrial Packaging
contaminated.
Type 1 (IP-1), Industrial Packaging
(d) The outer layer of packaging will
Type 2 (IP-2), and Industrial Packaging
avoid, as far as practicable, pockets or
Type 3 (IP-3).
crevices where water might collect.
(b) Industrial packaging certification
(e) Each feature that is added to the
and tests. (1) Each IP-1 must meet the
package will not reduce the safety of
general design requirements prescribed
the package.
in $173.410.
(f) The package will be capable of
(2) Each IP-2 must meet the general
withstanding the effects of any acceldesign requirements prescribed in
eration, vibration or vibration reso-
$173.410 and when subjected to the tests
nance that may arise under normal
specified in $173.465(c) and (d) or evaluconditions of transport without any deated against these tests by any of the
terioration in the effectiveness of the
methods authorized by $173.461(a),
must prevent:
closing devices on the various recep-
(i) Loss or dispersal of the radiotacles or in the integrity of the packactive contents; and
age as a whole and without loosening
(ii) A significant increase in the radior unintentionally releasing the nuts,
ation levels recorded or calculated at
bolts, or other securing devices even
the external surfaces for the condition
after repeated use (see $173.24. 173.24a,
before the test.
and 173.24b).
(3) Each IP-3 packaging must meet
(g) The materials of construction of
the requirements for an IP-1 and an
the packaging and any components or
IP-2, and must meet the requirements
structure will be physically and chemispecified in $173.412(a) through (j).
cally compatible with each other and
(4) Tank containers may be used as
with the package contents. The behav-
Industrial package Types 2 or 3 (Type
ior of the packaging and the package
IP-2 or Type IP-3) provided that:
contents under irradiation will be
(i) They satisfy the requirements for
taken into account.
Type IP-1 specified in paragraph (b)(1):
(h) All valves through which the
(ii) They are designed to conform to
package contents could escape will be
the standards prescribed in Chapter 6.7,
protected against unauthorized operof the United Nations Recommendaation.
tions on the Transport of Dangerous
(i) For transport by air-
Goods, (IBR, see $171.7 of this sub-
(1) The temperature of the accessible
chapter), "Requirements for the Desurfaces of the package will not exceed
sign, Construction, Inspection and
50 °C (122 °F) at an ambient tempera-
Testing of Portable Tanks and Multure of 38 °C (100 °F) with no account
tiple-Element
Gas
Containers
taken for insulation;
(MEGCs)," or other requirements at
(2) The integrity of containment will
least equivalent to those standards;
not be impaired if the package is ex-
(iii) They are capable of withstanding
posed to ambient temperatures ranging
a test pressure of 265 kPa (37.1 psig);
and
from 40 °C (-40 °F) to +55 °C (131 °F):
(iv) They are designed so that any adand
ditional shielding which is provided
(3) Packages containing liquid conshall be capable of withstanding the
tents will be capable of withstanding.
static and dynamic stresses resulting
without leakage, an internal pressure
from handling and routine conditions
that produces a pressure differential of
of transport and of preventing a loss of
not less than 95 kPa (13.8 lb/in2).
shielding integrity which would result
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
in more than a 20% increase in the raamended by Amdt. 173-244, 61 FR 20750, May
diation level at any external surface of
8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999]
the tank containers.
656
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 173.412
(5) Tanks, other than tank con-
(A) Loss or dispersal of the radiotainers, including DOT Specification
active contents; and
IM 101 or IM 102 steel portable tanks
(B) Loss of shielding integrity which
(§§ 178.270. 178.271, 178.272 of this subwould result in more than a 20% inchapter), may be used as Industrial
crease in the radiation level at any expackage Types 2 or 3 (Type IP-2) or
ternal surface of the intermediate bulk
(Type IP-3) for transporting LSA-I and
containers.
LSA-II liquids and gases as prescribed
(c) Except for IP-1 packagings, each
in Table 6, provided that they conform
offeror of an industrial package must
to standards at least equivalent to
maintain on file for at least one year
those prescribed in paragraph (b)(4).
after the latest shipment, and shall
(6) Freight containers may be used as
provide to the Associate Administrator
Industrial packages Types 2 or 3 (Type
on request, complete documentation of
IP-2) or (Type IP-3) provided that:
tests and an engineering evaluation or
(i) The radioactive contents are recomparative data showing that the
stricted to solid materials;
construction methods, packaging de-
(ii) They satisfy the requirements for
sign, and materials of construction
Type IP-1 specified in paragraph (b)(1):
comply with that specification.
and
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
(iii) They are designed to conform to
amended by Amdt. 173-244. 61 FR 20750, May
the standards prescribed in the Inter-
8, 1996; 66 FR 45379. 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR
75747. Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3673. Jan. 26, 2004;
national Organization for Standardiza-
69 FR 55117, Sept. 13. 2004; 69 FR 58843. Oct. 1.
tion document ISO 1496-1: "Series 1
2004)
Freight Containers-Specifications and
Testing-Part 1: General Cargo Con-
§ 173.412 Additional design requiretainers; excluding dimensions and ratments for Type A packages.
ings (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter).
In addition to meeting the general
They shall be designed such that if subdesign requirements prescribed in
jected to the tests prescribed in that
$173.410. each Type A packaging must
document and the accelerations occurbe designed so thatring during routine conditions of trans-
(a) The outside of the packaging inport they would prevent:
corporates a feature, such as a seal.
(A) Loss or dispersal of the radiothat is not readily breakable, and that,
active contents; and
while intact, is evidence that the pack-
(B) Loss of shielding integrity which
age has not been opened. In the case of
would result in more than a 20% inpackages shipped in closed transport
crease in the radiation level at any exvehicles in exclusive use, the cargo
ternal surface of the freight containers.
compartment, instead of the individual
(7) Metal intermediate bulk conpackages, may be sealed.
tainers may also be used as Industrial
(b) The smallest external dimension
package Type 2 or 3 (Type IP-2 or Type
of the package is not less than 10 cm (4
IP-3). provided that:
inches).
(i) They satisfy the requirements for
(c) Containment and shielding is
Type IP-1 specified in paragraph (b)(1);
maintained during transportation and
and
storage in a temperature range of -40
(ii) They are designed to conform to
°C (-40 °F) to 70 °C (158 °F). Special atthe standards prescribed in Chapter 6.5
tention shall be given to liquid conof the United Nations Recommendatents and to the potential degradation
tions on the Transport of Dangerous
of the packaging materials within the
Goods, (IBR, see $171.7 of this subtemperature range.
chapter). "Requirements for the Con-
(d) The packaging must include a
struction and Testing of Intermediate
containment system securely closed by
Bulk Containers," for Packing Group I
a positive fastening device that cannot
or II, and if they were subjected to the
be opened unintentionally or by prestests prescribed in that document, but
sure that may arise within the package
with the drop test conducted in the
during normal transport. Special form
most damaging orientation, they would
Class 7 (radioactive) material, as demprevent:
onstrated in accordance with $173.469,
657
§ 173.413
49 CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-06 Edition)
may be considered as a component of
terial must be compatible with the
the containment system. If the conpackage contents and suitably positainment system forms a separate unit
tioned to contact the liquid in the
of the package, it must be securely
event of leakage; or
closed by a positive fastening device
(ii) Have a containment system comthat is independent of any other part of
posed of primary inner and secondary
the package.
outer containment components de-
(e) For each component of the consigned to assure retention of the liquid
tainment system account is taken,
contents within the secondary outer
where applicable, of radiolytic decomcomponent in the event that the priposition of materials and the generamary inner component leaks.
tion of gas by chemical reaction and
(1) Each package designed for gases,
radiolysis.
other than tritium not exceeding 40
(f) The containment system will re-
TBq (1080Ci) or noble gases not exceedtain its radioactive contents under the
ing the A2 value appropriate for the
reduction of ambient pressure to 25
noble gas, will be able to prevent loss
kPa (3.6 psi).
or dispersal of contents when the pack-
(g) Each valve, other than a pressure
relief device, is provided with an encloage is subjected to the tests prescribed
in $173.466 or evaluated against these
sure to retain any leakage.
(h) Any radiation shield that encloses
tests by any of the methods authorized
a component of the packaging specified
by § 173.461(a)
as part of the containment system will
[Amdt. 173-244. 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28. 1995. as
prevent the unintentional escape of
amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28. 2001: 68 FR
that component from the shield.
57633, Oct. 6. 2003)
(i) Failure of any tie-down attachment that is a structural part of the
$ 173.413 Requirements for Type B
packaging, under both normal and acpackages.
cident conditions, must not impair the
Except as provided in $173.416, each
ability of the package to meet other
Type B(U) or Type B(M) package must
requirements of this subpart.
be designed and constructed to meet
(j) When evaluated against the perthe applicable requirements specified
formance requirements of this section
in 10 CFR part 71.
and the tests specified in $173.465 or
using any of the methods authorized by
173.415 Authorized Type A packages.
$173.461(a), the packaging will pre-
The following packages are authorvent-
(1) Loss or dispersal of the radioized for shipment if they do not conactive contents: and
tain quantities exceeding A1 or A₂ as
(2) A significant increase in the radiappropriate:
ation levels recorded or calculated at
(a) DOT Specification 7A (see § 178.350
the external surfaces for the condition
of this subchapter) Type A general
before the test.
packaging. Each offeror of a Specifica-
(k) Each packaging designed for liqtion 7A package must maintain on file
uids willfor at least one year after the latest
(1) Be designed to provide for ullage
shipment. and shall provide to DOT on
to accommodate variations in temperarequest, complete documentation of
ture of the contents, dynamic effects
tests and an engineering evaluation or
and filling dynamics;
comparative data showing that the
(2) Meet the conditions prescribed in
construction methods, packaging deparagraph (j) of this section when subsign, and materials of construction
jected to the tests specified in $ 173.466
comply with that specification.
or evaluated against these tests by any
(b) Any other Type A packaging that
of the methods authorized by
also meets the applicable standards for
173.461(a): and
fissile materials in 10 CFR part 71 and
(3) Eitheris used in accordance with § 173.471.
(i) Have sufficient suitable absorbent
(c) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M)
material to absorb twice the volume of
packaging authorized pursuant to
the liquid contents. The absorbent ma-
$173.416.
658
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.417
(d) Any foreign-made packaging that
ized until October 1, 2008 if it conforms
meets the standards in "IAEA Regulain all aspects to the requirements of
tions for the Safe Transport of Radiothis subchapter in effect on October 1,
active Material No. TS-R-1" (IBR, see
2003.
$171.7 of this subchapter) and bears the
[69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004]
marking "Type A". Such packagings
may be used for domestic and export
§ 173.417 Authorized fissile materials
shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) mapackages.
terials provided the offeror obtains the
(a) Except as provided in $173.453,
applicable documentation of tests and
fissile materials containing not more
engineering evaluations and maintains
than A1 or A₂ as appropriate, must be
the documentation on file in accordpackaged in one of the following packance with paragraph (a) of this section.
agings:
These packagings must conform with
(1)(i) Any packaging listed in
requirements of the country of origin
§ 173.415, limited to the Class 7 (radio-
(as indicated by the packaging markactive) materials specified in 10 CFR
ing) and the IAEA regulations applicapart 71, subpart C;
ble to Type A packagings.
(ii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F. or
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
Type B(M)F packaging that meets the
amended at 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR
applicable standards for fissile mate-
75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3673. Jan. 26, 2004:
rial packages in 10 CFR part 71; or
69 FR 55117, Sept. 13, 2004]
(iii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or
Type B(M)F packaging that meets the
$ 173.416 Authorized Type B packages.
applicable requirements for fissile ma-
Each of the following packages is auterial packages in Section VI of the
thorized for shipment of quantities ex-
International Atomic Energy Agency
ceeding A1 or A₂, as appropriate:
"Regulations for the Safe Transport of
(a) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M)
Radioactive Material, No. TS-R-1 (IBR.
packaging that meets the applicable
see $171.7 of this subchapter)." and for
requirements of 10 CFR part 71 and
which the foreign Competent Authorthat has been approved by the U.S. Nuity certificate has been revalidated by
clear Regulatory Commission may be
the U.S. Competent Authority, in acshipped pursuant to $173.471.
cordance with $173.473. These packages
(b) Any Type B(U) or B(M) packaging
are authorized only for export and imthat meets the applicable requirements
port shipments.
in "IAEA Regulations for the Safe
(2) A residual "heel" of enriched solid
Transport of Radioactive Material, No.
uranium hexafluoride may be trans-
TS-R-1" (IBR, see $171.7 of this subported without a protective overpack
chapter) and for which the foreign
in any metal cylinder that meets both
Competent Authority Certificate has
the requirements of $173.415 and
been revalidated by DOT pursuant to
$178.350 of this subchapter for Speci-
$173.473. These packagings are authorfication 7A Type A packaging, and the
ized only for export and import shiprequirements of $173.420 for packagings
ments.
containing greater than 0.1 kg of ura-
(c) Continued use of an existing Type
nium hexafluoride. Any such shipment
B packaging constructed to DOT Specimust be made in accordance with Table
fication 6M. 20WC, or 21WC is author-
2, as follows:
659
$ 173.417
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
TABLE 2-ALLOWABLE CONTENT OF URANIUM HEXAFLUORIDE (UF₆ "HEEL" IN A SPECIFICATION 7A
CYLINDER)
Maximum cylinder di-
Cylinder volume
Maximum Ura-
Maximum "Heel" weight per cylinder
ameter
nium 235-enrichment
UF6
Uranium-235
Centi-
Liters
Cubic feet
Inches
(weight)
meters
percent
kg
lb
kg
lb
12.7
5
8.8
0.311
100.0
0.045
0.1
0.031
0.07
20.3
8
39.0
1.359
12.5
0.227
0.5
0.019
0.04
30.5
12
68.0
2.410
5.0
0.454
1.0
0.015
0.03
76.0
30
725.0
25.64
5.0
11.3
25.0
0.383
0.84
122.0
48
3,084.0
'108.9
4.5
22.7
50.0
0.690
1.52
122.0
48
4,041.0
21427
4.5
22.7
50.0
0.690
1.52
110 ton.
214 ton
(3) DOT Specification 20PF-1, 20PF-2,
requirements for fissile material packor 20PF-3 (see $178.356 of this subaging in Section VI of the Interchapter), or Specification 21PF-1A,
national Atomic Energy Agency "Reg-
21PF-1B, or 21PF-2 (see $178.358 of this
ulations for the Safe Transport of Rasubchapter) phenolic-foam insulated
dioactive Material, No. TS-R-1," and
overpack with snug fittings inner
for which the foreign Competent Aumetal cylinders. meeting all requirethority certificate has been revalidated
ments of $173.24, 173.410, 173.412, and
by the U.S. Competent Authority in ac-
173.420 and the following:
cordance with $173.473. These pack-
(i) Handling procedures and packaging criteria must be in accordance
agings are authorized only for import
with United States Enrichment Corand export shipments; or
poration Report No. USEC-651 or ANSI
(3) DOT Specifications 20PF-1, 20PF-
N14.1 (IBR, see $171.7 of this sub-
2, or 20PF-3 (see $178.356 of this subchapter): and
chapter), for DOT Specifications 21PF-
(ii) Quantities of uranium
1A or 21PF-1B (see $178.356 of this subhexafluoride are authorized as shown
chapter) phenolic-foam insulated overin Table 3 of this section, with each
pack with snug fitting inner metal cylpackage assigned a minimum critiinders, meeting all requirements of
cality safety index as also shown.
§§ 173.24, 173.410, and 173.412. and the fol-
(b) Fissile Class 7 (radioactive) matelowing:
rials with radioactive content exceed-
(i) Handling procedures and packing A, or A₂ must be packaged in one of
aging criteria must be in accordance
the following packagings:
with United States Enrichment Cor-
(1) Type B(U), or Type B(M) packporation Report No. USEC-651 or ANSI
aging that meets the standards for
N14.1; and
packaging of fissile materials in 10
CFR part 71, and is approved by the
(ii) Quantities of uranium
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
hexafluoride are authorized as shown
and used in accordance with $173.471;
in Table 3, with each package assigned
(2) Type B(U) or Type B(M) pack-
a minimum criticality safety index as
aging that also meets the applicable
also shown:
TABLE 3-AUTHORIZED QUANTITIES OF URANIUM HEXAFLUORIDE
Maximum inner cyclinder
Maximum weight of UF6
Maximum U-
Minimum criti-
Protective overpack
diameter
contents
235 enrichment (weight/
cality safety
specification number
index
Centimeters
Inches
Kilograms
Pounds
percent)
20PF-1
12.7
5
25
55
100.0
0.1
20PF-2
20.3
8
116
255
12.5
0.4
20PF-3
30.5
12
209
460
5.0
1.1
21PF-1A1 or 21PF-
181-276.0
230
2,250
4,950
5.0
5.0
21PF-1A1 or 21PF-1B'
376.0
30
2,282
5,020
5.0
5.0
21PF-21
276.0
230
2,250
4,950
5.0
5.0
660
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.420
TABLE 3-AUTHORIZED QUANTITIES OF URANIUM HEXAFLUORIDE-Continued
Maximum inner cyclinder
Maximum weight of UF6
Maximum U-
Minimum criti-
Protective overpack
diameter
contents
235 enrichment (weight/
cality safety
specification number
index
Centimeters
Inches
Kilograms
Pounds
percent)
21PF-21
376.0
30
2,282
5,020
5.0
5.0
1 For 76 cm (30 in) cylinders, the maximum H/U atomic ratio is 0.088.
2 Model 30A inner cylinder (reference USEC-651).
3 Model 30B inner cylinder (reference USEC-651).
(c) Continued use of an existing
§ 173.419 Authorized packages-oxifissile material packaging constructed
dizing Class 7 (radioactive) mateto DOT Specification 6L, 6M, or 1A2, is
rials.
authorized until October 1, 2008 if it
(a) An oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive)
conforms in all respects to the requirematerial, as referenced in the $172.101
ments of this subchapter in effect on
table of this subchapter, is authorized
October 1, 2003.
in quantities not exceeding an A₂ per
package, in a DOT Specification 7A
[69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004: 69 FR 55118, Sept.
13, 2004]
package provided that-
(1) The contents are:
§ 173.418 Authorized
packages-
(i) Not fissile;
pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive)
(ii) Packed in inside packagings of
materials.
glass, metal or compatible plastic; and
(iii) Cushioned with a material that
Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) mawill not react with the contents; and
terials, as referenced in the $172.101
(2) The outside packaging is made of
table of this subchapter, in quantities
wood, metal, or plastic.
not exceeding A₂ per package must be
(b) The package must be capable of
transported in DOT Specification 7A
meeting the applicable test requirepackagings constructed of materials
ments of $173.465 without leakage of
that will not react with, nor be decomcontents.
posed by, the contents. Contents of the
(c) For shipment by air, the maxpackage must beimum quantity in any package may
(a) In solid form and must not be
not exceed 11.3 kg (25 pounds).
fissile unless excepted by $173.453;
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
(b) Contained in sealed and corrosion
amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001]
resistant receptacles with positive closures (friction or slip-fit covers or stop-
§ 173.420 Uranium
hexafluoride
pers are not authorized);
(fissile, fissile excepted and non-
(c) Free of water and contaminants
fissile).
that would increase the reactivity of
(a) In addition to any other applicathe material; and
ble requirements of this subchapter,
(d) Inerted to prevent self-ignition
quantities greater than 0.1 kg of fissile,
during transport by eitherfissile excepted or non-fissile uranium
(1) Mixing with large volumes of
hexafluoride must be offered for transinerting materials. such as graphite,
portation as follows:
dry sand, or other suitable inerting
(1) Before initial filling and during
material, or blended into a matrix of
periodic inspection and test, packhardened concrete; or
agings must be cleaned in accordance
with American National Standard
(2) Filling the innermost receptacle
N14.1 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subwith an appropriate inert gas or liquid.
chapter).
(e) Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive)
(2) Packagings must be designed, fabmaterials transported by aircraft must
ricated, inspected, tested and marked
be packaged in Type B packages.
in accordance with-
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307. Sept. 28, 1995, as
(1) American National Standard N14.1
amended at 68 FR 45038, July 31. 2003; 70 FR
in effect at the time the packaging was
56098, Sept. 23, 2005]
manufactured;
661
§ 173.421
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(ii) Specifications for Class DOT-106A
formed in accordance with the Amermulti-unit tank car tanks (see §§ 179.300
ican National Standard N14.1.
and 179.301 of this subchapter); or
(d) Non-fissile uranium hexafluoride,
(iii) Section VIII of the ASME Code
in quantities of less than 0.1 kg, may
(IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter).
be shipped in packaging that meets
provided the packaging-
§§ 173.24, 173.24a, and 173.410.
(A) Was manufactured on or before
June 30, 1987;
[69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118. Sept.
(B) Conforms to the edition of the
13, 2004]
ASME Code in effect at the time the
§ 173.421 Excepted packages for limpackaging was manufactured;
ited quantities of Class 7 (radio-
(C) Is used within its original design
active) materials.
limitations: and
(D) Has shell and head thicknesses
(a) A Class 7 (radioactive) material
that have not decreased below the minwith an activity per package which
imum value specified in the following
does not exceed the limited quantity
table:
package limits specified in Table 4 in
$173.425, and its packaging, are ex-
Minimum thick-
Packaging model
ness; millimeters
cepted from requirements in this sub-
(inches)
chapter for specification packaging. labeling. marking (except for the UN
1S, 2S
1.58 (0.062)
5A, 5B, 8A
3.17 (0.125)
identification number marking re-
12A, 12B
4.76 (0.187)
quirement described in $173.422(a)). and
30B
7.93 (0.312)
if not a hazardous substance or haz-
48A, F, X, and Y
12.70 (0.500)
ardous waste, shipping papers, and the
48T. O. OM, OM Allied, HX, H, and G
6.35 (0.250)
requirements of this subpart if:
(3) Each package shall be designed so
(1) Each package meets the general
that it will:
design requirements of 173.410;
(i) withstand a hydraulic test at an
(2) The radiation level at any point
internal pressure of at least 1.4 MPa
on the external surface of the package
(200 psi) without leakage:
does not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour (0.5
(ii) withstand the test specified in
mrem/ hour);
$173.465(c) without loss or dispersal of
(3) The nonfixed (removable) radiothe uranium hexafluoride; and
active surface contamination on the
(iii) withstand the test specified in 10
external surface of the package does
CFR 71.73(c)(4) without rupture of the
not exceed the limits specified in
containment system.
$173.443(a):
(4) Uranium hexafluoride must be in
(4) The outside of the inner packsolid form.
aging or, if there is no inner packaging,
(5) The volume of solid uranium
the outside of the packaging itself
hexafluoride, except solid depleted urabears the marking "Radioactive";
nium hexafluoride, at 20 °C (68 °F) may
not exceed 61% of the certified volu-
(5) The package does not contain
fissile material unless excepted by
metric capacity of the packaging. The
volume of solid depleted uranium
$173.453.
hexafluoride at 20 °C (68 °F) may not
(6) The material is otherwise preexceed 62% of the certified volumetric
pared for shipment as specified in accapacity of the packaging.
cordance with $173.422.
(6) The pressure in the package at 20
(b) A limited quantity of Class 7 (ra-
°C (68 °F) must be less than 101.3 kPa
dioactive) material that is a hazardous
(14.8 psig).
substance or a hazardous waste, is not
(b) Each packaging for uranium
subject to the provisions in $172.203(d)
hexafluoride must be periodically inor $172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter.
spected, tested, marked and otherwise
[Amdt. 173-244. 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
conform with the American National
amended at 69 FR 3675, Jan. 26. 2004: 70 FR
Standard N14.1.
56098, Sept. 23. 2005)
(c) Each repair to a packaging for
uranium hexafluoride must be per-
662
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 173.425
§ 173.422 Additional requirements for
§ 173.424 Excepted packages for radioexcepted packages containing Class
active instruments and articles.
7 (radioactive) materials.
A radioactive instrument or article
An excepted package of Class 7 (raand its packaging are excepted from redioactive) material that is prepared for
quirements in this subchapter for specshipment under the provisions of
ification packaging. labeling, marking
173.421, § 173.424. $173.426, or $173.428 is
(except for the UN identification numnot subject to any additional requireber marking requirement described in
ments of this subchapter, except for
173.422(a)). and if not a hazardous subthe following:
stance or hazardous waste, shipping pa-
(a) The outside of each package must
be marked with the four digit UN idenpers and the requirements of this subtification number for the material prepart if:
ceded by the letters UN, as shown in
(a) Each package meets the general
column (4) of the Hazardous Materials
design requirements of § 173.410;
Table in $172.101 of this subchapter:
(b) The activity of the instrument or
(b) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this
article does not exceed the relevant
subchapter, pertaining to the reporting
limit listed in Table 4 in $173.425:
of incidents;
(c) The total activity per package
(c) Sections 174.750, 175.700(b). and
does not exceed the relevant limit list-
176.710 of this subchapter (depending on
ed in Table 4 in $173.425;
the mode of transportation), pertaining
(d) The radiation level at 10 cm (4 in)
to the reporting of decontamination;
from any point on the external surface
(d) The training requirements of subof any unpackaged instrument or artipart H of part 172 of this subchapter;
cle does not exceed 0.1 mSv/hour (10
and
mrem/hour):
(e) For materials that meet the defi-
(e) The active material is completely
nition of a hazardous substance or a
enclosed by non-active components (a
hazardous waste, the shipping paper redevice performing the sole function of
quirements of subpart C of part 172 of
containing radioactive material shall
this subchapter.
not be considered to be an instrument
[69 FR 3675. Jan. 26, 2004]
or manufactured article):
(f) The radiation level at any point
§ 173.423 Requirements for multiple
hazard limited quantity Class 7 (raon the external surface of a package
dioactive) materials.
bearing the article or instrument does
not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour (0.5 mrem/
(a) Except as provided in § 173.4, when
hour). or, for exclusive use domestic
a limited quantity radioactive material meets the definition of another
shipments, 0.02 mSv/hour (2 mrem/
hazard class or division, it must behour):
(1) Classed for the additional hazard;
(g) The nonfixed (removable) radio-
(2) Packaged to conform with the reactive surface contamination on the
quirements specified in $173.421(a)(1)
external surface of the package does
through (a)(5) or $173.424(a) through
not exceed the limits specified in
(g), as appropriate; and
$173.443(a):
(3) Offered for transportation in ac-
(h) Except as provided in $173.426, the
cordance with the requirements applipackage does not contain more than 15
cable to the hazard for which it is
g of uranium-235; and
classed.
(i) The package is otherwise prepared
(b) A limited quantity Class 7 (radiofor shipment as specified in § 173.422.
active) material which is classed other
than Class 7 in accordance with this
[69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004]
subchapter is excepted from the requirements of $$ 173.422(a), 172.203(d),
§ 173.425 Table of activity limits-excepted quantities and articles.
and 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter if
the entry "Limited quantity radio-
The limits applicable to instruments.
active material" appears on the shiparticles. and limited quantities subject
ping paper in association with the
to exceptions under §§ 173.421 and 173.424
basic description.
are set forth in table 4 as follows:
663
§ 173.426
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
TABLE 4-ACTIVITY LIMITS FOR LIMITED QUANTITIES, INSTRUMENTS, AND ARTICLES
Instruments and articles
Nature of contents
Limited quantity package limits 1
Limits for each instrument or article 1
Package limits 1
Solids:
Special form
10-2 A,
A1
10-3 A1
Normal form
10-2 A₂
A2
10-3 Az
Liquids:
Tritiated water:
<0.0037 TBq/L (0.1 Ci/L)
37 TBQ (1,000 Ci)
0.0037 TBq to 0.037 TBq/L
3.7 TBq (100 Ci)
(0.1 Ci to 1.0 CI/L).
>0.037 TBq/L (1.0 Ci/L)
0.037 TBq (1.0 Ci)
Other Liquids
10-3 A2
10-1 A₂
10-4 A2
Gases:
Tritium 2
2 x 10-2 A₂
2 x 10-1 A2
2 x 10-2 A2
Special form
10-3 A1
10- A,
10-3 A,
Normal form
10⁻³ A2
10-2 A₂
10-3 A₂
1 For mixtures of radionuclides see § 173.433(d).
2These values also apply to tritium in activated tuminous paint and tritium adsorbed on solid carriers.
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
§ 173.427 Transport requirements for
amended by Amdt. 173-244, 61 FR 20751. May
low specific activity (LSA) Class 7
8. 1996; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1. 1998; 65 FR 58630,
(radioactive) materials and surface
Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45383. Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR
contaminated objects (SCO).
3676, Jan. 26, 2004]
(a) In addition to other applicable re-
§ 173.426 Excepted packages for artiquirements specified in this subcles containing natural uranium or
chapter, LSA materials and SCO, unthorium.
less excepted by paragraph (c) or (d) of
this section, must be packaged in ac-
A manufactured article in which the
cordance with paragraph (b) of this secsole Class 7 (radioactive) material contion and must be transported in actent is natural uranium, unirradiated
cordance with the following conditions:
depleted uranium or natural thorium,
(1) The external dose rate may not
and its packaging, are excepted from
exceed an external radiation level of 10
the requirements in this subchapter for
mSv/h (1 rem/h) at 3 m from the
specification packaging, labeling,
unshielded material:
marking (except for the UN identifica-
(2) The quantity of LSA and SCO mation number marking requirement deterial in any single conveyance may
scribed in § 173.422(a)). and if not a haznot exceed the limits specified in Table
ardous substance or hazardous waste,
5;
shipping papers and the requirements
(3) LSA material and SCO that are or
of this subpart if:
contain fissile material must conform
(a) Each package meets the general
to the applicable requirements of
design requirements of § 173.410;
$173.453;
(b) The outer surface of the uranium
(4) Packaged and unpackaged Class 7
(radioactive) materials must conform
or thorium is enclosed in an inactive
to the contamination control limits
sheath made of metal or other durable
specified in $173.443;
protective material;
(5) External radiation levels may not
(c) The conditions specified in
exceed those specified in 173.441; and
$173.421(a) (2), (3) and (4) are met; and
(6) For LSA material and SCO con-
(d) The article is otherwise prepared
signed as exclusive use:
for shipment as specified in $173.422.
(i) Shipments shall be loaded by the
consignor and unloaded by the con-
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
amended by Amdt. 173-244, 61 FR 20752, May
signee from the conveyance or freight
8, 1996: 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004]
container in which originally loaded;
(ii) There may be no loose radioactive material in the conveyance;
however, when the conveyance is the
664
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.427
packaging, there may not be any leak-
(i) Specification 103CW, 111A60W7
age of radioactive material from the
($$173.31, and 179.201-1 to 179.201-11 of
conveyance;
this subchapter) tank cars. Bottom
(iii) Packaged and unpackaged Class
openings in tanks are prohibited: or
7 (radioactive) materials must be
(ii) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC
braced so as to prevent shifting of lad-
312, MC 331 or DOT 412 $178.348 or
ing under conditions normally incident
$178.337 of this subchapter) cargo tank
to transportation:
motor vehicles. Bottom outlets are not
(iv) Specific instructions for mainteauthorized. Trailer-on-flat-car service
nance of exclusive use shipment conis not authorized.
trols shall be provided by the offeror to
(c) LSA material and SCO in groups
the carrier. Such instructions must be
included with the shipping paper infor-
LSA-I and SCO-I may be transported
mation;
unpackaged under the following condi-
(v) Except for shipments of
tions:
unconcentrated uranium or thorium
(1) All unpackaged material, other
ores, the transport vehicle must be
than ores containing only naturally OCplacarded in accordance with subpart F
curring radionuclides, shall be transof part 172 of this subchapter;
ported in such a manner that under
(vi) For domestic transportation
normal conditions of transport there
only. packaged and unpackaged Class 7
will be no escape of the radioactive
(radioactive) materials containing less
contents from the conveyance nor will
than an A2 quantity are excepted from
there be any loss of shielding:
the marking and labeling requirements
(2) Each conveyance must be under
of this subchapter. However, the exteexclusive use, except when only transrior of each package or unpackaged
porting SCO-I on which the contamina-
Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be
tion on the accessible and the inaccesstenciled or otherwise marked "RAsible surfaces is not greater than 4.0
DIOACTIVE-LSA" or "RADIO-
Bq/cm2 for beta and gamma emitters
ACTIVE-SCO", as appropriate, and
and low toxicity alpha emitters and 0.4
packages or unpackaged Class 7 (radio-
Bq/cm2 for all other alpha emitters;
active) materials that contain a hazand
ardous substance must be stenciled or
otherwise marked with the letters
(3) For SCO-I where it is suspected
that non-fixed contamination exists on
"RQ" in association with the description in this paragraph (a) (6) (vi); and
inaccessible surfaces in excess of the
(vii) Transportation by aircraft is
values specified in paragraph (c)(2) of
prohibited except when transported in
this section, measures shall be taken
an industrial package in accordance
to ensure that the radioactive material
with Table 6 of this section, or in an
is not released into the conveyance or
authorized Type A or Type B package.
to the environment.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph
(d) LSA and SCO that exceed the
(c) of this section, LSA material and
packaging limits in this section must
SCO must be packaged as follows:
be packaged in accordance with 10 CFR
(1) In an industrial package (IP-1, IPpart 71.
2 or IP-3; $173.411), subject to the limi-
(e) Tables 5 and 6 are as follows:
tations of Table 6;
(2) In a DOT Specification 7A
TABLE 5-CONVEYANCE ACTIVITY LIMITS FOR
(§ 178.350 of this subchapter) Type A
LSA MATERIAL AND SCO
package;
(3) In any Type B(U) or B(M) pack-
Activity
limit for
aging authorized pursuant to $ 173.416;
Nature of material
convey-
(4) In a packaging which meets the
ances
requirements of $173.24, 173.24a, and
1. LSA-I
No limit.
173.410, but only for domestic transpor-
2. LSA-II and LSA-III: Non-combustible solids
No limit.
tation of an exclusive use shipment
3. LSA-II and LSA-III; Combustible solids and all
100 A₂
that is less than an A₂ quantity.
liquids and gases.
(5) For exclusive use transport of liq-
4. SCO
100 A2
uid LSA-I only, in either:
665
$ 173.428
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
TABLE 6-INDUSTRIAL PACKAGE INTEGRITY
$ 173.431 Activity limits for Type A and
REQUIREMENTS FOR LSA MATERIAL AND SCO
Type B packages.
Industrial pack-
(a) Except for LSA material and SCO,
aging type
a Type A package may not contain a
Non
quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) mate-
Exclu-
Contents
exclusive
rials greater than A, for special form
sive
use
use
Class 7 (radioactive) material or A₂ for
shipment
shipnormal form Class 7 (radioactive) mament
terial as listed in $173.435, or, for Class
1. LSA-I:
7 (radioactive) materials not listed in
Solid
IP-1
IP-1
$173.435, as determined in accordance
Liquid
IP-1
IP-2
2. LSA-II:
with $173.433.
Solid
IP-2
IP-2
(b) The limits on activity contained
Liquid and gas
IP-2
IP-3
in a Type B(U) or Type B(M) package
3. LSA-III
IP-2
IP-3
4. SCO-I
IP-1
IP-1
are those prescribed in $173.416 and
5. SCO-II
IP-2
IP-2
173.417, or in the applicable approval
certificate under §§ 173.471, 173.472 or
[69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept.
173.473.
13. 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, 2004; 70 FR 56098,
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
Sept. 23, 2005]
amended at 69 FR 3677. Jan. 26, 2004)
§ 173.428 Empty Class 7 (radioactive)
$173.433 Requirements for determaterials packaging.
mining basic radionuclide values,
A packaging which previously conand for the listing of radionuclides
tained Class 7 (radioactive) materials
on shipping papers and labels.
and has been emptied of contents as far
(a) For individual radionuclides listas practical, is excepted from the shiped in the table in § 173.435 and $173.436:
ping paper and marking (except for the
(1) A1 and A₂ values are given in the
UN identification number marking retable in $173.435; and
quirement described in $173.422(a)) re-
(2) Activity concentration exemption
quirements of this subchapter. provalues and consignment activity exvided that-
(a) The packaging meets the requireemption values are given in the table
in $173.436.
ments of $173.421(a) (2), (3), and (5) of
(b) For individual radionuclides
this subpart;
which are not listed in the tables in
(b) The packaging is in unimpaired
condition and is securely closed so that
$ 173.435 or $173.436:
there will be no leakage of Class 7 (ra-
(1) the radionuclide values in Tables 7
dioactive) material under conditions
or 8 of this section may be used; or
normally incident to transportation;
(2) other basic radionuclide values
(c) The outer surface of any uranium
may be used provided they are first apor thorium in its structure is covered
proved by the Associate Administrator
with an inactive sheath made of metal
or, for international transport, multior some other substantial material:
lateral approval is obtained from the
(d) Internal contamination does not
pertinent Competent Authorities.
exceed 100 times the limits in
(c) In calculating A1 or A₂ values for
§ 173.443(a):
a radionuclide not listed in the table in
(e) Any labels previously applied in
$173.435:
conformance with subpart E of part 172
(1) Where the chemical form of each
of this subchapter are removed, obliterradionuclide is known, it is permissible
ated, or covered and the "Empty" label
to use the A₂ value related to its soluprescribed in $172.450 of this subchapter
bility class as recommended by the
is affixed to the packaging: and
International Commission on Radio-
(f) The packaging is prepared for
logical Protection, if the chemical
shipment as specified in $173.422.
forms under both normal and accident
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28. 1995, as
conditions of transport are taken into
amended by Amdt. 173-244, 61 FR 20752, May
consideration.
8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999: 69 FR 3677.
(2) A single radioactive decay chain
Jan. 26, 2004]
in which the radionuclides are present
666
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.433
in their naturally-occurring propor-
(3) If the package contains both spetions, and in which no daughter nuclide
cial and normal form Class 7 (radiohas a half life either longer than 10
active) material, the activity which
days or longer than that of the parent
may be transported in a Type A packnuclide, will be considered as a single
age must satisfy:
radionuclide, and the activity to be
taken into account and the A, or A₂
value to be applied will be those cor-
j
responding to the parent nuclide of
Where:
that chain. Otherwise, the parent and
daughter nuclides will be considered as
The symbols are defined as in paragraphs
a mixture of different nuclides.
(d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section.
(d) Mixtures of radionuclides whose
(4) Alternatively, the A, value for a
identities and respective activities are
mixture of special form material may
known must conform to the following
be determined as follows:
conditions:
1
(1) For special form Class 7 (radio-
A1 for mixture =
active) material, the activity which
may be transported in a Type A package must satisfy:
Where:
f(i) is the fraction of activity for radionuclide i in the mixture; and
i
A,(i) is the appropriate A, value for radionuclide 1.
Where:
B(i) is the activity of radionuclide i in spe-
(5) Alternatively, the A₂ value for
cial form; and
mixtures of normal form material may
A, (i) is the A, value for radionuclide i.
be determined as follows:
(2) For normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material, the activity which
A₂ for mixture =
f(i)
may be transported in a Type A package must satisfy:
Where:
f(1) is the fraction of activity for normal
form radionuclide 1 in the mixture; and
j
A₂(i) is the appropriate A2 value for radio-
Where:
nuclide i.
C(j) is the activity of radionuclide J in nor-
(6) The exempt activity concentramal form; and
tion for mixtures of nuclides may be
A₂(j) is the A2 value for radionuclide j.
determined as follows:
1
Exempt activity concentration limit for mixture =
Where:
(7) The activity limit for an exempt
f(i) is the fraction of activity concentration
consignment for mixtures of nuclides
of nuclide 1 in the mixture; and [A](i) is the
activity concentration for exempt material
may be determined as follows:
containing nuclide i.
667
$ 173.433
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
1
Exempt consignment activity limit for mixture =
Σ
f(i)
A(i)
Where:
graphs (d)(6) and (d)(7) of this section.
f(i) is the fraction of activity of nuclide i in
Groups may be based on the total alpha
the mixture; and
activity and the total beta/gamma ac-
A(i) is the activity limit for exempt consignments for nuclide i.
tivity when these are known, using the
lowest [A] or A values for the alpha
(e) When the identity of each nuclide
emitters or beta/gamma emitters, reis known but the individual activities
spectively.
of some of the radionuclides are not
(g) Shipping papers and labeling. For
known, the radionuclides may be
mixtures of radionuclides, the radiogrouped and the lowest A, or A2 value,
nuclides (n) that must be shown on
as appropriate, for the radionuclides in
shipping papers and labels in accordeach group may be used in applying the
ance with $172.203 and 172.403 of this
formulas in paragraphs (d)(1) through
subchapter, respectively, must be de-
(d)(5) of this section. Groups may be
termined on the basis of the following
based on the total alpha activity and
formula:
the total beta/gamma activity when
these are known, using the lowest A1 or
A₂ values for the alpha emitters or
M=
beta/gamma emitters, respectively.
i=1
A₀
i=l
A(i)
(f) When the identity of each nuclide
Where:
is known but the individual activities
of some of the radionuclides are not
n + m represents all the radionuclides in the
mixture;
known, the radionuclides may be
m are the radionuclides that do not need to
grouped and the lowest [A] (activity
be considered;
concentration for exempt material) or
am is the activity of radionuclide 1 in the
A (activity limit for exempt consignmixture; and
ment) value, as appropriate, for the
A(i) is the A, or A₂ value, as appropriate for
radionuclides in each group may be
radionuclide 1.
used in applying the formulas in para-
(h) Tables 7 and 8 are as follows:
TABLE 7-GENERAL VALUES FOR A, AND A₂
A,
A2
Radioactive contents
(TBq)
(Ci)
(TBq)
(Ci)
1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be
present
1 10-
2.7 10°
2x 10-2
5.4 x 10-1
2. Only alpha emitting nuclides are known to be present
2 10-1
5.4 X 10°
9 10-:
2.4 10-3
3. No relevant data are available
1 10
2.7 X 10⁻²
9 X 10-5
2.4 10⁻³
TABLE 8-GENERAL EXEMPTION VALUES
Activity concentration for ex-
Activity limits for exempt con-
Redioactive contents
empt material
signments
(Bq/g)
(Ci/g)
(Bq)
Ci)
1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be
present
1 10¹
2.7 X
1 10⁴
2.7 10-7
2. Only alpha emitting nuclides are known to be present
1 10-
2.7 X 10-12
1 103
2.7 10-*
3. No relevant data are available
1 10-
2.7 X 10-12
1 103
2.7 10-8
[69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004]
668
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.435
§ 173.434 Activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium.
The table of activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium are
as follows:
Specific activity
Thorium and uranium enrichment '(WI% 235 U present)
TBq/gram
Grams/Tbq
Ci/gram
Grams/Ci
0.45 (depleted)
1.9x10-8
5.4x107
5.0x10-7
2.0x10*
0.72 (natural)
2.6x10-*
3.8x107
7.1x10-7
1.4x10*
1.0
2.8x10-*
3.6x107
7.6x10-7
1.3x10*
1.5
3.7x10-*
2.7x107
1.0x10-6
1.0x105
5.0
1.0x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-6
3.7x105
10.0
1.Bx10-7
5.6x10*
4.8x10-6
2.1x105
20.0
3.7x10-7
2.7x10
1.0x10-s
1.0x105
35.0
7.4x10-7
1.4x108
2.0x10-5
5.0x104
50.0
9.3x10-7
1.1x10ᵃ
2.5x10-1
4.0x104
90.0
2.1x10-*
4.7x105
5.8x10-5
1.7x104
93.0
2.6x10-6
3.9x105
7.0x10-s
1.4x104
95.0
3.4x10-6
3.0x105
9.1x10-3
1.1x104
Natural thorium
8.1x10-9
1.2x10*
2.2x10-7
4.6x106
¹The figures for uranium include representative values for the activity of uranium-234 which is concentrated during the enrichment process. The activity for thorium includes the equilibrium concentration of thorium-228.
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1. 1998]
§ 173.435 Table of A1 and A2 values for radionuclides.
The table of A, and A₂ values for radionuclides is as follows:
Symbol of
Element and
Specific activity
radionuclide
atomic number
A1 (TBq)
A1 (Ci)b
A2 (TBq)
A₂ (Ci)ᵇ
(TBq/g)
(Ci/g)
Ac-225 (a)
Actinium (89)
8.0x10-1
2.2x101
6.0x10-3
1.6x10-1
2.1x10³
5.8x104
Ac-227 (a)
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
9.0x10-5
2.4x10-3
2.7
7.2x101
Ac-228
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
5.0x10⁻¹
1.4x10'
8.4x104
2.2x10
Ag-105
Silver (47)
2.0
5.4x10'
2.0
5.4x101
1.1x10³
3.0x104
Ag-108m (a)
7.0x10-¹
1.9x101
7.0x10-1
1.9x101
9.7x10-1
2.6x101
Ag-110m (a)
4.0x10~!
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x10¹
1.8x102
4.7x10³
Ag-111
2.0
5.4x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
5.8x103
1.6x10
Al-26
Aluminum (13)
1.0x10-1
2.7
1.0x10-1
2.7
7.0x10-4
1.9x10-2
Am-241
Americium (95)
1.0x101
2.7x102
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
1.3x10-1
3.4
Am-242m (a)
1.0x101
2.7x102
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
3.6x10-1
1.0x10'
Am-243 (a)
5.0
1.4x102
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
7,4x10-3
2.0x10-1
Ar-37
Argon (18)
4.0x101
1.1x10³
4.0x101
1.1x103
3.7x103
9.9x104
Ar-39
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
2.0x101
5.4x102
1.3
3.4x101
Ar-41
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10⁻¹
8.1
1.5x10
4.2x107
As-72
Arsenic (33)
3.0x10~¹
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
6.2x104
1.7x10ᵃ
As-73
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
4.0x101
1.1x10³
8.2x102
2.2x104
As-74
1.0
2.7x10'
9.0x10-1
2.4x10'
3.7x103
9.9x10*
As-76
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
5.Bx104
1.6x10
As-77
2.0x101
5.4x102
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
3.9x104
1.0x108
At-211 (a)
Astatine (85)
2.0x101
5.4x102
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
7.6x104
2.1x10
Au-193
Gold (79)
7.0
1.9x102
2.0
5.4x10'
3.4x104
9.2x105
Au-194
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x10'
1.5x10*
4.1x105
Au-195
1.0x10'
2.7x102
6.0
1.6x102
1.4x102
3.7x10"
Au-198
1.0
27x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
9.0x10s
2.4x105
Au-199
1.0x10'
2.7x102
6.0x10-¹
1.6x10'
7.7x10³
2.1x105
Ba-131 (a)
Barium (56)
2.0
5.4x101
2.0
5.4x10'
3.1x10*
8.4x104
Ba-133
3.0
8.1x101
3.0
8.1x10'
9.4
2.6x102
Ba-133m
2.0x10'
5.4x102
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
2.2x104
6.1x105
Ba-140 (a)
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
3.0x10-¹
8.1
2.7x103
7.3x104
Be-7
Beryllium (4)
2.0x10'
5.4x102
2.0x10'
5.4x102
1.3x104
3.5x105
Be-10
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
8.3x10-4
2.2x10-2
BI-205
Bismuth (83)
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
1.5x103
4.2x104
Bi-206
3.0x10-¹
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.8x103
1.0x105
Bi-207
7.0x10-1
1.9x101
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
1.9
5.2x101
Bi-210
1.0
2.7x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
4.6x103
1.2x105
Bi-210m (a)
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
2.0x10-2
5.4x10-¹
2.1x10-5
5.7x10-4
Bi-212 (a)
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
6.0x10-¹
1.6x101
5.4x105
1.5x107
Bk-247
Berkelium (97)
8.0
2.2x102
8.0x10-*
2.2x10-2
3.8x10-2
1.0
Bk-249 (a)
4.0x10'
1.1x103
3.0x10-1
8.1
6.1x101
1.6x10³
Br-76
Bromine (35)
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
9.4x104
2.5x10
Br-77
3.0
8.1x10'
3.0
8.1x101
2.6x104
7.1x106
669
§ 173.435
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
Symbol of
Element and
Specific activity
radionuclide
atomic number
A, (TBq)
A₁ (Ci)b
A₂ (TBq)
A2 (CI)*
(TBq/g)
(Ci/g)
Br-82
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
4.0x104
1.1x108
C-11
Carbon (6)
1.0
2.7x101
6.0x10~1
1.6x101
3.1x107
8.4x108
C-14
4.0x101
1.1x103
3.0
8.1x101
1.6x10-1
4.5
Ca-41
Calcium (20)
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
3.1x10-3
8.5x10~2
Ca-45
4.0x101
1.1x10³
1.0
2.7x10'
6.6x102
1.8x104
Ca-47 (a)
3.0
8.1x101
3.0x10-1
8.1
2.3x104
6.1x105
Cd-109
Cadmium (48)
3.0x101
8.1x102
2.0
5.4x10'
9.6x101
2.6x10³
Cd-113m
4.0x101
1.1x103
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
6.3
2.2x102
Cd-115 (a)
3.0
8.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
1.9x104
5.1x105
Cd-115m
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
9.4x102
2.5x104
Ce-139
Cerium (58)
7.0
1.9x102
2.0
5.4x101
2.5x102
6.8x103
Ce-141
2.0x10'
5.4x102
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
1.1x103
2.Bx104
Ce-143
9.0x10-'
2.4x10'
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
2.5x104
6.6x105
Ce-144 (a)
2.0x10-1
5.4
2.0x10-1
5.4
1.2x102
3.2x10³
Cf-248
Californium (98)
4.0x10'
1.1x103
6.0x10-3
1.6x10-2
5.8x101
1.6x103
Cf-249
3.0
8.1x101
8.0x10-*
2.2x10-2
1.5x10-1
4.1
Cf-250
2.0x10'
5.4x102
2.0x10-3
5.4x10-2
4.0
1.1x102
Cf-251
7.0
1.9x102
7.0x10-*
1.9x10-2
5.9x10-2
1.6
Cf-252 (h)
5.0x10-2
1.4
3.0x10-3
8.1x10-2
2.0x10'
5.4x102
Cf-253 (a)
4.0x101
1.1x109
4.0x10-2
1.1
1.1x10³
2.9x10*
Cf-254
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
3.1x102
8.5x103
CI-36
Chlorine (17)
1.0x10'
2.7x102
6.0x10-
1.8x10'
1.2x10-3
3.3x10-2
CI-38
2.0x10-1
5.4
2.0x10-1
5.4
4.9x108
1.3x10*
Cm-240
Curium (96)
4.0x101
1.1x10³
2.0x10-2
5.4x10-1
7.5x102
2.0x104
Cm-241
2.0
5.4x101
1.0
2.7x10'
6.1x102
1.7x104
Cm-242
4.0x101
1.1x103
1.0x10-2
2.7x10-1
1.2x102
3.3x103
Cm-243
9.0
2.4x102
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
1.9
5.2x101
Cm-244
2.0x101
5.4x102
2.0x10-3
5.4x10-2
3.0
8.1x101
Cm-245
9.0
2.4x102
9.0x10-4
2.4x10-2
6.4x10-3
1.7x10-1
Cm-246
9.0
2.4x102
9.0x10-4
2.4x10-2
1.1x10-2
3.1x10-1
Cm-247 (a)
3.0
8.1x101
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
3.4x10-s
9.3x10~3
Cm-248
2.0x10-2
5.4x10-1
3.0x10~4
8.1x10-3
1.6x10-4
4.2x10-3
Co-55
Cobalt (27)
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
1.1x105
3.1x106
Co-56
3.0x10⁻¹
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
1.1x10³
3.0x104
Co-57
1.0x10'
2.7x102
1.0x101
2.7x102
3.1x102
8.4x10³
Co-58
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x101
1.2x10s
3.2x10*
Co-58m
4.0x101
1.1x10³
4.0x101
1.1x10
2.2x105
5.9x10°
Co-60
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
4.2x10'
1.1x103
Cr-51
Chromium (24)
3.0x10'
B.1x10z
3.0x10'
8.1x102
3.4x103
9.2x104
Cs-129
Cesium (55)
4.0
1.1x102
4.0
1.1x102
2.8x104
7.6x106
Cs-131
3.0x101
8.1x102
3.0x10'
8.1x102
3.8x103
1.0x105
Cs-132
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x10'
5.7x103
1.5x105
Cs-134
7.0x10-1
1.9x101
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
4.8x101
1.3x103
Cs-134m
4.0x101
1.1x103
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
3.0x105
8.0x106
Cs-135
4.0x101
1.1x103
1.0
2.7x101
4.3x10-5
1.2x10-3
Cs-136
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
2.7x103
7.3x104
Cs-137 (a)
2.0
5.4x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
3.2
8.7x10'
Cu-64
Copper (29)
6.0
1.6x102
1.0
2.7x101
1.4x105
3.9x106
Cu-67
1.0x10'
2.7x102
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
2.8x104
7.6x105
Dy-159
Dysprosium (66)
2.0x101
5.4x102
2.0x101
5.4x102
2.1x102
5.7x103
Dy-165
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
3.0x10s
8.2x10⁶
Dy-166 (a)
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
3.0x10-1
8.1
8.6x103
2.3x105
Er-169
Erbium (68)
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
1.0
2.7x10'
3.1x10³
8.3x104
Er-171
8.0x10-1
2.2x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
9.0x10*
2.4x10
Eu-147
Europium (63)
2.0
5.4x101
2.0
5.4x10'
1.4x103
3.7x104
Eu-148
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
6.0x102
1.6x104
Eu-149
2.0x101
5.4x102
2.0x10'
5.4x102
3.5x102
9.4x103
Eu-150 (short lived)
2.0
5.4x101
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
6.1x104
1.6x10*
Eu-150 (long lived)
7.0x10-1
1.9x101
7.0x10~¹
1.9x10'
6.1x104
1.6x10*
Eu-152
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x101
6.5
1.8x102
Eu-152m
8.0x10-1
2.2x101
8.0x10-1
2.2x101
8.2x104
22x10*
Eu-154
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
9.8
2.6x102
Eu-155
2.0x101
5.4x102
3.0
8.1x101
1.8x101
4.9x102
Eu-156
7.0x10-¹
1.9x101
7.0x10-1
1.9x101
2.0x10s
5.5x104
F-18
Fluorine (9)
1.0
2.7x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
3.5x10*
9.5x107
Fe-52 (a)
Iron (26)
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
2.7x105
7.3x10*
Fe-55
4.0x101
1.1x103
4.0x10'
1.1x103
8.8x101
2.4x103
Fe-59
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
1.8x10³
5.0x104
Fe-60 (a)
4.0x101
1.1x10³
2.0x10-1
5.4
7.4x10-4
2.0x10-2
Ga-67
Gallium (31)
7.0
1.9x102
3.0
8.1x101
2.2x104
6.0x10*
Ga-68
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
1.5x10*
4.1x107
Ga-72
4.0x10~1
1.1x10'
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
1.1x105
3.1x106
670
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.435
Symbol of
Element and
Specific activity
radionuclide
atomic number
A, (TBq)
A, (Ci)b
A₂ (TBq)
A₂ (Ci)b
(TBq/g)
(Ci/g)
Gd-146 (a)
Gadolinium (64)
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
6.9x102
1.9x104
Gd-148
2.0x101
5.4x102
2.0x10-3
5.4x10-2
1.2
3.2x10'
Gd-153
1.0x10'
2.7x102
9.0
2.4x102
1.3x102
3.5x10³
Gd-159
3.0
8.1x101
6.0x10⁻¹
1.6x101
3.9x104
1.1x106
Ge-68 (a)
Germanium (32)
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
2.6x102
7.1x10³
Ge-71
4.0x10'
1.1x103
4.0x101
1.1x103
5.8x10³
1.6x106
Ge-77
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
1.3x105
3.6x108
Hf-172 (a)
Hafnium (72)
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
4.1x10'
1.1x103
Hf-175
3.0
8.1x101
3.0
8.1x101
3.9x102
1.1x104
Hf-181
2.0
5.4x101
5.0x10-¹
1.4x101
6.3x102
1.7x104
Hf-182
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
8.1x10-6
2.2x10-4
Hg-194 (a)
Mercury (80)
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
27x10'
1.3x10-¹
3.5
Hg-195m (a)
3.0
8.1x101
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
1.5x104
4.0x105
Hg-197
2.0x10'
5.4x102
1.0x101
2.7x102
9.2x10³
2.5x10
Hg-197m
1.0x10'
2.7x102
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
2.5x104
6.7x10*
Hg-203
5.0
1.4x102
1.0
2.7x10'
5.1x102
1.4x104
Ho-166
Holmium (67)
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10~1
1.1x10'
2.6x104
7.0x105
Ho-166m
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
6.6x10-2
1.8
I-123
Iodine (53)
6.0
1.6x102
3.0
8.1x101
7.1x104
1.9x10*
I-124
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x101
9.3x10³
2.5x105
I-125
2.0x101
5.4x102
3.0
8.1x10'
6.4x102
1.7x104
I-126
2.0
5.4x101
1.0
2.7x101
2.9x103
8.0x104
I-129
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
6.5x10-6
1.8x10-*
I-131
3.0
B.1x101
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
4.6x103
1.2x105
I-132
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
3.8x105
1.0x107
I-133
7.0x10-1
1.9x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
4.2x104
1.1x106
I-134
3.0x10⁻¹
B.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
9.9x105
2.7x107
I-135 (a)
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
1.3x106
3.5x106
In-111
Indium (49)
3.0
8.1x101
3.0
8.1x10'
1.5x10*
4.2x105
In-113m
4.0
1.1x102
2.0
5.4x101
6.2x105
1.7x107
In-114m (a)
1.0x10'
2.7x102
5.0x10~¹
1.4x10¹
8.6x102
2.3x104
In-115m
7.0
1.9x10²
1.0
2.7x101
2.2x10*
6.1x10
Ir-189 (a)
Indium (77)
1.0x10'
2.7x102
1.0x10'
2.7x102
1.9x10³
5.2x104
Ir-190
7.0x10⁻¹
1.9x101
7.0x10-1
1.9x101
2.3x103
6.2x10*
Ir-192 (c)
1.0
2.7x10'
6.0x10-1
1.6x10¹
3.4x102
9.2x10³
Ir-194
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.1x104
8.4x105
K-40
Potassium (19)
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
2.4x10-7
6.4x10-6
K-42
2.0x10-1
5.4
2.0x10-1
5.4
2.2x105
6.0x10e
K-43
7.0x10-1
1.9x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
1.2x10
3.3x10e
Kr-81
Krypton (36)
4.0x101
1.1x103
4.0x101
1.1x103
7.8x10-4
2.1x10-2
Kr-85
1.0x10'
2.7x102
1.0x101
2.7x102
1.5x10'
3.9x102
Kr-85m
8.0
2.2x102
3.0
8.1x101
3.0x105
8.2x106
Kr-87
2.0x10-1
5.4
2.0x10-1
5.4
1.0x106
2.8x107
La-137
Lanthanum (57)
3.0x10'
8.1x102
6.0
1.6x102
1.6x10-3
4.4x10-2
La-140
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
2.1x104
5.6x105
Lu-172
Lutetium (71)
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
4.2x103
1.1x10*
Lu-173
8.0
2.2x102
8.0
2.2x102
5.6x10'
1.5x10³
Lu-174
9.0
2.4x102
9.0
2.4x102
2.3x10'
6.2x102
Lu-174m
2.0x101
5.4x102
1.0x101
2.7x102
2.0x102
5.3x10³
Lu-177
3.0x10¹
B.1x102
7.0x10-1
1.9x101
4.1x103
1.1x105
Mg-28 (a)
Magnesium (12)
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-¹
8.1
2.0x105
5.4x106
Mn-52
Manganese (25)
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
1.6x104
4.4x105
Mn-53
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
6.8x10-5
1.8x10-3
Mn-54
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x10'
2.9x102
7.7x103
Mn-56
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
B.0x105
2.2x107
Mo-93
Molybdenum (42)
4.0x101
1.1x10³
2.0x10'
5.4x102
4.1x10-2
1.1
Mo-99 (a) (i)
1.0
2.7x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
1.8x104
4.8x105
N-13
Nitrogen (7)
9.0x10-1
24x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
5.4x107
1.5x10*
Na-22
Sodium (11)
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
2.3x102
6.3x103
Na-24
2.0x10-1
5.4
2.0x10-1
5.4
3.2x105
8.7x106
Nb-93m
Niobium (41)
4.0x101
1.1x10³
3.0x10'
8.1x102
8.8
2.4x102
Nb-94
7,0x10-1
1.9x10'
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
6.9x10-3
1.9x10-1
Nb-95
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x101
1.5x10³
3.9x104
Nb-97
9.0x10-¹
2.4x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
9.9x105
2.7x107
Nd-147
Neodymium (60)
6.0
1.6x102
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
3.0x103
8.1x104
Nd-149
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
4.5x105
1.2x107
Ni-59
Nickel (28)
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
3.0x10-3
8.0x10-2
Ni-63
4.0x10'
1.1x103
3.0x10'
8.1x102
2.1
5.7x101
Ni-65
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
7.1x105
1.9x107
Np-235
Neptunium (93)
4.0x101
1.1x10³
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
5.2x101
1.4x103
Np-236 (short-lived)
2.0x101
5.4x102
2.0
5.4x101
4.7x10-*
1.3x10-2
Np-236 (long-lived)
9.0x10°
2.4x102
2.0x10-2
5.4x10-1
4.7x10-4
1.3x10-2
671
$ 173.435
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
Symbol of
Element and
Specific activity
radionuclide
atomic number
A1 (TBq)
A, (Ci)b
A₂ (TBq)
A2 (Ci)ᵇ
(TBq/g)
(Ci/g)
Np-237
2.0x10'
5.4x102
2.0x10-3
5.4x10-2
2.6x10-3
7.1x10-4
Np-239
7.0
1.9x102
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
8.6x103
2.3x105
Os-185
Osmium (76)
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x101
2.8x102
7.5x103
Os-191
1.0x10'
2.7x102
2.0
5.4x101
1.6x103
4.4x104
Os-191m
4.0x10'
1.1x103
3.0x10'
B.1x102
4.6x104
1.3x10
Os-193
2.0
5.4x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
2.0x104
5.3x105
Os-194 (a)
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
1.1x101
3.1x102
P-32
Phosphorus (15)
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
1.1x104
2.9x105
P-33
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
1.0
2.7x101
5.8x10³
1.6x105
Pa-230 (a)
Protactinium (91)
2.0
5.4x101
7.0x10-2
1.9
1.2x10³
3.3x104
Pa-231
4.0
1.1x102
4.0x10-4
1.1x10-2
1.7x10~3
4.7x10-2
Pa-233
5.0
1.4x102
7.0x10-1
1.9x101
7.7x102
2.1x104
Pb-201
Lead (82)
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x101
6.2x104
1.7x106
Pb-202
4.0x101
1.1x10³
2.0x10'
5.4x102
1.2x10-4
3.4x10-'
Pb-203
4.0
1.1x102
3.0
8.1x101
1.1x104
3.0x105
Pb-205
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
4.5x10-*
1.2x10-4
Pb-210 (a)
1.0
2.7x101
5.0x10-2
1.4
2.8
7.6x101
Pb-212 (a)
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
2.0x10-1
5.4
5.1x104
1.4x10*
Pd-103 (a)
Palladium (46)
4.0x101
1.1x103
4.0x101
1.1x10³
2.8x10s
7.5x104
Pd-107
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
1.9x10-s
5.1x10-4
Pd-109
2.0
5.4x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
7.9x104
2.1x106
Pm-143
Promethium (61)
3.0
8.1x101
3.0
8.1x10'
1.3x102
3.4x103
Pm-144
7.0x10-1
1.9x101
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
9.2x101
2.5x10³
Pm-145
3.0x10'
8.1x102
1.0x101
2.7x102
5.2
1.4x102
Pm-147
4.0x101
1.1x10³
2.0
5.4x10'
3.4x101
9.3x10²
Pm-148m (a)
8.0x10-1
2.2x101
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
7.9x102
2.1x104
Pm-149
2.0
5.4x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
1.5x104
4.0x105
Pm-151
2.0
5.4x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
2.7x10*
7.3x105
Po-210
Polonium (84)
4.0x101
1.1x103
2.0x10-2
5.4x10-1
1.7x102
4.5x103
Pr-142
Praseodymium (59)
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
4.3x104
1.2x10*
Pr-143
3.0
8.1x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
2.5x10³
6.7x10*
Pt-188 (a)
Platinum (78)
1.0
2.7x101
8.0x10-1
2.2x10'
2.5x103
6.8x104
Pt-191
4.0
1.1x102
3.0
8.1x101
8.7x103
2.4x105
Pl-193
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
1.4
3.7x101
Pt-193m
4.0x101
1.1x103
5.0x10
1.4x101
5.8x10³
1.6x105
Pl-195m
1.0x101
2.7x102
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
6.2x10³
1.7x105
PI-197
2.0x101
5.4x102
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
3.2x10*
8.7x105
Pl-197m
1.0x10'
2.7x102
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
3.7x105
1.0x107
Pu-236
Plutonium (94)
3.0x101
B.1x102
3.0x10-3
8.1x10-2
2.0x101
5.3x102
Pu-237
2.0x101
5.4x102
2.0x10'
5.4x102
4.5x102
1.2x10*
Pu-238
1.0x10'
2.7x102
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
6.3x10-1
1.7x10'
Pu-239
1.0x101
2.7x102
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
2.3x10-3
6.2x10-2
Pu-240
1.0x10'
2.7x102
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
8.4x10~3
2.3x10-1
Pu-241 (a)
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
6.0x10-2
1.6
3.8
1.0x102
Pu-242
1.0x10'
2.7x102
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
1.5x10-4
3.9x10-3
Pu-244 (a)
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
6.7x10-7
1.8x10-5
Ra-223 (a)
Radium (88)
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
7.0x10-3
1.9x10-1
1.9x10³
5.1x104
Ra-224 (8)
4.0x10⁻¹
1.1x101
2.0x10-2
5.4x10-1
5.9x103
1.6x106
Ra-225 (a)
2.0x10-1
5.4
4.0x10-3
1.1x10-1
1.5x10³
3.9x10*
Ra-226 (a)
2.0x10-1
5.4
3.0x10-3
8.1x10-2
3.7x10-2
1.0
Re-228 (a)
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
2.0x10-2
5.4x10-1
1.0x10'
2.7x102
Rb-81
Rubidium (37)
2.0
5.4x101
8.0x10-1
2.2x10'
3.1x105
8.4x108
Rb-83 (a)
2.0
5.4x101
2.0
5.4x101
6.8x102
1.8x104
Rb-84
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x10'
1.8x10³
4.7x104
Rb-86
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
3.0x103
8.1x104
Rb-87
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unfimited
3.2x10-9
8.6x10
Rb(nat)
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
6.7x106
1.8x10
Re-184
Rhenium (75)
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x101
6.9x102
1.9x104
Re-184m
3.0
8.1x101
1.0
27x10'
1.6x102
4.3x103
Re-186
2.0
5.4x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
6.9x10³
1.9x106
Re-187
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
1.4x10-9
3.8x10-*
Re-188
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
3.6x104
9.8x105
Re-189 (a)
3.0
8.1x101
6.0x10⁻¹
1.6x101
2.5x104
6.8x105
Re(nat)
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
0.0
2.4x10-8
Rh-99
Rhodlum (45)
2.0
5.4x101
2.0
5.4x101
3.0x103
8.2x10"
Rh-101
4.0
1.1x102
3.0
8.1x101
4.1x101
1.1x10³
Rh-102
5.0x10-¹
1.4x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
4.5x101
1.2x10
Rh-102m
2.0
5.4x101
2.0
5.4x101
2.3x102
6.2x103
Rh-103m
4.0x101
1.1x10³
4.Dx101
1.1x10³
1.2x106
3.3x107
Rh-105
1.0x101
2.7x102
8.0x10-1
2.2x101
3.1x104
8.4x105
Rn-222 (a)
Radon (86)
3.0x10-'
8.1
4.0x10-3
1.1x10-1
5.7x103
1.5x105
Ru-97
Ruthenium (44)
5.0
1.4x102
5.0
1.4x102
1.7x104
4.6x105
672
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.435
Specific activity
Symbol of
Element and
A, (TBq)
A, (Ci)b
A2 (TBq)
A2 (Ci)*
radionuclide
atomic number
(TBq/g)
(Cl/g)
Ru-103 (a)
2.0
5.4x10'
2.0
5.4x10'
1.2x10³
3.2x104
Ru-105
1.0
2.7x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
2.5x105
6.7x10
Ru-106 (a)
2.0x10-1
5.4
2.0x10⁻¹
5.4
1.2x102
3.3x103
S-35
Sulphur (16)
4.0x101
1.1x10³
3.0
8.1x101
1.6x103
4.3x10
Sb-122
Antimony (51)
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
1.5x104
4.0x105
Sb-124
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
6.5x102
1.7x104
Sb-125
2.0
5.4x101
1.0
2.7x101
3.9x101
1.0x10³
Sb-126
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x10¹
3.1x10³
8.4x104
Sc-44
Scandium (21)
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
6.7x105
1.8x107
Sc-46
5.0x10-¹
1.4x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
1.3x10³
3.4x104
Sc-47
1.0x101
2.7x102
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
3.1x104
8.3x105
Sc-48
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
5.5x10*
1.5x106
Se-75
Selenium (34)
3.0
8.1x101
3.0
8.1x101
5.4x102
1.5x104
Se-79
4.0x10'
1.1x103
2.0
5.4x101
2.6x10-3
7.0x10-2
Si-31
Silicon (14)
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
1.4x10*
3.9x10
Si-32
4.0x101
1.1x10³
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
3.9
1.1x102
Sm-145
Samarium (62)
1.0x101
2.7x102
1.0x101
2.7x102
9.8x10'
2.6x10³
Sm-147
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
8.5x10-1
2.3x10
Sm-151
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
1.0x101
2.7x102
9.7x10-1
2.6x10'
Sm-153
9.0
2.4x102
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
1.6x104
4.4x105
Sn-113 (a)
Tin (50)
4.0
1.1x102
2.0
5.4x101
3.7x10²
1.0x10*
Sn-117m
7.0
1.9x102
4.0x10-¹
1.1x10¹
3.0x103
8.2x10*
Sn-119m
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
3.0x10'
8.1x102
1.4x102
3.7x103
Sn-121m (a)
4.0x10'
1.1x103
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
20
5.4x10'
Sn-123
8.0x10-1
2.2x101
6.0x10~¹
1.6x101
3.0x102
8.2x103
Sn-125
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x103
1.1x106
Sn-126 (a)
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
4.0x10-¹
1.1x101
1.0x10-3
2.8x10-2
Sr-82 (a)
Strontium (38)
2.0x10-1
5.4
2.0x10-1
5.4
2.3x10
6.2x104
Sr-85
2.0
5.4x101
2.0
5.4x10'
8.8x102
2.4x104
Sr-85m
5.0
1.4x102
5.0
1.4x102
1.2x108
3.3x107
Sr-87m
3.0
B.1x10'
3.0
8.1x10'
4.8x106
1.3x107
Sr-89
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
1.1x103
2.9x104
Sr-90 (a)
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10~¹
8.1
5.1
1.4x102
Sr-91 (a)
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
1.3x105
3.6x105
Sr-92 (a)
1.0
2.7x101
3.0x10-1
8.1
4.7x105
1.3x10⁷
T(H-3)
Tribum (1)
4.0x101
1.1x103
4.0x101
1.1x10³
3.6x102
9.7x103
Ta-178 (long-lived)
Tantalum (73)
1.0
2.7x101
8.0x10-1
2.2x101
4.2x10
1.1x108
Ta-179
3.0x101
8.1x102
3.0x101
8.1x102
4.1x101
1.1x103
Ta-182
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
2.3x102
6.2x103
Tb-157
Terbium (65)
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
4.0x101
1.1x10³
5.6x10-1
1.5x101
Tb-158
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x101
5.6x10-1
1.5x10'
Tb-160
1.0
2.7x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
4.2x102
1.1x104
Tc-95m (a)
Technetium (43)
2.0
5.4x101
2.0
5.4x101
8.3x102
2.2x10*
Tc-96
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x10¹
1.2x104
3.2x105
Tc-96m (a)
4.0x10-¹
1.1x101
4.0x10⁻¹
1.1x10¹
1.4x10
3.8x107
Tc-97
Unfimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
5.2x10-5
1.4x10~3
Tc-97m
4.0x101
1.1x103
1.0
2.7x101
5.6x102
1.5x104
Tc-98
B.0x10-1
2.2x101
7,0x10-1
1.9x101
3.2x10-5
8.7x10-4
Tc-99
4.0x101
1.1x10³
9.0x10-1
2.4x10'
6.3x10-4
1.7x10-2
Tc-99m
1.0x101
2.7x102
4.0
1.1x102
1.9x105
5.3x10*
Te-121
Tellurium (52)
2.0
5.4x101
2.0
5.4x101
2.4x10³
6.4x104
Te-121m
5.0
1.4x102
3.0
8.1x10'
2.6x102
7.0x103
Te-123m
8.0
2.2x102
1.0
2.7x10'
3.3x102
8.9x103
Te-125m
2.0x10¹
5.4x102
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
6.7x102
1.8x104
Te-127
2.0x101
5.4x102
7.0x10-¹
1.9x10'
9.8x104
2.6x106
Te-127m (a)
2.0x10'
5.4x102
5.0x10-1
1.4x10'
3.5x102
9.4x103
Te-129
7.0x10-1
1.9x10¹
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
7.7x106
2.1x107
Te-129m (a)
8.0x10-1
2.2x10'
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
1.1x10³
3.0x104
Te-131m (a)
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
3.0x104
8.0x106
Te-132 (a)
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
1.1x104
3.0x10*
Th-227
Thorium (90)
1.0x10'
2.7x102
5.0x10-3
1.4x10-1
1.1x103
3.1x104
Th-228 (a)
5.0x10-¹
1.4x101
1.0x10-3
27x10-2
3.0x101
8.2x102
Th-229
5.0
1.4x102
5.0x10-4
1.4x10-2
7.9x10⁻¹
2.1x10-¹
Th-230
1.0x10¹
2.7x102
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
7.6x10-4
2.1x10-2
Th-231
4.0x101
1.1x10³
2.0x10-2
5.4x10-1
2.0x104
5.3x106
Th-232
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
4.0x10->
1.1x10⁻⁷
Th-234 (a)
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
8.6x102
2.3x104
Th(nat)
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
8.1x10-9
2.2x10-7
Ti-44 (a)
Titanium (22)
5.0x10-1
1.4x101
4.0x10~¹
1.1x101
6.4
1.7x102
TI-200
Thallium (81)
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
2.2x104
6.0x105
TI-201
1.0x101
2.7x102
4.0
1.1x102
7.9x10³
2.1x105
TI-202
2.0
5.4x101
2.0
5.4x101
2.0x10³
5.3x104
673
§ 173.435
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
Specific activity
Symbol of
Element and
radionuclide
A, (TBq)
A, (Ci)b
A₂ (TBq)
A2 (Ci)*
atomic number
(TBq/g)
(Ci/g)
TI-204
1.0x10'
2.7x102
7.0x10~1
1.9x10'
1.7x101
4.6x102
Tm-167
Thulium (69)
7.0
1.9x102
8.0x10-1
2.2x10'
3.1x103
8.5x104
Tm-170
3.0
8.1x10'
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
2.2x102
6.0x103
Tm-171
4.0x101
1.1x103
4.0x101
1.1x10³
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
U-230 (fast lung absorp-
Uranlum (92)
4.0x101
1.1x103
1.0x10⁻¹
2.7
1.0x103
2.7x104
tion) (a)(d).
U-230 (medium lung ab-
4.0x101
1.1x103
4.0x10-3
1.1x10-1
1.0x103
2.7x104
sorption) (a)(e).
U-230 (slow lung absorp-
3.0x10'
8.1x102
3.0x10-3
8.1x10-2
1.0x10³
2.7x104
tion) (a)(f).
U-232 (fast lung absorp-
4.0x10'
1.1x10³
1.0x10-2
2.7x10-1
8.3x10-1
2.2x101
tion) (d).
U-232 (medium lung ab-
4.0x101
1.1x10³
7.0x10-3
1.9x10-1
8.3x10-1
2.2x101
sorption) (e).
U-232 (slow lung absorp-
1.0x10'
2.7x102
1.0x10-3
2.7x10-2
8.3x10-1
2.2x101
tion) (f).
U-233 (fast lung absorp-
4.0x101
1.1x103
9.0x10-2
2.4
3.6x10-4
9.7x10-3
tion) (d).
U-233 (medium lung ab-
4.0x101
1.1x10³
2.0x10~2
5.4x10-1
3.6x10-4
9.7x10⁻³
sorption) (e).
U-233 (slow lung absorp-
4.0x101
1.1x103
6.0x10-3
1.6x10-1
3.6x10-4
9.7x10-3
tion) (f).
U-234 (fast lung absorp-
4.0x101
1.1x103
9.0x10-2
2.4
2.3x10-4
6.2x10-3
tion) (d).
U-234 (medium lung ab-
4.0x101
1.1x10³
2.0x10-2
5.4x10-1
2.3x10-4
6.2x10-3
sorption) (e).
U-234 (slow lung absorp-
4.0x101
1.1x10³
6.0x10-3
1.6x10-1
2.3x10-4
6.2x10-3
tion) (f).
U-235 (all lung absorp-
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
8.0x10-'
2.2x10-6
tion types)
(a),(d),(e),(f).
U-236 (fast lung absorp-
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
2.4x10-*
6.5x10-5
tion) (d).
U-236 (medium lung ab-
4.0x101
1.1x10³
2.0x10-1
5.4x10~¹
2.4x10-6
6.5x10-5
sorption) (e).
U-236 (slow lung absorp-
4.0x101
1.1x103
6.0x10⁻³
1.6x10-1
2.4x10-6
6.5x10-5
tion) (f).
U-238 (all lung absorp-
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
1.2x10-*
3.4x10-7
tion types) (d),(e).(f).
U (nat)
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
2.6x10-'
7.1x10-7
U (enriched to 20% or
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
see
see
less)(g).
$ 173.434
$173.434
U (dep)
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
see
see
$173.434
$173.434
V-48
Vanadium (23)
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
6.3x103
1.7x105
V-49
4.0x101
1.1x103
4.0x10'
1.1x103
3.0x102
8.1x103
W-178 (a)
Tungsten (74)
9.0
2.4x102
5.0
1.4x102
1.3x10³
3.4x104
W-181
3.0x10'
8.1x102
3.0x101
8.1x102
2.2x102
6.0x103
W-185
4.0x101
1.1x103
8.0x10-1
2.2x101
3.5x102
9.4x103
W-187
2.0
5.4x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
2.6x104
7.0x105
W-188 (a)
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.7x102
1.0x104
Xe-122 (a)
Xenon (54)
4.0x10-¹
1.1x10'
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
4.8x104
1.3x10*
Xe-123
2.0
5.4x101
7.0x10-1
1.9x10'
4.4x105
1.2x107
Xe-127
4.0
1.1x102
2.0
5.4x101
1.0x103
2.8x104
Xe-131m
4.0x101
1.1x103
4.0x10'
1.1x103
3.1x103
8.4x104
Xe-133
20x10'
5.4x102
1.0x101
2.7x102
6.9x103
1.9x10
Xe-135
3.0
8.1x101
2.0
5.4x101
9.5x104
2.6x106
Y-87 (a)
Yttrium (39)
1.0
2.7x101
1.0
2.7x101
1.7x104
4.5x105
Y-88
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x10'
5.2x102
1.4x10*
Y-90
3.0x10-1
6.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
2.0x104
5.4x105
Y-91
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
6.0x10-1
1.6x101
9.1x102
2.5x104
Y-91m
2.0
5.4x101
2.0
5.4x101
1.5x10"
4.2x107
Y-92
2.0x10-1
5.4
2.0x10-1
5.4
3.6x105
9.6x106
Y-93
3.0x10-1
8.1
3.0x10-1
8.1
1.2x105
3.3x10
Yb-169
Ytterbium (70)
4.0
1.1x102
1.0
2.7x10'
8.9x102
2.4x104
Yb-175
3.0x101
8.1x102
9.0x10-1
2.4x101
6.6x103
1.8x105
Zn-65
Zinc (30)
2.0
5.4x101
2.0
5.4x101
3.0x102
8.2x103
Zn-89
3.0
8.1x101
6.0x10-)
1.6x101
1.8x10*
4.9x107
Zn-69m (a)
3.0
8.1x101
6.0x10-1
1.6x10'
1.2x105
3.3x10⁶
Zr-88
Zirconium (40)
3.0
8.1x101
3.0
8.1x10'
6.6x102
1.8x104
Zr-93
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
9.3x10-5
2.5x10-3
Zr-95 (a)
2.0
5.4x10'
8.0x10-1
2.2x101
7.9x102
2.1x104
674
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 173.436
Specific activity
Symbol of
Element and
A1 (TBq)
A, (Ci)"
A₂ (TBq)
A₂ (Ci)b
radionuclide
atomic number
(TBq/g)
(Ci/g)
Zr-97 (a)
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
4.0x10-1
1.1x101
7.1x104
1.9x10
A1 and/or A2 values include contributions from daughter nuclides with half-lives less than 10 days.
The values of A, and A2 in curies (Ci) are approximate and for information only: the regulatory standard units are
Terabecquerels (TBq), (see § 171.10).
The quantity may be determined from a measurement of the rate of decay or a measurement of the radiation level at a prescribed distance from the source.
These values apply only to compounds of uranlum that take the chemical form of UFs. UO2F2 and UO2(NO3)2 in both normal
and accident conditions of transport.
These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO3. UF, UCU and hexavalent compounds
in both normal and accident conditions of transport.
'These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table.
9 These values apply to unirradiated uranlum only.
"A, = 0.1 TBq (2.7 CI) and A2 = 0.001 TBq (0.027 Ci) for Cf-252 for domestic use.
A2 = 0.74 TBq (20 Ci) for Mo-99 for domestic use.
[69 FR 3678, Jan. 26, 2004: 69 FR 55119, Sept.
§ 173.436 Exempt material activity con-
13, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14.
centrations and exempt consign-
2006)
ment activity limits for radionuclides.
The Table of Exempt material activity concentrations and exempt consignment activity limits for radionuclides
is as follows:
Activity con-
Activity
Activity
Activity
concentracentration for
limit for exlimit for ex-
Symbol of
Element and atomic numtion for exexempt mateempt conempt conradionuclide
ber
rial
empt material
signment
signment
(Bq/g)
(Ci/g)
(Bq)
(Ci)
Ac-225
Actinium (89)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-?
Ac-227
1.0x10-1
2.7x10-12
1.0x10³
2.7x10-8
Ac-228
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-s
Ag-105
Silver (47)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Ag-108m (b)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-s
Ag-110m
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Ag-111
1.0x10³
2.7x10-1
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
AI-26
Aluminum (13)
1.0x101
27x10-"
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Am-241
Americium (95)
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Am-242m (b)
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x10*
2.7x10-7
Am-243 (b)
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x10³
2.7x10⁻¹
Ar-37
Argon (18)
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
1.0x10
2.7x10-3
Ar-39
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Ar-41
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1,0x10*
2.7x10⁻²
As-72
Arsenic (33)
1.0x10¹
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
As-73
1.0x103
2.7x10-8
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
As-74
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
As-76
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
27x10-6
As-77
1.0x10*
2.7x10-*
1.0x10*
2.7x10-s
At-211
Astatine (85)
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Au-193
Gold (79)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Au-194
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Au-195
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Au-198
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Au-199
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10⁻⁵
Ba-131
Barium (56)
1.0x102
2.7x10-'
1.0x10*
2.7x10-s
Ba-133
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10*
2.7x10-s
Ba-133m
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Ba-140 (b)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Be-7
Beryllium (4)
1.0x103
2.7x10-8
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Be-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x10
2.7x10-3
BI-205
Bismuth (83)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-3
Bi-206
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
27x10-6
Bi-207
1.0x10'
2.7x10⁻¹⁰
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Bi-210
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x10®
2.7x10-5
Bi-210m
1.0x10¹
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-6
Bi-212 (b)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10⁻⁶
Bk-247
Berkelium (97)
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Bk-249
1.0x10³
2.7x10-1
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
675
§ 173.436
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
Activity con-
Activity
concentra-
Activity
Activity
Symbol of
Element and atomic numcentration for
tion for exlimit for exlimit for exradionuclide
ber
exempt mateempt maempt conempt conrial
(Bq/g)
terial
signment
signment
(Ci/g)
(Bq)
(Ci)
Br-76
Bromine (35)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-6
Br-77
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10e
2.7x10-5
Br-82
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x108
2.7x10-5
C-11
Carbon (6)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x108
2.7x10-1
C-14
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Ca-41
Calcium (20)
1.0x10*
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-*
Ca-45
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Ca-47
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Cd-109
Cadmium (48)
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Cd-113m
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
Cd-115
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10
2.7x10-s
Cd-115m
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
27x10-'
Ce-139
Cerlum (58)
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x10*
2.7x10-3
Ce-141
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Ce-143
1.0x102
2.7x10-'
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Ce-144 (b)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-4
Cf-248
Californium (98)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-7
Cf-249
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
Cf-250
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Cf-251
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
Cf-252
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-?
Cf-253
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Cf-254
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x103
2.7x10-8
CI-36
Chlorine (17)
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
1.0x108
2.7x10-5
CI-38
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Cm-240
Curium (96)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Cm-241
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Cm-242
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10⁻⁶
Cm-243
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
Cm-244
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
Cm-245
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x103
2.7x10-8
Cm-246
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
Cm-247
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x104
2.7x10-?
Cm-248
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
Co-55
Cobalt (27)
1.0x10*
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-'
Co-56
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Co-57
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Co-58
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Co-58m
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Co-60
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-6
Cr-51
Chromium (24)
1.0x103
2.7x10-8
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Cs-129
Ceslum (55)
1.0x10z
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Cs-131
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Cs-132
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Cs-134
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
Cs-134m
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Cs-135
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Cs-136
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-*
Cs-137 (b)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-7
Cu-64
Copper (29)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10
2.7x10-1
Cu-67
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10
2.7x10-s
Dy-159
Dysprosium (66)
1.0x103
2.7x10-8
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Dy-165
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x10
2.7x10-s
Dy-166
1.0x10³
2.7x10-1
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Er-169
Erbium (68)
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Er-171
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x108
2.7x10-5
Eu-147
Europium (63)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10*
2.7x10-1
Eu-148
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Eu-149
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Eu-150 (short lived)
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Eu-150 (long lived)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
Eu-152
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10e
2.7x10-5
Eu-152m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10*
2.7x10⁻¹
Eu-154
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10⁶
2.7x10-5
Eu-155
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Eu-156
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
F-18
Fluorine (9)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Fe-52
Iron (26)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10
2.7x10-s
Fe-55
1.0x10*
2.7x10-7
1.Dx108
2.7x10-5
Fe-59
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
676
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.436
Activity con-
Activity
Activity
Activity
concentracentration for
limit for exlimit for ex-
Symbol of
Element and atomic numtion for exradionuclide
ber
exempt material
empt maempt conempt conterial
signment
signment
(Bg/g)
(Ci/g)
(Bq)
(Ci)
Fe-60
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-5
Ga-67
Gallium (31)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10
2.7x10-'
Ga-68
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Ga-72
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Gd-146
Gadolinium (64)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Gd-148
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Gd-153
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Gd-159
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x108
2.7x10-5
Ge-68
Germanium (32)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Ge-71
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x108
2.7x10-1
Ge-77
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Hf-172
Hafnium (72)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Hf-175
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Hf-181
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Hf-182
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Hg-194
Mercury (80)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Hg-195m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Hg-197
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Hg-197m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10*
2.7x10-1
Hg-203
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Ho-166
Holmium (67)
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Ho-166m
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10
2.7x10-s
I-123
lodine (53)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
I-124
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x108
2.7x10-5
I-125
1.0x10a
2.7x10-*
1.0x108
2.7x10-5
I-126
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
I-129
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
I-131
1.0x102
2.7x10-'
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
I-132
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
I-133
1.0x101
2.7x10-19
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
I-134
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
I-135
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
In-111
Indium (49)
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
27x10-5
In-113m
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
In-114m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
In-115m
1.0x102
2.7x10-'
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Ir-189
Iridium (77)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Ir-190
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10
2.7x10-1
Ir-192
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-7
Ir-194
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
2.7x10-*
K-40
Potassium (19)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
K-42
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
K-43
1.0x101
2.7x10⁻¹⁰
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Kr-81
Krypton (36)
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10⁻⁴
Kr-85
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Kr-85m
1.0x103
2.7x10-1
1.0x1010
2.7x10-1
Kr-87
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10*
2.7x10-2
La-137
Lanthanum (57)
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
La-140
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Lu-172
Lutetium (71)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-3
Lu-173
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Lu-174
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Lu-174m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Lu-177
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Mg-28
Magnesium (12)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10⁻⁶
Mn-52
Manganese (25)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-6
Mn-53
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x108
2.7x10-2
Mn-54
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10⁶
2.7x10-s
Mn-56
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10"
2.7x10-6
Mo-93
Molybdenum (42)
1.0x10³
2.7x10-1
1.0x10*
2.7x10-1
Mo-99
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
N-13
Nitrogen (7)
1.0x102
2.7x10-'
1.0x10*
2.7x10-2
Na-22
Sodium (11)
1.0x10¹
2.7x10⁻¹⁰
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
Na-24
1.0x10'
2.7x10-16
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Nb-93m
Nioblum (41)
1.0x104
2.7x10-?
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Nb-94
1.0x10'
2.7x10⁻¹⁰
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Nb-95
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Nb-97
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Nd-147
Neodymium (60)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Nd-149
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
677
$ 173.436
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
Activity
Activity con-
Activity
Activity
concentracentration for
limit for exlimit for ex-
Symbol of
Element and atomic numtion for exexempt materadionuclide
empt maempt conempt conber
rial
terial
signment
signment
(Bq/g)
(Bq)
(Ci)
(Ci/g)
Ni-59
Nickel (28)
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x10
2.7x10-3
Ni-63
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
1.0x108
2.7x10-3
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x108
2.7x10-5
Ni-65
Neptunium (93)
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Np-235
2.7x10-*
Np-236 (short-lived)
1.0x10³
2.7x10⁻⁸
1.0x107
Np-236 (long-lived)
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
2.7x10-6
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x103
27x10-*
Np-237 (b)
Np-239
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Osmium (76)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-1
Os-185
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Os-191
Os-191m
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
Os-193
1.0x102
2.7x10-'
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Os-194
Phosphorus (15)
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
P-32
P-33
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
1.0x10
2.7x10-3
Pa-230
Protactinium (91)
1.0x10'
2.7x10⁻¹⁰
1.0x10*
2.7x10-1
Pa-231
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Pa-233
Lead (82)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
Pb-201
Pb-202
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
2.7x10~5
Pb-203
1.0x102
2.7x10-'
1.0x106
2.7x10~5
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Pb-205
Pb-210 (b)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Pb-212 (b)
1.0x10¹
2.7x10-10
Pd-103
Palladium (46)
1.0x10³
2.7x10-8
1.0x108
2.7x10~3
Pd-107
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
1.0x108
2.7x10⁻¹
Pd-109
1.0x10³
2.7x10-"
1.0x10
2.7x10~s
Pm-143
Promethium (61)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
Pm-144
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Pm-145
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Pm-147
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
Pm-148m
Pm-149
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Pm-151
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x10⁶
2.7x10~s
Po-210
Polonium (84)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-16
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
Pr-142
Praseodymium (59)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10
2.7x10-s
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Pr-143
Pt-188
Platinum (78)
1.0x10¹
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
PI-191
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Pt-193
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
1.0x107
2,7x10-4
1.0x10³
2.7x10⁻¹
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Pt-193m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Pt-195m
1.0x10*
2.7x10-1
Pt-197
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
Pl-197m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Pu-236
Plutonlum (94)
1.0x101
2.7x10⁻¹⁰
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Pu-237
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Pu-238
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x104
2.7x10⁻¹
Pu-239
Pu-240
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x10³
27x10-*
Pu-241
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x104
2.7x10-?
Pu-242
Pu-244
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
2.7x10-6
Ra-223 (b)
Radlum (88)
1.0x102
2.7x10⁻⁹
1.0x106
1.0x10'
2.7x10~10
1.0x10
2.7x10-*
Ra-224 (b)
Ra-225
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
2.7x10-6
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Ra-226 (b)
Ra-228 (b)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.Dx105
2.7x10-6
Rubidium (37)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10⁶
2.7x10~5
Rb-81
Rb-83
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x108
2.7x10-5
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Rb-84
1.0x102
2.7x10-'
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Rb-86
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Rb-87
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Rb(nat)
Rhenium (75)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Re-184
Re-184m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
2.7x10-1
Re-186
Re-187
1.0x10*
2.7x10-s
1.0x109
2.7x10-2
Re-188
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Re-189
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
1.0x10
2.7x10-2
Re(nat)
678
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.436
Activity con-
Activity
Activity
Activity
concentracentration for
limit for exlimit for ex-
Symbol of
Element and atomic numtion for exradionuclide
ber
exempt material
empt maempt conempt conterial
signment
signment
(Bq/g)
(Ci/g)
(Bq)
(Ci)
Rh-99
Rhodium (45)
1.0x10'
2.7x10⁻¹D
1.0x108
2.7x10-5
Rh-101
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Rh-102
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10
2.7x10-s
Rh-102m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Rh-103m
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
1.0x10"
2.7x10-3
Rh-105
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Rn-222 (b)
Radon (86)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10"
2.7x10-3
Ru-97
Ruthenium (44)
1.0x10²
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Ru-103
1.0x102
27x10-'
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Ru-105
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-s
Ru-106 (b)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
S-35
Sulphur (16)
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
1.0x108
2.7x10-3
Sb-122
Antimony (51)
1.0x102
2.7x10-'
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Sb-124
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Sb-125
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x10*
2.7x10-s
Sb-126
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Sc-44
Scandium (21)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Sc-46
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Sc-47
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Sc-48
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Se-75
Selenium (34)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Se-79
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-*
Si-31
Silicon (14)
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Si-32
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Sm-145
Samarium (62)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Sm-147
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10~¹
Sm-151
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x10*
2.7x10-1
Sm-153
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
2.7x10-1
Sn-113
Tin (50)
1.0x10s
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Sn-117m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Sn-119m
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Sn-121m
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Sn-123
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x10"
2.7x10-5
Sn-125
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Sn-126
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Sr-82
Strontium (38)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Sr-85
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
Sr-85m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10'
2.7x10-4
Sr-87m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10~5
Sr-89
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x105
2.7x10-s
Sr-90 (b)
1.0x102
2.7x10-'
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Sr-91
1.0x101
27x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Sr-92
1.0x10'
27x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
T(H-3)
Tritium (1)
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
1.0x10
2.7x10-2
Ta-178 (long-lived)
Tantalum (73)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Ta-179
1.0x10³
2.7x10-1
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Ta-182
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-7
Tb-157
Terbium (65)
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Tb-158
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Tb-160
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Tc-95m
Technetium (43)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Tc-96
1.0x10'
2.7x10⁻¹⁰
1.0x105
2.7x10-s
Tc-96m
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Tc-97
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x10*
2.7x10-3
Tc-97m
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Tc-98
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Tc-99
1.0x104
2.7x10-?
1.0x10'
2.7x10-4
Tc-99m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Te-121
Tellurium (52)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Te-121m
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Te-123m
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Te-125m
1.0x10s
2.7x10-8
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Te-127
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Te-127m
1.0x103
2.7x10-8
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Te-129
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Te-129m
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x105
2.7x10-5
Te-131m
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
Te-132
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Th-227
Thorium (90)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-'
Th-228 (b)
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
679
$ 173.436
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
Activity con-
Activity
Activity
Activity
concentracentration for
limit for exlimit for ex-
Symbol of
Element and atomic numtion for exradionuclide
ber
exempt material
empt maempt conempt conterial
signment
signment
(Bq/g)
(Ci/g)
(Bq)
(Ci)
Th-229 (b)
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
Th-230
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Th-231
1.0x10³
2.7x10-8
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Th-232
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Th-234 (b)
1.Dx10³
2.7x10-8
1.0x106
2.7x10-6
Th (nat) (b)
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x103
2.7x10-1
Ti-44
Titanium (22)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
TH-200
Thallium (81)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-1
TH-201
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10⁶
2.7x10-3
TI-202
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10⁶
2.7x10-1
TI-204
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x104
2.7x10-¹
Tm-167
Thulium (69)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Tm-170
1.0x10³
2.7x10-8
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Tm-171
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x10*
2.7x10-3
U-230 (fast lung absorption) (b).(d)
Uranium (92)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10⁵
2.7x10-6
U-230 (medium lung absorption) (e)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
U-230 (slow lung absorption) (f)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
U-232 (fast lung absorption) (b),(d)
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x10³
2.7x10⁻*
U-232 (medium lung absorption) (e)
1.0x10'
27x10-
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
U-232 (slow lung absorption) (f)
1.0x10¹
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
U-233 (fast lung absorption) (d)
1.0x10¹
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
U-233 (medium lung absorption) (e)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-6
U-233 (slow lung absorption) (f)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
U-234 (fast lung absorption) (d)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-?
U-234 (medium lung absorption) (e)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x104
2.7x10-6
U-234 (slow lung absorption) (f)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
U-235 (all lung absorption types)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-?
(b),(d),(e),(f).
U-236 (fast lung absorption) (d)
1.0x10'
2.7x10⁻¹⁰
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
U-238 (medium lung absorption) (e)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10*
2.7x10-6
U-238 (slow lung absorption) (f)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
U-238 (all lung absorption types)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x104
2.7x10-1
(b),(d).(e).(f).
U (nat) (b)
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
U (enriched to 20% or less)(g)
1.0
2.7x10-11
1.0x10³
2.7x10-8
U (dep)
1.0
2.7x10-"
1.0x10³
2.7x10-8
V-48
Vanadium (23)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
V-49
1.0x10*
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
W-178
Tungsten (74)
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x10
2.7x10-5
W-181
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
W-185
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
W-187
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
W-188
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Xe-122
Xenon (54)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10*
2.7x10-2
Xe-123
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x108
2.7x10-2
Xe-127
1.0x103
2.7x10-B
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Xe-131m
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
1.0x104
2.7x10-?
Xe-133
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x104
2.7x10-7
Xe-135
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x1010
2.7x10-1
Y-87
Yttrium (39)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x108
2.7x10-1
Y-88
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Y-90
1.0x103
2.7x10-*
1.0x105
2.7x10-6
Y-91
1.0x10³
2.7x10-*
1.0x10*
27x10-3
Y-91m
1.0x102
2.7x10-s
1.0x10*
2.7x10-s
Y-92
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x10
2.7x10-6
Y-93
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x10
2.7x10-6
Yb-169
Ytterblum (70)
1.0x102
2.7x10-9
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Yb-175
1.0x10s
2.7x10-'
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Zn-65
Zinc (30)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Zn-69
1.0x104
2.7x10-?
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Zn-69m
1.0x102
2.7x10-'
1.0x10*
2.7x10-5
Zr-88
Zirconlum (40)
1.0x102
2.7x10-*
1.0x106
2.7x10-s
Zr-93 (b)
1.0x10³
2.7x10-8
1.0x107
2.7x10-4
Zr-95
1.0x10'
2.7x10-10
1.0x106
2.7x10-5
Zr-97 (b)
1.0x101
2.7x10-10
1.0x105
2.7x10⁻⁶
[Reserved]
Parent nuclides and their progeny included in secular equilibrium are listed in the following:
Sr-90 Y-90
Zr-93 Nb-93m
Zr-97
Nb-97
680
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.441
Ru-106 Rh-106
Cs-137 Ba-137m
Ce-134 La-134
Ce-144 Pr-144
Ba-140 La-140
Bi-212 TI-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
Pb-210 Bi-210, Po-210
Pb-212 BI-212. TI-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
Rn-220
Po-216
Rn-222 Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214
Ra-223 Rn-219, Po-215, Pb-211, Bi-211, TI-207
Ra-224 Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, TI-208(0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
Ra-226 Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214. Pb-210, BI-210, Po-210
Ra-228
Ac-228
Th-226 Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214
Th-228 Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212. Bi-212, TI-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
Th-229 Ra-225, Ac-225, Fr-221, At-217, Bi-213, Po-213, Pb-209
Th-nat Ra-228, Ac-228, Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, TI-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
Th-234 Pa-234m
U-230 Th-226, Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214
U-232 Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220. Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, TI-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
U-235 Th-231
U-238 Th-234, Pa-234m
U-nat Th-234, Pa-234m, U-234, Th-230, Ra-226, Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210
U-240 Np-240m
Np-237 Pa-233
Am-242 mAm-242
Am-243 Np-239
[Reserved]
d These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UFs UO2F2 and UO₂(NO₃)₂ in both normal
and accident conditions of transport.
These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO3. UF4. UCL and hexavalent compounds
in both normal and accident conditions of transport.
These values apply to all compounds of uranlum other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table.
0 These values apply to unirradiated uranium only.
[69 FR 3685, Jan. 26, 2004)
(iii) There are no loading or unloading operations between the beginning
§ 173.441 Radiation level limitations
and end of the transportation:
and exclusive use provisions.
(2) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) at any point
(a) Except as provided in paragraph
on the outer surfaces of the vehicle, in-
(b) of this section, each package of
cluding the top and underside of the ve-
Class 7 (radioactive) materials offered
hicle; or in the case of a flat-bed style
for transportation must be designed
vehicle. at any point on the vertical
and prepared for shipment, so that
planes projected from the outer edges
under conditions normally incident to
of the vehicle, on the upper surface of
the load or enclosure if used, and on
transportation, the radiation level does
the lower external surface of the vehinot exceed 2 mSv/hour (200 mrem/hour)
cle;
at any point on the external surface of
(3) 0.1 mSv/h (10 mrem/h) at any point
the package, and the transport index
2 m (6.6 feet) from the outer lateral
does not exceed 10.
surfaces of the vehicle (excluding the
(b) A package which exceeds the raditop and underside of the vehicle): or in
ation level limits specified in parathe case of a flat-bed style vehicle, at
graph (a) of this section must be transany point 2 m (6.6 feet) from the
ported by exclusive use shipment, and
vertical planes projected by the outer
the radiation levels for such shipment
edges of the vehicle (excluding the top
may not exceed the following during
and underside of the vehicle); and
transportation:
(4) 0.02 mSv/h (2mrem/h) in any nor-
(1) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) on the extermally occupied space, except that this
nal surface of the package unless the
provision does not apply to carriers if
following conditions are met, in which
they operate under the provisions of a
case the limit is 10 mSv/h (1000 mrem/
State or federally regulated radiation
h):
protection program and if personnel
under their control who are in such an
(i) The shipment is made in a closed
occupied space wear radiation dosimtransport vehicle;
etry devices.
(ii) The package is secured within the
(c) For shipments made under the
vehicle so that its position remains
provisions of paragraph (b) of this secfixed during transportation: and
tion, the offeror shall provide specific
681
§ 173.442
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
written instructions for maintenance
(2) 85 °C (185 °F) in an exclusive use
of the exclusive use shipment controls
shipment.
to the carrier. The instructions must
be included with the shipping paper in-
§ 173.443 Contamination control.
formation. The instructions must be
sufficient so that, when followed, they
(a) The level of non-fixed (removable)
radioactive contamination on the exwill cause the carrier to avoid actions
that will unnecessarily delay delivery
ternal surfaces of each package offered
or unnecessarily result in increased rafor transport must be kept as low as
reasonable achievable. The level of
diation levels or radiation exposures to
non-fixed radioactive contamination
transport workers or members of the
general public.
may not exceed the limits set forth in
(d) Conveyance limits on the sum of
Table 9 and must be determined by either:
package transport indices are as follows:
(1) Wiping an area of 300 cm2 of the
(1) Except for shipments by cargo airsurface concerned with an absorbent
craft only or by seagoing vessel, the
material, using moderate pressure, and
sum of transport indices for a non-exmeasuring the activity on the wiping
clusive use shipment may not exceed
material. Sufficient measurements
50.
must be taken in the most appropriate
(2) Where a consignment is translocations to yield a representative asported under exclusive use, there is no
sessment of the non-fixed contaminalimit on the sum of the transport indition levels. The amount of radioacces aboard a single conveyance. The
tivity measured on any single wiping
conditions of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3),
material, divided by the surface area
(b)(4) and (c) must be met.
wiped and divided by the efficiency of
(3) Provisions for shipments of Class
the wipe procedure (the fraction of re-
7 (radioactive) materials by air are demovable contamination transferred
scribed in §§ 175.700-175.705 of this subfrom the surface to the absorbent machapter.
terial), may not exceed the limits set
(4) Provisions for shipment of Class 7
forth in Table 9 at any time during
(radioactive) materials by vessel are
transport. For this purpose the actual
described in §§ 176.700-176.720 of this
wipe efficiency may be used, or the
subchapter.
wipe efficiency may be assumed to be
(e) A package exceeding the max-
0.10; or
imum surface radiation level or max-
(2) Alternatively, the level of nonimum transport index prescribed in
fixed radioactive contamination may
paragraph (a) of this section may not
be determined by using other methods
be transported by aircraft.
of equal or greater efficiency.
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
Table 9 is as follows:
amended at 63 FR 48568, Sept. 10, 1998; 66 FR
45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004)
TABLE 9-NON-FIXED EXTERNAL RADIOACTIVE
CONTAMINATION LIMITS FOR PACKAGES
§ 173.442 Thermal limitations.
Maximum permissible lim-
A package of Class 7 (radioactive)
its
material must be designed, con-
Contaminant
structed, and loaded so that-
Bq/cm2
uCi/
dpm/
cm2
cm2
(a) The heat generated within the
package by the radioactive contents
1. Beta and gamma emitiers
and low toxicity alpha emitters
4
10-4
220
will not, during conditions normally
2. All other alpha emitting radioincident to transport, affect the integnuclides
0.4
10-5
22
rity of the package; and
(b) The temperature of the accessible
(b) Except as provided in paragraph
external surfaces of the loaded package
(d) of this section, in the case of packwill not, assuming still air in the shade
ages transported as exclusive use shipat an ambient temperature of 38 °C (100
ments by rail or public highway only,
°F). exceed eitherthe removable (non-fixed) radioactive
(1) 50 °C (122 °F) in other than an excontamination on any package at any
clusive use shipment; or
time during transport may not exceed
682
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.448
ten times the levels prescribed in para-
(a) The number of packages and overgraph (a) of this section. The levels at
packs bearing FISSILE labels stored in
the beginning of transport may not exany one storage area, such as a transit
ceed the levels prescribed in paragraph
area, terminal building, storeroom, wa-
(a) of this section.
terfront pier, or assembly yard, must
(c) Except as provided in paragraph
be limited so that the total sum of the
(d) of this section, each transport vehicriticality safety indices in any indicle used for transporting Class 7 (radiovidual group of such packages and
active) materials as an exclusive use
overpacks does not exceed 50. Groups of
shipment that utilizes the provisions of
such packages and overpacks must be
paragraph (b) of this section must be
stored so as to maintain a spacing of at
surveyed with appropriate radiation
least 6 m (20 feet) from all other groups
detection instruments after each use. A
of such packages and overpacks.
vehicle may not be returned to service
(b) Storage requirements for Class 7
until the radiation dose rate at each
(radioactive) material transported in
accessible surface is 0.005 mSv per hour
vessels are described in subpart M of
(0.5 mrem per hour) or less, and there is
part 176 of this subchapter.
no significant removable (non-fixed)
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307. Sept. 28, 1995. as
radioactive surface contamination as
amended by 66 FR 45380. Aug. 28, 2001: 69 FR
specified in paragraph (a) of this sec-
3691, Jan. 26, 2004)
tion.
(d) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of this sec-
§ 173.448 General transportation retion do not apply to any closed transquirements.
port vehicle used solely for the trans-
(a) Each shipment of Class 7 (radioportation by highway or rail of Class 7
active) materials must be secured to
(radioactive) material packages with
prevent shifting during normal transcontamination levels that do not exportation conditions.
ceed 10 times the levels prescribed in
(b) Except as provided in $$174.81,
paragraph (a) of this section if-
176.83, and 177.848 of this subchapter, or
(1) A survey of the interior surfaces
as otherwise required by the Comof the empty vehicle shows that the rapetent Authority in the applicable cerdiation dose rate at any point does not
tificate, a package or overpack of Class
exceed 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per
7 (radioactive) materials may be carhour) at the surface or 0.02 mSv per
ried among packaged general cargo
hour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 m (3.3 feet)
without special stowage provisions, iffrom the surface;
(1) The heat output in watts does not
(2) Each vehicle is stenciled with the
exceed 0.1 times the minimum package
words "For Radioactive Materials Use
dimension in centimeters; or
Only" in letters at least 76 millimeters
(2) The average surface heat flux of
(3 inches) high in a conspicuous place
the package or overpack does not exon both sides of the exterior of the veceed 15 watts per square meter and the
hicle; and
immediately surrounding cargo is not
(3) Each vehicle is kept closed except
in sacks or bags or otherwise in a form
for loading or unloading.
that would seriously impede air circulation for heat removal.
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
(c) Packages or overpacks bearing laamended by Amdt. 173-244, 61 FR 20753, May
bels prescribed in $172.403 of this sub-
8, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691,
chapter may not be carried in compart-
Jan. 26, 2004: 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004)
ments occupied by passengers, except
$ 173.447 Storage incident to transporin those compartments exclusively retation-general requirements.
served for couriers accompanying those
packages.
The following requirements apply to
(d) Mixing of different kinds of packtemporary storage during the course of
ages that include fissile packages is autransportation but not to Nuclear Regthorized only in accordance with
ulatory Commission or Agreement
$173.459.
State-licensed facilities or U.S. Gov-
(e) No person shall offer for transporernment-owned or contracted facilitation or transport aboard a passengerties.
carrying aircraft any single package or
683
§ 173.453
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
overpack with a transport index greatrial. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hyer than 3.0.
drogenous material enriched in deute-
(f) No person shall offer for transporrium may be present in the package
tation or transport aboard a passengerbut must not be included in detercarrying aircraft any Class 7 (radiomining the required mass of solid
active) material unless that material is
nonfissile material.
intended for use in, or incident to, re-
(d) Uranium enriched in uranium-235
search, medical diagnosis or treatment.
to a maximum of 1 percent by weight,
(g) If an overpack is used to consoliand with total plutonium and uraniumdate individual packages or to enclose
233 content of up to 1 percent of the
a single package of Class 7 (radiomass of uranium-235, provided that the
active) materials, the package(s) must
mass of any beryllium, graphite, and
comply with the packaging. marking,
hydrogenous material enriched in deuand labeling requirements of this subterium constitute less than 5 percent of
chapter, and:
the uranium mass.
(1) The overpack must be labeled as
(e) Liquid solutions of uranyl nitrate
prescribed in 172.403(h) of this subenriched in uranium-235 to a maximum
chapter;
of 2 percent by mass, with a total plu-
(2) The overpack must be marked as
tonium and uranium-233 content not
prescribed in subpart D of part 172 of
exceeding 0.002 percent of the mass of
this subchapter and $173.25(a); and
uranium, and with a minimum nitro-
(3) The transport index of the overgen to uranium atomic ratio (N/U) of 2.
pack may not exceed 3.0 for passenger-
The material must be contained in at
carrying aircraft shipments, or 10.0 for
least a DOT Type A package.
cargo-aircraft shipments.
(f) Packages containing, individually,
[69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004]
a total plutonium mass of not more
than 1000 grams, of which not more
§ 173.453 Fissile materials-exceptions.
than 20 percent by mass may consist of
Fissile materials meeting the replutonium-239, plutonium-241, or any
quirements of at least one of the paracombination of these radionuclides.
graphs (a) through (f) of this section
[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004)
are excepted from the requirements of
this subpart for fissile materials, in-
§ 173.457 Transportation of fissile macluding the requirements of §§ 173.457
terial packages-specific requireand 173.459, but are subject to all other
ments.
requirements of this subpart, except as
(a) Packages containing fissile radionoted.
active material which are not excepted
(a) An individual package containing
under $173.453 must be assigned by the
2 grams or less of fissile material.
offeror, in accordance with their defini-
(b) An individual or bulk packaging
tions in $173.403, a criticality safety
containing 15 grams or less of fissile
index (CSI) and a transport index (TI).
material provided the package has at
(b) Fissile material packages and
least 200 grams of solid nonfissile maconveyances transporting fissile mateterial for every gram of fissile material packages must satisfy the radirial. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hyation level restrictions of § 173.441.
drogenous material enriched in deute-
(c) Except for consignments under exrium may be present in the package
clusive use, the CSI of any package or
but must not be included in deteroverpack may not exceed 50. A fissile
mining the required mass for solid
material package with CSI greater
nonfissile material.
than 50 must be transported by exclu-
(c) Low concentrations of solid fissile
sive use.
material commingled with solid
(d) For non-exclusive use shipments
nonfissile material, provide that:
of fissile material packages, except on
(1) There is at least 2000 grams of
vessels, the total sum of CSI's in a
nonfissile material for every gram of
freight container or on a conveyance
fissile material, and
may not exceed 50.
(2) There is no more than 180 grams
(e) For exclusive use shipments of
of fissile material distributed within
fissile material packages, except on
360 kg of contiguous nonfissile matevessels, the total sum of CSI's in a
684
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.462
freight container or on a conveyance
presented for transport. The use of
may not exceed 100.
non-radioactive substitute contents is
(f) Exclusive use shipments of fissile
encouraged provided that the results of
material packages must satisfy the rathe testing take into account the radiation level and administrative redioactive characteristics of the conquirements of $173.441(b).
tents for which the package is being
(g) The number of packages, overtested;
packs and freight containers con-
(2) Reference to a previous, satisfactaining fissile material stored in trantory demonstration of compliance of a
sit in any one storage area must be so
sufficiently similar nature;
limited that the total sum of the CSI's
(3) Performance of tests with models
in any group of packages, overpacks or
of appropriate scale incorporating
freight containers does not exceed 50.
those features that are significant with
Groups of packages shall be stored so
respect to the item under investigaas to maintain a spacing of a least 6 m
tion, when engineering experience has
(20 ft) between the closest surfaces of
shown results of those tests to be suitany two groups.
able for design purposes. When a scale
(h) Provisions for shipment by vessel
model is used, the need for adjusting
of Class 7 (radioactive) material packcertain test parameters, such as the
ages, including fissile material packpenetrator diameter or the compresages by vessel are described in
sive load, must be taken into account;
§§ 176.700-176.720 of this subchapter.
or
(4) Calculations or reasoned evalua-
[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]
tion, using reliable and conservative
§ 173.459 Mixing of fissile material
procedures and parameters.
packages with non-fissile or fissile-
(b) With respect to the initial condiexcepted material packages.
tions for the tests under §§ 173.465
Mixing of fissile material packages
through 173.469, except for the water
with other types of Class 7 (radioimmersion tests, compliance must be
active) materials in any conveyance or
based upon the assumption that the
storage location is authorized only if
package is in equilibrium at an ambithe TI of any single package does not
ent temperature of 38 °C (100 °F).
exceed 10. the CSI of any single pack-
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28. 1995, as
age does not exceed 50, and the proviamended by 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1. 1998)
sions of §§ 173.441 and 173.457 are satisfied.
§ 173.462 Preparation of specimens for
testing.
[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]
(a) Each specimen (i.e., sample, pro-
§ 173.461 Demonstration of compliance
totype or scale model) must be examwith tests.
ined before testing to identify and
(a) Compliance with the design rerecord faults or damage, including:
quirements in $173.412 and the test re-
(1) Divergence from the specificaquirements in §§ 173.465 through 173.469
tions or drawings:
must be shown by any of the methods
(2) Defects in construction;
prescribed in this paragraph, or by a
(3) Corrosion or other deterioration;
combination of these methods approand
priate for the particular feature being
(4) Distortion of features.
evaluated:
(b) Any deviation found under para-
(1) Performance of tests with protograph (a) of this section from the specitypes or samples of the specimens repfied design must be corrected or approresenting LSA-III, special form Class 7
priately taken into account in the sub-
(radioactive) material, or packaging, in
sequent evaluation.
which case the contents of the pack-
(c) The containment system of the
aging for the test must simulate as
packaging must be clearly specified.
closely as practicable the expected
(d) The external features of the specirange of physical properties of the ramen must be clearly identified so that
dioactive contents or packaging to be
reference may be made to any part of
tested, must be prepared as normally
it.
685
$ 173.465
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
§ 173.465 Type A packaging tests.
(3) For fiberboard or wood rectangular packages with a mass of 50 kg
(a) The packaging, with contents,
(110 pounds) or less, a separate specimust be capable of withstanding the
men must be subjected to a free drop
water spray, free drop, stacking and
onto each corner from a height of 0.3 m
penetration tests prescribed in this sec-
(1 foot).
tion. One prototype may be used for all
tests if the requirements of paragraph
(4) For cylindrical fiberboard packages with a mass of 100 kg (220 pounds)
(b) of this section are met.
or less, a separate specimen must be
(b) Water spray test. The water spray
subjected to a free drop onto each of
test must precede each test or test sethe quarters of each rim from a height
quence prescribed in this section. The
of 0.3 m (1 foot).
water spray test must simulate exposure to rainfall of approximately 5 cm
(5) The target for the free drop test
must be a flat. horizontal surface of
(2 inches) per hour for at least one
hour. The time interval between the
such mass and rigidity that any inend of the water spray test and the becrease in its resistance to displacement
ginning of the next test must be such
or deformation upon impact by the
that the water has soaked in to the
specimen would not significantly inmaximum extent without appreciable
crease the damage to the specimen.
drying of the exterior of the specimen.
(d) Stacking test. (1) The specimen
In the absence of evidence to the conmust be subjected for a period of at
trary, this interval may be assumed to
least 24 hours to a compressive load
be two hours if the water spray is apequivalent to the greater of the folplied from four different directions silowing:
multaneously. However, no time inter-
(i) Five times the mass of the actual
val may elapse if the water spray is appackage: or
plied from each of the four directions
(ii) The equivalent of 13 kilopascals
consecutively.
(1.9 psi) multiplied by the vertically
(c) Free drop test. The specimen must
projected area of the package.
drop onto the target so as to suffer
(2) The compressive load must be apmaximum damage to the safety feaplied uniformly to two opposite sides of
tures being tested, and:
the specimen, one of which must be the
(1) The height of the drop measured
base on which the package would norfrom the lowest point of the specimen
mally rest.
to the upper surface of the target may
(e) Penetration test. For the penetranot be less than the distance specified
tion test, the specimen must be placed
in table 10, for the applicable package
on a rigid, flat, horizontal surface that
mass. The target must be as specified
will not move significantly while the
in $173.465(c)(5). Table 10 is as follows:
test is being performed.
(1) A bar of 3.2 cm (1.25 inches) in di-
TABLE 10-FREE DROP DISTANCE FOR TESTING
ameter with a hemispherical end and a
PACKAGES TO NORMAL CONDITIONS OF
mass of 6 kg (13.2 pounds) must be
TRANSPORT
dropped and directed to fall with its
Free drop distance
longitudinal axis vertical, onto the
Package mass
center of the weakest part of the speci-
Kilograms (pounds)
Meters
(Feet)
men, so that. if it penetrates far
< Mass 5000 (11,000)
1.2
(4)
enough, it will hit the containment
5,000 (11,000) Mass to 10,000 (22,000)
0.9
(3)
system. The bar may not be signifi-
10,000 (22,000) Mass to 15,000
cantly deformed by the test; and
(33,000)
0.6
(2)
> 15,000 (33,000) Mass
0.3
(1)
(2) The height of the drop of the bar
measured from its lower end to the in-
(2) For packages containing fissile
tended point of impact on the upper
material, the free drop test specified in
surface of the specimen must be 1 m
paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be
(3.3 feet) or greater.
preceded by a free drop from a height
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
of 0.3 m (1 foot) on each corner, or in
amended by Amdt. 173-244. 61 FR 20753, May
the case of cylindrical packages, onto
8, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3692,
each of the quarters of each rim.
Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005]
686
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.469
§ 173.466 Additional tests for Type A
(4) The total activity of the free volpackagings designed for liquids and
ume of water must be measured folgases.
lowing the 7 day immersion test and
(a) In addition to the tests prescribed
must not exceed 0.1 A2.
in $173.465, Type A packagings designed
§ 173.469 Tests for special form Class 7
for liquids and gases must be capable of
(radioactive) materials.
withstanding the following tests:
(1) Free drop test. The packaging spec-
(a) Special form Class 7 (radioactive)
imen must drop onto the target so as
materials must meet the test requireto suffer the maximum damage to its
ments of paragraph (b) of this section.
containment. The height of the drop
Each solid Class 7 (radioactive) matemeasured from the lowest part of the
rial or capsule specimen to be tested
packaging specimen to the upper surmust be manufactured or fabricated so
face of the target must be 9 m (30 feet)
that it is representative of the actual
or greater. The target must be as specisolid material or capsule that will be
fied in $ 173.465(c)(5).
transported with the proposed radio-
(2) Penetration test. The specimen
active content duplicated as closely as
must be subjected to the test specified
practicable. Any differences between
in $173.465(e) except that the height of
the material to be transported and the
the drop must be 1.7 m (5.5 feet).
test material, such as the use of non-
(b) [Reserved]
radioactive contents. must be taken
into account in determining whether
[Amdt. 173-244. 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
the test requirements have been met.
amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001]
The following additional conditions
§ 173.467 Tests for demonstrating the
apply:
ability of Type B and fissile mate-
(1) A different specimen may be used
rials packagings to withstand accifor each of the tests;
dent conditions in transportation.
(2) The specimen may not break or
Each Type B packaging or packaging
shatter when subjected to the impact.
for fissile material must meet the test
percussion, or bending tests;
requirements prescribed in 10 CFR part
(3) The specimen may not melt or
71 for ability to withstand accident
disperse when subjected to the heat
conditions in transportation.
test; and
(4) After each test, leaktightness or
§ 173.468 Test for LSA-III material.
indispersibility of the specimen must
(a) LSA-III Class 7 (radioactive) mabe determined byterial must meet the test requirement
(i) A method no less sensitive than
of paragraph (b) of this section. Any
the leaching assessment prescribed in
differences between the material to be
paragraph (c) of this section. For a captransported and the test material must
sule resistant to corrosion by water,
be taken into account in determining
and which has an internal void volume
whether the test requirements have
greater than 0.1 milliliter, an alterbeen met.
native to the leaching assessment is a
(b) Test method. (1) The specimen repdemonstration of leaktightness of 10-4
resenting no less than the entire contorr-1/s (1.3 X 10-4 atm-cm3/s) based on
tents of the package must be immersed
air at 25 °C (77 °F) and one atmosphere
for 7 days in water at ambient temdifferential pressure for solid radioperature.
active content, or 10-6 torr-1/s (1.3 X
(2) The volume of water to be used in
10-6 atm-cm3/s) for liquid or gaseous
the test must be sufficient to ensure
radioactive content: or
that at the end of the test period the
(ii) A specimen that comprises or
free volume of the unabsorbed and
simulates Class 7 (radioactive) mateunreacted water remaining will be at
rial contained in a sealed capsule need
least 10% of the volume of the specinot be subjected to the leaching assessmen itself.
ment specified in paragraph (c) of this
(3) The water must have an initial pH
section provided it is alternatively subof 6-8 and a maximum conductivity of
jected to any of the volumetric leakage
10 micromho/cm at 20 °C (68 °F).
assessment tests prescribed in the
687
§ 173.469
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
International Organization for Stand-
(c) Leaching assessment methods. (1)
ardization document ISO 9978-1992(E):
For indispersible solid material-
"Radiation protection-Sealed radio-
(i) The specimen shall be immersed
active sources-Leakage test methods"
for seven days in water at ambient
(IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter).
temperature. The volume of water to
(b) Test methods.-(1) Impact Test. The
be used in the test shall be sufficient to
specimen must fall onto the target
ensure that at the end of the seven day
from a height of 9 m (30 feet) or greattest period the free volume of the
er. The target must be as specified in
unabsorbed and unreacted water re-
$173.465(c)(5).
maining shall be at least 10% of the
(2) Percussion Test. (i) The specimen
volume of the solid test sample itself.
must be placed on a sheet of lead that
The water shall have an initial pH of 6-
is supported by a smooth solid surface,
8 and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/
and struck by the flat face of a steel
m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 °C (68 °F).
billet so as to produce an impact equiv-
(ii) The water with specimen must
alent to that resulting from a free drop
then be heated to a temperature of 50
of 1.4 kg (3 pounds) through 1 m (3.3
°C ±5° (122 °F +9°) and maintained at
feet).
this temperature for four hours.
(ii) The flat face of the billet must be
(iii) The activity of the water must
2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the
then be determined.
edges rounded off to a radius of 3 mm
(iv) The specimen shall then be kept
+0.3 mm (0.12 inch +0.012 inch).
for at least seven days in still air at
(iii) The lead must be of hardness
not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative
number 3.5 to 4.5 on the Vickers scale
humidity not less than 90%.
and thickness 2.5 cm (1 inch) or great-
(v) The specimen must then be imer, and must cover an area greater
mersed in water under the same condithan that covered by the specimen.
tions as in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this
(iv) A fresh surface of lead must be
section, and the water with specimen
used for each impact.
must be heated to 50 C +5° (122 °F +9°)
(v) The billet must strike the speciand maintained at that temperature
men so as to cause maximum damage.
for four hours.
(3) Bending test. (i) This test applies
(vi) The activity of the water must
only to long, slender sources with a
then be determined. The activities delength of 10 cm (4 inches) or greater
termined in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this
and a length to width ratio of 10 or
section and this paragraph, (vi),
greater.
may not exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05
(ii) The specimen must be rigidly
microcurie).
clamped in a horizontal position so
(2) For encapsulated materialthat one half of its length protrudes
(i) The specimen shall be immersed
from the face of the clamp.
in water at ambient temperature. The
(iii) The orientation of the specimen
water shall have an initial pH of 6-8
must be such that the specimen will
and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/
suffer maximum damage when its free
end is struck by the flat face of a steel
m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 °C (68 °F).
billet.
(ii) The water and specimen must be
(iv) The billet must strike the speciheated to a temperature of 50 °C +5° (122
men so as to produce an impact equiva-
°F +9°) and maintained at this temperalent to that resulting from a free
ture for four hours.
vertical drop of 1.4 kg (3 pounds)
(iii) The activity of the water must
through 1 m (3.3 feet).
then be determined.
(v) The flat face of the billet must be
(iv) The specimen shall then be kept
2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the
for at least seven days in still air at
edges rounded off to a radius of 3 mm
not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative
+0.3 mm (.12 inch ±0.012 inch).
humidity not less than 90%.
(4) Heat test. The specimen must be
(v) The process in paragraphs
heated in air to a temperature of not
(c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(II), and (c)(2)(iii) of this
less than 800 °C (1475 °F), held at that
section must be repeated.
temperature for a period of 10 minutes.
(vi) The activity determined in paraand then allowed to cool.
graph (c)(2)(iii) of this section may not
688
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 173.471
exceed
2
kilobecquerels
(0.05
that package design, or if one has almicrocurie).
ready been issued, the offeror shall reg-
(d) A specimen that comprises or
ister in writing (including a description
simulates Class 7 (radioactive) mateof the quality assurance program rerial contained in a sealed capsule need
quired by 10 CFR part 71) with the U.S.
not be subjected to-
Competent Authority as a user of the
(1) The impact test and the percuscertificate. (NOTE: The person who
sion test of this section provided that
originally applies for a U.S. Competent
the mass of the special form radio-
Authority Certificate will be registered
active material is less than 200 g and it
automatically.) The registration reis alternatively subjected to the Class 4
quest must be sent to the Associate
impact test prescribed in ISO 2919,
Administrator for Hazardous Materials
"Sealed Radioactive Sources-Classi-
Safety (PHH-23), Department of Transfication" (IBR, see $171.7 of this subportation. 400 Seventh Street, SW.,
chapter); and
(2) The heat test of this section, pro-
Washington DC 20590-0001. Altervided the specimen is alternatively
natively, the application with any atsubjected to the Class 6 temperature
tached supporting documentation in an
test specified in the International Orappropriate format may be submitted
ganization for Standardization docuby facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or
ment ISO 2919-1980(e), "Sealed Radio-
(202) 366-3650, or by electronic mail (e-
active Sources-Classification." (see
mail) to "ramcert@dot.gov." Upon reg-
§ 171.7 of this subchapter)
istration, the offeror will be furnished
with a copy of the certificate. The of-
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
feror shall then submit a copy of the
amended at 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR
51919, Sept. 27. 1999: 66 FR 45184, 45380, 45381,
U.S. Competent Authority Certificate
Aug. 28, 2001: 68 FR 75742. 75747. Dec. 31, 2003;
applying to that package design to the
69 FR 3692. Jan. 26. 2004]
national competent authority of each
country into or through which the
§ 173.471 Requirements for U.S. Nupackage will be transported, unless the
clear Regulatory Commission apofferor has documentary evidence that
proved packages.
a copy has already been furnished; and
In addition to the applicable require-
(e) Each request for a U.S. Competent
ments of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory
Authority Certificate as required by
Commission (NRC) and other requirethe IAEA regulations must be subments of this subchapter, any offeror of
mitted in writing to the Associate Ad-
a Type B(U). Type B(M), or fissile maministrator. The request must be in
terial package that has been approved
triplicate and include copies of the apby the NRC in accordance with 10 CFR
plicable USNRC packaging approval,
part 71 must also comply with the fol-
USNRC Quality Assurance Program aplowing requirements:
proval number, and a reproducible 22
(a) The offeror shall be registered
cm X 30 cm (8.5"x11") drawing showing
with the USNRC as a party to the
the make-up of the package. The repackaging approval, and make the
shipment in compliance with the terms
quest and accompanying documentation must be sent to the Associate Adof the packaging approval;
ministrator for Hazardous Materials
(b) The outside of each package must
be durably and legibly marked with the
Safety (PHH-23), Department of Transpackage identification marking indiportation. 400 Seventh Street, SW.,
cated in the USNRC packaging ap-
Washington DC 20590-0001. Alterproval;
natively, the application with any at-
(c) Each shipping paper related to the
tached supporting documentation in an
shipment of the package must bear the
appropriate format may be submitted
package identification marking indiby facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or
cated in the USNRC packaging ap-
(202) 366-3650, or by electronic mail (e-
proval;
mail) to "ramcert@dot.gov." Each re-
(d) Before export shipment of the
quest is considered in the order in
package, the offeror shall obtain a U.S.
which it is received. To allow sufficient
Competent Authority Certificate for
time for consideration, requests must
689
$ 173.472
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
be received at least 90 days before the
producible 22 cm X 30 cm (8.5"x11") drawrequested effective date.
ing showing the make-up of the package. A copy of the USNRC quality as-
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001: 67 FR
surance program approval will satisfy
61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26. 2004;
the requirement for describing the
70 FR 56099, Sept. 23. 2005)
quality assurance program. The request and accompanying documenta-
§ 173.472 Requirements for exporting
tion may be sent by mail or other de-
DOT Specification Type B and
livery service. Alternatively, the refissile packages.
quest with any attached supporting
(a) Any offeror who exports a DOT
documentation submitted in an appro-
Specification Type B or fissile material
priate format may be sent by facsimile
package authorized by 173.416 or
(fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or
$173.417 shall comply with paragraphs
by electronic mail (e-mail) to
(b) through (f) of this section.
'ramcert@dot.gov.' Each request is con-
(b) The shipment must be made in acsidered in the order in which it is recordance with the conditions of the
ceived. To allow sufficient time for
U.S. Certificate of Competent Authorconsideration, requests must be reity.
ceived at least 90 days before the re-
(c) The outside of each package must
quested effective date.
be durably and legibly marked with the
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as
package identification marking indiamended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR
cated in the U.S. Competent Authority
61014, Sept. 27, 2002)
Certificate.
(d) Each shipping paper related to the
§ 173.473 Requirements for foreignshipment of the package must bear the
made packages.
package identification marking indi-
In addition to other applicable recated in the U.S. Competent Authority
quirements of this subchapter, each of-
Certificate.
feror of a foreign-made Type B(U).
(e) Before export of the package, the
Type B(M), Type C, Type CF. Type
offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent
H(U), Type H(M). or fissile material
Authority Certificate for that package
package for which a Competent Audesign, or if one has already been
thority Certificate is required by
issued, the offeror shall register in
IAEA's "Regulations for the Safe
writing (including a description of the
Transport of Radioactive Material. No.
quality assurance program required by
TS-R-1, " (IBR, see $171.7 of this sub-
10 CFR part 71, subpart H, or 49 CFR
chapter) shall also comply with the fol-
173.474 and 173.475) with the U.S. Comlowing requirements:
petent Authority as a user of the cer-
(a) Prior to the shipment of such a
tificate. Upon registration, the offeror
package of Class 7 (radioactive) matewill be furnished with a copy of the
rials into or from the U.S., the offeror
certificate. The offeror shall then subshall-
mit a copy of the U.S. Competent Au-
(1) Have the foreign competent authority Certificate applying to that
thority certificate revalidated by the
package design to the national com-
U.S. Competent Authority, unless this
petent authority of each country into
has been done previously. Each request
or through which the package will be
for revalidation must be submitted to
transported, unless the offeror has docthe Associate Administrator. The reumentary evidence that a copy has alquest must be in triplicate, contain all
ready been furnished.
the information required by Section
(f) Each request for a U.S. Competent
VII of the IAEA regulations in Safety
Authority Certificate as required by
Series No. 6, and include a copy in
the IAEA regulations must be sub-
English of the foreign competent aumitted in writing to the Associate Adthority certificate. Alternatively, the
ministrator. The request must be in
request with any attached supporting
triplicate and must include a descripdocumentation submitted in an approtion of the quality assurance program
priate format may be sent by facsimile
required by 10 CFR part 71, subpart H.
(fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or
or 49 CFR 173.474 and 173.475, and a reby
electronic
mail
to
690
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 173.476
"ramcert@dot.gov." Each request is conpackage. are within the limits specified
sidered in the order in which it is refor the package design.
ceived.
To allow sufficient time for consider-
§ 173.475 Quality control requirements
ation, requests must be received at
prior to each shipment of Class 7
least 90 days before the requested effec-
(radioactive) materials.
tive date;
Before each shipment of any Class 7
(2) Register in writing with the U.S.
(radioactive) materials package, the of-
Competent Authority as a user of the
feror must ensure, by examination or
package covered by the foreign comappropriate tests, thatpetent authority certificate and its
(a) The packaging is proper for the
U.S. revalidation. Alternatively, the
contents to be shipped:
registration request with any attached
(b) The packaging is in unimpaired
supporting documentation submitted
physical condition. except for superin an appropriate format may be sent
ficial marks;
by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or
(202) 366-3650, or by electronic mail (e-
(c) Each closure device of the packmail) to "ramcert@dot.gov." If the offeraging, including any required gasket, is
or is requesting the revalidation, regproperly installed. secured, and free of
istration is automatic: and
defects;
(3) Supply to the carrier, upon re-
(d) For fissile material, each moderquest, the applicable competent auator and neutron absorber, if required,
thority certificates. However, the comis present and in proper condition;
petent authority certificates are not
(e) Each special instruction for fillrequired to accompany the packages to
ing. closing, and preparation of the
which they apply.
packaging for shipment has been fol-
(b) The outside of each package must
lowed;
be durably and legibly marked with the
(f) Each closure, valve, or other opencompetent authority identification
ing of the containment system through
marking indicated on the Competent
which the radioactive content might
Authority Certificate and revalidation.
escape is properly closed and sealed;
(c) Each shipping paper for a ship-
(g) Each packaging containing liquid
ment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials
in excess of an A2 quantity and inmust bear a notation of the package
tended for air shipment has been tested
identification marking indicated on
to show that it will not leak under an
the competent authority certificate or
ambient atmospheric pressure of not
revalidation.
more than 25 kPa, absolute (3.6 psia).
(d) All requirements of the foreign
The test must be conducted on the encompetent authority certificate and
tire containment system, or on any rethe U.S. Competent Authority receptacle or vessel within the containvalidation must be fulfilled.
ment system, to determine compliance
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307. Sept. 28, 1995, as
with this requirement;
amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001: 67 FR
(h) The internal pressure of the con-
16015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75742. 75747, Dec.
tainment system will not exceed the
31. 2003; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004)
design pressure during transportation;
§ 173.474 Quality control for construcand
tion of packaging.
(i) External radiation and contamination levels are within the allowable
Prior to the first use of any packaging for the shipment of Class 7 (ralimits specified in this subchapter.
dioactive) material. the offeror shall
§ 173.476 Approval of special form
determine that-
Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
(a) The packaging meets the quality
of design and construction require-
(a) Each offeror of special form Class
ments as specified in this subchapter;
7 (radioactive) materials must mainand
tain on file for at least one year after
(b) The effectiveness of the shielding.
the latest shipment. and provide to the
containment and, when required, the
Associate Administrator on request, a
heat transfer characteristics of the
complete safety analysis, including
691
§ 173.477
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
documentation of any tests, dembased on international, national or
onstrating that the special form mateother standards, for the design. manurial meets the requirements of $173.469.
facture, testing. documentation, use,
An IAEA Certificate of Competent Aumaintenance and inspection, as approthority issued for the special form mapriate, of all special form material ofterial may be used to satisfy this refered for transport by the requester;
quirement.
and
(b) Prior to the first export shipment
(5) A description of any proposed preof a special form Class 7 (radioactive)
shipment actions, such as leak testing,
material from the United States, each
for use in the consignment of special
offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent
form radioactive material for trans-
Authority Certificate for the specific
port.
material. For special form material
(d) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this secmanufactured outside the United
tion do not apply in those cases where
States, an IAEA Certificate of Com-
A1 equals A₂ and the material is not repetent Authority from the country of
quired to be described on the shipping
origin may be used to meet this repapers as "Radioactive Material, Spequirement.
cial Form, n.o.s."
(c) Each request for a U.S. Competent
[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307. Sept. 28, 1995. as
Authority Certificate as required by
amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR
the IAEA regulations must be sub-
61015, Sept. 27. 2002: 69 FR 3693. Jan. 26, 2004]
mitted in writing. in triplicate, by mail
or other delivery service to the Asso-
$173.477 Approval of packagings conciate Administrator. Alternatively, the
taining greater than 0.1 kg of nonrequest with any attached supporting
fissile or fissile-excepted uranium
hexafluoride.
documentation submitted in an appropriate format may be sent by facsimile
(a) Each offeror of a package con-
(fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or
taining more than 0.1 kg of uranium
by electronic mail (e-mail) to
hexafluoride must maintain on file for
`ramcert@dot.gov.". Each request is
at least one year after the latest shipconsidered in the order in which it is
ment, and provide to the Associate Adreceived. To allow sufficient time for
ministrator on request, a complete
consideration, requests must be resafety analysis, including documentaceived at least 90 days before the retion of any tests, demonstrating that
quested effective date. Each petition
the package meets the requirements of
for a U.S. Competent Authority Certifi-
$173.420. An IAEA Certificate of Comcate must include the following inforpetent Authority issued for the design
mation:
of the packaging containing greater
(1) A detailed description of the mathan 0.1 kg of non-fissile or fissile-exterial, or if a capsule, a detailed decepted uranium hexafluoride may be
scription of the contents. Particular
used to satisfy this requirement.
reference must be made to both phys-
(b) Prior to the first export shipment
ical and chemical states;
of a package containing greater than
(2) A detailed statement of the cap-
0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride from
sule design and dimensions, including
the United States, each offeror shall
complete engineering drawings [22cm X
obtain a U.S. Competent Authority
30cm (81/2 inches X 11 inches)] and sched-
Certificate for the packaging design.
ules of material, and methods of con-
For packagings manufactured outside
struction;
the United States, each offeror shall
(3) A statement of the tests that have
comply with § 173.473.
been made and their results: or evi-
(c) Each request for a U.S. Competent
dence based on calculative methods to
Authority Certificate as required by
show that the material is able to pass
the IAEA regulations must be subthe tests; or other evidence that the
mitted in writing. in triplicate, by mail
special form Class 7 (radioactive) mateor other delivery service to the Assorial complies with $173.469:
ciate Administrator. Alternatively, the
(4) For the original request for a
request with any attached supporting
Competent Authority Certificate, evidocumentation submitted in an approdence of a quality assurance program
priate format may be sent by facsimile
692
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
Pt. 173, App. C
(fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or
specific hazardous material (at the conby electronic mail (e-mail) to
centration to be transported) and close as for
ramcert@dot.gov. Each request is conshipment. For the first and last 24 hours of
sidered in the order in which it is restorage under the selected test method, place
the containers with closures downward. exceived. To allow sufficient time for
cept that containers fitted with a vent are so
consideration, requests must be replaced on each occasion for five minutes
ceived at least 90 days before the reonly.
quested effective date. Each request for
4. For testing under Test Method 2 or 3 in
a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate
those instances where it is not practicable to
must include the following informause full size containers. smaller containers
tion:
may be used. The small container shall be
(1) A safety analysis report which, at
manufactured by the same process as the
a minimum. provides a detailed delarger container (for example. using the
scription of the packaging and consame method of molding and processing temtents; a description of the manufacperatures) and be made of identical resins,
pigments and additives.
turing process used for the packaging;
5. Determine filled container weight or net
and details of the tests conducted and
weight of contents both before and after
copy of their results. evidence based on
storage under the selected test method. Rate
calculative methods to show that the
of permeation is determined from loss of hazpackage is able to pass the tests, or
ardous materials contents, during the conother evidence that the package comduct of the test. expressed as a percentage of
plies with § 173.420; and
the original weight.
(2) For the original request for a
6. After storage under the selected test
Competent Authority Certificate, evimethod. the container shall be drained,
dence of a quality assurance program.
rinsed. filled to rated capacity with water
and. with filled container at ambient tem-
[69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004)
perature, dropped from a height determined
in accordance with $178.603(e) of this sub-
Subparts J-O [Reserved]
chapter onto a rigid non-resilient. flat and
horizontal surface.
APPENDIX A TO PART 173 [RESERVED]
7. Each of the following constitute test
failure:
APPENDIX B TO PART 173-PROCEDURE
a. Visible evidence of permanent deforma-
FOR TESTING CHEMICAL COMPATtion due to vapor pressure build-up or col-
IBILITY AND RATE OF PERMEATION IN
lapse of walls, deterioration. swelling, craz-
PLASTIC PACKAGING AND RECEPing. cracking, excessive corrosion,
oxidization, embrittlement, leakage. rupture
TACLES
or other defects likely to cause premature
1. The purpose of this procedure is to deterfailure or a hazardous condition.
mine the chemical compatibility and perme-
b. For materials meeting the definition of
ability of liquid hazardous materials pack-
a poison according to this subchapter. a rate
aged in plastic packaging and receptacles.
of permeation in excess of 0.5% determined
Alternatives for this procedure are permitted
over the test period. For all other hazardous
as specified in $173.24(e)(3)(11) of this submaterials, a rate of permeation in excess of
chapter.
2.0% determined over the test period.
2. Compatibility and rate of permeation
are determined by subjecting full size plastic
[Amdt. 173-176, 49 FR 24691, June 14, 1984, as
amended by Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52670 Dec.
containers (or smaller containers as permitted in paragraph 4 of this appendix) and
21. 1990; 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-
hazardous material lading to one of the fol-
234, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1. 1993: 66 FR 45379, Aug.
lowing combinations of time and tempera-
28. 2001]
ture:
a. Test Method 1: 180 days at a temperature
APPENDIX C TO PART 173-PROCEDURE
no lower than 18 °C. (64 °F.)
FOR BASE-LEVEL VIBRATION TESTING
b. Test Method 2: 28 days at a temperature
no lower than 50 °C. (122 °F.)
Base-level vibration testing shall be con-
c. Test Method 3: 14 days at a temperature
ducted as follows:
no lower than 60 °C. (140 °F.)
1. Three sample packagings, selected at
3. Regardless of which test method is used,
random, must be filled and closed as for shipat least three sample containers shall be
ment. A non-hazardous material may be used
tested for each combination of hazardous
in place of the hazardous material if it has
material and size and design of container.
essentially the same physical characteris-
Fill containers to rated capacity with the
tics.
693
Pt. 173, App. D
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
2. The three packages must be placed on a
(a) Close the bottom with a plastic plug of
vibrating platform that has a vertical doudiameter equal to the inner diameter of the
ble-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement)
glass tube:
of one inch. The packages should be con-
(b) Place a small amount of absorbent cotstrained horizontally to prevent them from
ton on top of the plug;
falling off the platform. but must be left free
(c) Place a plastic disk that matches the
to move vertically, bounce and rotate.
inner diameter to the glass tube and has
3. The test must be performed continuseven small perforations on top of the cotously for one hour at a frequency that causes
ton: and
each package to be raised from the vibrating
(d) Place 10 g (0.35 ounce) of the dynamite
platform to such a degree that a piece of masample on top of the disk.
terial of approximately 1.6 mm (0.063 inch)
The assembled glass tube is then placed in a
thickness (such as steel strapping or paperhand-operated centrifuge and spun for one
board) can be passed between the bottom of
minute at 600 rpm (revolutions per minute).
any package and the platform.
The dynamite sample is then removed from
4. Immediately following the period of vithe glass tube and weighed to determine the
bration. each package shall be removed from
percent of weight loss.
the platform, turned on its side and observed
for any evidence of leakage.
3. TEST METHOD D-3-Compression Exudation
Test
5. Rupture or leakage from any of the
packages constitutes failure of the test.
The entire apparatus for this test is shown
in Figure 1 of this appendix. The test is con-
[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52671, Dec. 21. 1990]
ducted using the following procedures:
(a) A glass tube, 135 mm (5.3 inches) long
APPENDIX D TO PART 173-TEST METHand one inch in diameter, is held on a wood-
ODS FOR DYNAMITE (EXPLOSIVE,
en base;
BLASTING, TYPE A)
(b) A small amount of absorbent cotton is
placed into the bottom of the glass tube:
1. TEST METHOD D-1-LEAKAGE TEST
(c) Ten g (0.35 ounce) of dynamite sample
A wooden stick, 114 mm (4.5 inches) long
are placed on top of the cotton in the glass
tube;
and 4.8 mm (0.2 inch) inch in diameter, with
(d) A small amount of absorbent cotton is
a sharpened end is used to punch 5 holes in
one end of the wrapper of a dynamite carplaced on top of the dynamite sample:
(e) A plastic disk that matches the inner
tridge. A cork stopper is placed on the botdiameter of the glass tube and has seven
tom of a glass volumetric cylinder. The dysmall perforations is placed on top of the
namite cartridge is placed, perforated end
cotton;
down. resting on the cork stopper in the cyl-
(f) A plastic plug matching the inner diinder. The entire assembly is placed in an
ameter of the glass tube is then placed on
oven at 38 °C (100 °F) for 48 hours and then
top of the disk:
examined visually for evidence of leakage.
(g) The glass tube assembly is placed under
2. TEST METHOD D-2-Centrifugal Exudation
the compression rod, and compression is ap-
Test
plied by means of the weight on the metal
lever rod. The sample is compressed for one
The test apparatus consists of a glass tube,
minute; and
135 mm (5.3 inches) long and one inch in di-
(h) The dynamite sample is then removed
ameter. with both ends open, and is assemfrom the glass tube and weighed to deterbled in the following manner:
mine the percent of weight loss.
694
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
Pt. 173, App. H
FIGURE 1
COMPRESSION APPARATUS
64.5 cm
10.2 cm
32.4 cm
10.5 cm
11.4 cm
METAL LEVER ROD
9.1 Kg
METAL
WEIGHT
COMPRESSION ROD
10.5 cm
COUNTERBALANCE
(2.5 cm WIDE AND
WEIGHT
0.6 cm THICK)
MAIN
FRAME
20.0 cm
(21 Kg)
2.50 cm o.d.
5.0 cm DIAMETER
BILLING CODE 4910-60-C
[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52671, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1.
1993]
APPENDIXES E-G TO PART 173
for the gas jet may be fitted at any conven-
[RESERVED]
ient angle to the gas jet. A suitable apparatus is shown in Figure 32.5.2.1 of the UN
APPENDIX H TO PART 173-METHOD OF
Manual of Test and Criteria, and the essen-
TESTING FOR SUSTAINED COMBUStial dimensions are given in Figures 32.5.2.1
and 32.5.2.2 of the UN Manual and Tests and
TIBILITY
Criteria. The following equipment is needed:
1. METHOD
(a) Gauge, for checking that the height of
the center of the gas jet above the top of the
The method describes a procedure for detest portion well is 2.2 mm (see Figure
termining if the material when heated under
32.5.2.1):
the test conditions and exposed to an exter-
(b) Thermometer, mercury in glass. for horinal source of flame applied in a standard
zontal operation, with a sensitivity not less
manner sustains combustion.
than 1 mm/ °C, or other measuring device of
equivalent sensitivity permitting reading at
2. PRINCIPLE OF THE METHOD
0.5 °C intervals. When in position in the
block. the thermometer bulb must be sur-
A metal block with a concave depression
rounded with thermally conducting thermo-
(test portion well) is heated to a specified
plastic compound:
temperature. A specified volume of the ma-
(c) Hotplate, fitted with a temperature-conterial under test is transferred to the well.
trol device. (Other types of apparatus with
and its ability to sustain combustion is
suitable temperature-control facilities may
noted after application and subsequent rebe employed to heat the metal block);
moval of a standard flame under specified
(d) Stopwatch, or other suitable timing deconditions.
vice:
3. APPARATUS
(e) Syringe, capable of delivering 2 mL to
an accuracy of +0.1 mL: and
A combustibility tester consisting of a
(f) Fuel source, butane test fuel.
block of aluminum alloy or other corrosionresistant metal of high thermal conductivity
4. SAMPLING
is used. The block has a concave well and a
The sample must be representative of the
pocket drilled to take a thermometer. A
material to be tested and must be supplied
small gas jet assembly on a swivel is atand kept in a tightly closed container prior
tached to the block. The handle and gas inlet
to test. Because of the possibility of loss of
695
Pt. 174
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
volatile constituents, the sample must re-
(g) If sustained combustion interpreted in
ceive only the minimum treatment necaccordance with paragraph 6. of this appenessary to ensure its homogeneity. After redix is not found, repeat the complete procemoving each test portion. the sample condure with new test portions, but with a heattainer must be immediately closed tightly to
ing time of 30 S.
ensure that no volatile components escape
from the container; if this closure is incom-
(h) If sustained combustion interpreted in
plete, an entirely new sample must be taken.
accordance with paragraph 6. of this appendix is not found at a test temperature of 60.5
5. PROCEDURE
°C (141 °F). repeat the complete procedure
with new test portions, but at a test tem-
Carry out the determination in triplicate.
perature of 75 °C (167 °F). In the case of a ma-
WARNING-Do not carry out the test in a
terial which has a flash point above 60.5 °C
small confined area (for example a glove box)
because of the hazard of explosions.
(141 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F), if sustained
(a) It is essential that the apparatus be set
combustion interpreted in accordance with
up in a completely draft-free area (see warnparagraph 6. of this appendix is not found at
ing) and in the absence of strong light to fa-
a test temperature of 5 °C (9 °F) above its
cilitate observation of flash, flame, etc.
flash point. repeat the complete procedure
(b) Place the metal block on the hotplate
with new test portions, but at a test temor heat the metal block by other suitable
perature of 20 °C (36 °F) above its flash point.
means so that its temperature, as indicated
by the thermometer placed in the metal
6. INTERPRETATION OF OBSERVATIONS
block, is maintained at the specified tem-
The material must be assessed either as
perature within a tolerance of ±1 °C. For the
not sustaining combustion or as sustaining
appropriate test temperature, see paragraph
combustion. Sustained combustion must be
5.(h) of this appendix. Correct this temperareported at either of the heating times if one
ture for the difference in barometric pressure
of the following occurs with either of the
from the standard atmospheric pressure
(101.3 kPa) by raising the test temperature
test portions:
for a higher pressure or lowering the test
(a) When the test flame is in the "off" positemperature for a lower pressure by 1.0 °C for
tion, the test portion ignites and sustains
each 4 kPa difference. Ensure that the top of
combustion;
the metal block is exactly horizontal. Use
(b) The test portion ignites while the test
the gauge to check that the jet is 2.2 mm
flame is in the test position for 15 S, and susabove the top of the well when in the test potains combustion for more than 15 S after the
sition.
test flame has been returned to the "off" po-
(c) Light the butane test fuel with the jet
sition.
away from the test position (i.e. in the "off"
position, away from the well). Adjust the
NOTE TO PARAGRAPH 6 OF THIS APPENDIX:
size of the flame so that it is 8 mm to 9 mm
Intermittent flashing may not be interpreted
high and approximately 5 mm wide,
as sustained combustion. Normally, at the
(d) Using the syringe. take from the samend of 15 S. the combustion has either clearly
ple container at least 2 mL of the sample and
ceased or continues. In cases of doubt. the
rapidly transfer a test portion of 2 mL +0.1
material must be deemed to sustain combus-
mL to the well of the combustibility tester
tion.
and Immediately start the timing device.
(e) After a heating time of 60 seconds (s),
[Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67517. Dec. 29, 1994, as
by which time the test portion is deemed to
amended by Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50627. Sept.
have reached its equilibrium temperature,
26, 1996; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75747,
and if the test fluid has not ignited, swing
Dec. 31. 2003: 69 FR 76179. Dec. 20, 2004]
the test flame into the test position over the
edge of the pool of liquid. Maintain it in this
PART 174-CARRIAGE BY RAIL
position for 15 S and then return It to the
"off" position while observing the behavior
of the test portion. The test flame must re-
Subpart A-General Requirements
main lighted throughout the test.
Sec.
(f) For each test observe and record:
(i) whether there is ignition and sustained
174.1 Purpose and scope.
combustion or flashing, or neither, of the
174.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials
test portion before the test flame is moved
shipments.
into the test position;
174.5 Carrier's materials and supplies.
(ii) whether the test portion ignites while
174.9 Inspection and acceptance.
the test flame is in the test position, and, if
174.14 Movements to be expedited.
so, how long combustion is sustained after
174.16 Removal and disposition of hazardous
the test flame is returned to the "off" posimaterials at destination.
tion.
174.20 Local or carrier restrictions.
696
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 177.810
177.804 Compliance with Federal Motor Carand shall ensure its hazmat employees
rier Safety Regulations.
receive training in relation thereto.
177.810 Vehicular tunnels.
(c) Responsibility for training. A car-
177.816 Driver training.
rier may not transport a hazardous ma-
177.817 Shipping papers.
terial by motor vehicle unless each of
177.823 Movement of motor vehicles in
its hazmat employees involved in that
emergency situations.
transportation is trained as required
Subpart B-Loading and Unloading
by this part and subpart H of part 172
of this subchapter.
177.834 General requirements.
(d) No unnecessary delay in movement
177.835 Class 1 materials.
of shipments. All shipments of haz-
177.837 Class 3 materials.
ardous materials must be transported
177.838 Class 4 (flammable solid) materials,
Class 5 (oxidizing) materials, and Diviwithout unnecessary delay, from and
sion 4.2 (pyroforic liquid) materials.
including the time of commencement
177.839 Class 8 (corrosive) materials.
of the loading of the hazardous mate-
177.840 Class 2 (gases) materials.
rial until its final unloading at destina-
177.841 Division 6.1 and Division 2.3 matetion.
rials.
177.842 Class 7 (radioactive) material.
[Amdt. 177-79, 57 FR 20954, May 15, 1992, as
177.843 Contamination of vehicles.
amended by Amdt.177-86, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29,
1996]
Subpart C-Segregation and Separation
Chart of Hazardous Materials
§ 177.801 Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.
177.848 Segregation of hazardous materials.
No person may accept for transpor-
Subpart D-Vehicles and Shipments in
tation or transport by motor vehicle a
forbidden material or hazardous mate-
Transit; Accidents
rial that is not prepared in accordance
177.854 Disabled vehicles and broken or
with the requirements of this subleaking packages; repairs.
chapter.
Subpart E-Regulations Applying to Haz-
[Amdt. 177-87, 61 FR 27175, May 30. 1996]
ardous Material on Motor Vehicles
Carrying Passengers for Hire
§ 177.802 Inspection.
Records, equipment, packagings and
177.870 Regulations for passenger carrying
containers under the control of a
vehicles.
motor carrier, insofar as they affect
AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127; 49 CFR 1.53.
safety in transportation of hazardous
materials by motor vehicle, must be
Subpart A-General Information
made available for examination and inand Regulations
spection by a duly authorized representative of the Department.
§ 177.800 Purpose and scope of this
part and responsibility for compli-
[Amdt. 177-71, 54 FR 25015, June 12, 1989)
ance and training.
§ 177.804 Compliance with Federal
(a) Purpose and scope. This part pre-
Motor Carrier Safety Regulations.
scribes requirements, in addition to
Motor carriers and other persons subthose contained in parts 171, 172, 173,
ject to this part must comply with 49
178 and 180 of this subchapter, that are
CFR part 383 and 49 CFR parts 390
applicable to the acceptance and transthrough 397 (excluding $$397.3 and 397.9)
portation of hazardous materials by
to the extent those regulations apply.
private, common, or contract carriers
by motor vehicle.
[68 FR 23842, May 5, 2003]
(b) Responsibility for compliance. Unless this subchapter specifically pro-
$177.810 Vehicular tunnels.
vides that another person shall perform
Except as regards Class 7 (radio-
a particular duty, each carrier, includactive) materials, nothing contained in
ing a connecting carrier, shall perform
parts 170-189 of this subchapter shall be
the duties specified and comply with
so construed as to nullify or supersede
all applicable requirements in this part
regulations established and published
803
§ 177.816
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
under authority of State statute or
subchapter and have the appropriate
municipal ordinance regarding the
State-issued commercial driver's likind, character, or quantity of any
cense required by 49 CFR part 383. Spehazardous material permitted by such
cialized training shall include the folregulations to be transported through
lowing:
any urban vehicular tunnel used for
(1) Operation of emergency control
mass transportation.
features of the cargo tank or portable
[Amdt. 177-52. 46 FR 5316, Jan. 19, 1981, as
tank;
amended by Amdt. 177-78, 55 FR 52710, Dec.
(2) Special vehicle handling charac-
21, 1990; 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997]
teristics, including: high center of
gravity, fluid-load subject to surge, ef-
§ 177.816 Driver training.
fects of fluid-load surge on braking,
(a) In addition to the training recharacteristic differences in stability
quirements of $177.800, no carrier may
among baffled, unbaffled. and multitransport, or cause to be transported, a
compartmented tanks; and effects of
hazardous material unless each hazmat
partial loads on vehicle stability;
employee who will operate a motor ve-
(3) Loading and unloading procehicle has been trained in the applicable
dures;
requirements of 49 CFR parts 390
(4) The properties and hazards of the
through 397 and the procedures necmaterial transported; and
essary for the safe operation of that
(5) Retest and inspection requiremotor vehicle. Driver training shall inments for cargo tanks.
clude the following subjects:
(c) The training required by para-
(1) Pre-trip safety inspection;
graphs (a) and (b) of this section may
(2) Use of vehicle controls and equipbe satisfied by compliance with the
ment, including operation of emercurrent requirements for a Commercial
gency equipment;
Driver's License (CDL) with a tank ve-
(3) Operation of vehicle, including
hicle or hazardous materials endorseturning, backing, braking, parking,
ment.
handling, and vehicle characteristics
(d) Training required by paragraph
including those that affect vehicle sta-
(b) of this section must conform to the
bility, such as effects of braking and
requirements of $172.704 of this subcurves, effects of speed on vehicle conchapter with respect to frequency and
trol, dangers associated with maneurecordkeeping.
vering through curves, dangers associated with weather or road conditions
[Amdt. 177-79, 57 FR 20954, May 15, 1992, as
that a driver may experience (e.g., blizamended by Amdt. 177-79, 58 FR 5852. Jan. 22,
zards, mountainous terrain, high
1993]
winds), and high center of gravity;
$177.817 Shipping papers.
(4) Procedures for maneuvering tunnels, bridges, and railroad crossings;
(a) General requirements. A person
(5) Requirements pertaining to atmay not accept a hazardous material
tendance of vehicles, parking, smokfor transportation or transport a hazing, routing, and incident reporting;
ardous material by highway unless
and
that person has received a shipping
(6) Loading and unloading of matepaper prepared in accordance with part
rials, including-
172 of this subchapter or the material
(i) Compatibility and segregation of
is excepted from shipping paper recargo in a mixed load;
quirements under this subchapter. A
(ii) Package handling methods; and
subsequent carrier may not transport a
(iii) Load securement.
hazardous material unless it is accom-
(b) Specialized requirements for cargo
panied by a shipping paper prepared in
tanks and portable tanks. In addition to
accordance with part 172 of this subthe training requirement of paragraph
chapter, except for $172.204, which is
(a) of this section, each person who opnot required.
erates a cargo tank or a vehicle with a
(b) Shipper certification. An initial
portable tank with a capacity of 1,000
carrier may not accept a hazardous
gallons or more must receive training
material offered for transportation unapplicable to the requirements of this
less the shipping paper describing the
804
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 177.823
material includes a shipper's certificopy or an electronic image thereof,
cation which meets the requirements
that is accessible at or through its
in $172.204 of this subchapter. Except
principal place of business and must
for a hazardous waste, the certification
make the shipping paper available,
is not required for shipments to be
upon request, to an authorized official
transported entirely by private carof a Federal, State, or local governriage and for bulk shipments to be
ment agency at reasonable times and
transported in a cargo tank supplied by
locations. For a hazardous waste, the
the carrier.
shipping paper copy must be retained
(c) Requirements when interlining with
for three years after the material is accarriers by rall. A motor carrier shall
cepted by the initial carrier. For all
mark on the shipping paper required by
other hazardous materials, the shipthis section, if it offers or delivers a
ping paper copy must be retained for
freight container or transport vehicle
one year after the material is accepted
to a rail carrier for further transporby the carrier. Each shipping paper
tation:
copy must include the date of accept-
(1) A description of the freight conance by the carrier. A motor carrier (as
tainer or transport vehicle; and
defined in $390.5 of subchapter B of
(2) The kind of placard affixed to the
chapter III of subtitle B) using a shipfreight container or transport vehicle.
ping paper without change for multiple
(d) This subpart does not apply to a
shipments of one or more hazardous
material that is excepted from shipmaterials having the same shipping
ping paper requirements as specified in
name and identification number may
§ 172.200 of this subchapter.
retain a single copy of the shipping
(e) Shipping paper accessibility-accipaper, instead of a copy for each shipdent or inspection. A driver of a motor
ment made, if the carrier also retains a
vehicle containing hazardous material,
record of each shipment made that inand each carrier using such a vehicle,
cludes shipping name, identification
shall ensure that the shipping paper renumber, quantity transported, and
quired by this section is readily availdate of shipment.
able to, and recognizable by, authori-
[Amdt. 177-35, 41 FR 16130, Apr. 15, 1976, as
ties in the event of accident or inspecamended by Amdt. 177-35A, 41 FR 40691, Sept.
tion. Specifically, the driver and the
20, 1976; Amdt. 177-48, 45 FR 47670, Nov. 10.
carrier shall:
1980; Amdt. 177-65, 50 FR 11055, Mar. 19, 1985;
(1) Clearly distinguish the shipping
Amdt. 177-72, 53 FR 17160. May 13, 1988; 67 FR
46128, July 12, 2002; 67 FR 66574, Nov. 1, 2002:
paper, if it is carried with other ship-
68 FR 19277, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 57633, Oct. 6.
ping papers or other papers of any
2003; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005]
kind, by either distinctively tabbing it
or by having it appear first; and
§ 177.823 Movement of motor vehicles
(2) Store the shipping paper as folin emergency situations.
lows:
(a) A carrier may not move a trans-
(i) When the driver is at the vehicle's
port vehicle containing a hazardous
controls, the shipping paper shall be:
material unless the vehicle is marked
(A) Within his immediate reach while
and placarded in accordance with part
he is restrained by the lap belt; and (B)
172 or as authorized in $171.12a § of this
either readily visible to a person entersubchapter, or unless, in an emergency:
ing the driver's compartment or in a
(1) The vehicle is escorted by a repholder which is mounted to the inside
resentative of a state or local governof the door on the driver's side of the
ment;
vehicle.
(2) The carrier has permission from
(ii) When the driver is not at the vethe Department: or
hicle's controls, the shipping paper
(3) Movement of the transport vehicle
shall be: (A) In a holder which is
is necessary to protect life or property.
mounted to the inside of the door on
(b) Disposition of contents of cargo tank
the driver's side of the vehicle; or (B)
when unsafe to continue. In the event of
on the driver's seat in the vehicle.
a leak in a cargo tank of such a char-
(f) Retention of shipping papers. Each
acter as to make further transporperson receiving a shipping paper retation unsafe, the leaking vehicle
quired by this section must retain a
should be removed from the traveled
805
§ 177.834
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
portion of the highway and every availliquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class
able means employed for the safe dis-
5 (oxidizing), or Division 2.1 (flammable
posal of the leaking material by pregas) materials is forbidden.
venting, so far as practicable, its
(d) Keep fire away, loading and unloadspread over a wide area, such as by
ing. Extreme care shall be taken in the
digging trenches to drain to a hole or
loading or unloading of any Class 1 (exdepression in the ground, diverting the
plosive), Class 3 (flammable liquid),
liquid away from streams or sewers if
Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxipossible, or catching the liquid in condizing), or Division 2.1 (flammable gas)
tainers if practicable. Smoking, and
materials into or from any motor vehiany other source of ignition, in the vicle to keep fire away and to prevent
cinity of a leaking cargo tank is not
persons in the vicinity from smoking,
permitted.
lighting matches, or carrying any
(c) Movement of leaking cargo tanks. A
flame or lighted cigar, pipe, or cigaleaking cargo tank may be transported
rette.
only the minimum distance necessary
(e) Handbrake set while loading and
to reach a place where the contents of
unloading. No hazardous material shall
the tank or compartment may be disbe loaded into or on, or unloaded from,
posed of safely. Every available means
any motor vehicle unless the handmust be utilized to prevent the leakage
brake be securely set and all other reaor spillage of the liquid upon the highsonable precautions be taken to preway.
vent motion of the motor vehicle dur-
[Amdt. 177-35, 41 FR 16130, Apr. 15, 1976, as
ing such loading or unloading process.
amended by Amdt. 177-67, 50 FR 41521, Oct.
(f) Use of tools, loading and unloading.
11, 1985; Amdt. 177-86, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29,
No tools which are likely to damage
1996]
the effectiveness of the closure of any
package or other container, or likely
Subpart B-Loading and
adversely to affect such package or
Unloading
container, shall be used for the loading
or unloading of any Class 1 (explosive)
NOTE: For prohibited loading and storage
material or other dangerous article.
of hazardous materials, see § 177.848.
(g) [Reserved]
(h) Precautions concerning containers
§ 177.834 General requirements.
in transit; fueling road units. Reasonable
(a) Packages secured in a motor vehicle.
care should be taken to prevent undue
Any package containing any hazardous
rise in temperature of containers and
material, not permanently attached to
their contents during transit. There
a motor vehicle, must be secured
must be no tampering with such conagainst shifting, including relative motainer or the contents thereof nor any
tion between packages, within the vedischarge of the contents of any conhicle on which it is being transported,
tainer between point of origin and
under conditions normally incident to
point of billed destination. Discharge
transportation. Packages having valves
of contents of any container, other
or other fittings must be loaded in a
than a cargo tank or IM portable tank,
manner to minimize the likelihood of
must not be made prior to removal
damage during transportation.
from the motor vehicle. Nothing con-
(b) Each package containing a haztained in this paragraph shall be so
ardous material bearing package oriconstrued as to prohibit the fueling of
entation markings prescribed in
machinery or vehicles used in road con-
$ 172.312 of this subchapter must be
struction or maintenance.
loaded on a transport vehicle or within
(i) Attendance requirements-(1) Load-
a freight container in accordance with
ing. A cargo tank must be attended by
such markings and must remain in the
a qualified person at all times when it
correct position indicated by the markis being loaded. The person who is reings during transportation.
sponsible for loading the cargo tank is
(c) No smoking while loading or unloadalso responsible for ensuring that it is
ing. Smoking on or about any motor
so attended.
vehicle while loading or unloading any
(2) Unloading. A motor carrier who
Class 1 (explosive), Class 3 (flammable
transports hazardous materials by a
806
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 177.834
cargo tank must ensure that the cargo
(2) When transporting certain flamtank is attended by a qualified person
mable material-(i) Use of combustion
at all times during unloading. Howcargo heaters. A motor vehicle equipped
ever, the carrier's obligation to ensure
with a combustion cargo heater may be
attendance during unloading ceases
used to transport Class 3 (flammable
when:
liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas)
(i) The carrier's obligation for transmaterials only if each of the following
porting the materials is fulfilled;
requirements are met:
(ii) The cargo tank has been placed
(A) It is a catalytic heater.
upon the consignee's premises; and
(B) The heater's surface temperature
(iii) The motive power has been recannot exceed 54 °C (130 °F)-either on
moved from the cargo tank and re-
a thermostatically controlled heater or
moved from the premises.
on a heater without thermostatic con-
(3) Except for unloading operations
trol when the outside or ambient temsubject to $177.837(d). 177.840(p), and
perature is 16 °C (61 °F) or less.
177.840(q). a qualified person "attends"
(C) The heater is not ignited in a
the loading or unloading of a cargo
loaded vehicle.
tank if, throughout the process, he is
(D) There is no flame, either on the
alert and is within 7.62 m (25 feet) of
catalyst or anywhere in the heater.
the cargo tank. The qualified person
(E) The manufacturer has certified
attending the unloading of a cargo
that the heater meets the requirements
tank must have an unobstructed view
under paragraph (1)(2)(i) of this section
of the cargo tank and delivery hose to
by permanently marking the heater
the maximum extent practicable dur-
"MEETS DOT REQUIREMENTS FOR
ing the unloading operation.
CATALYTIC HEATERS USED WITH
(4) A person is "qualified" if he has
FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND GAS."
been made aware of the nature of the
(F) The heater is also marked "DO
hazardous material which is to be load-
NOT LOAD INTO OR USE IN CARGO
ed or unloaded, he has been instructed
COMPARTMENTS CONTAINING FLAMon the procedures to be followed in
MABLE LIQUID OR GAS IF FLAME IS
emergencies, he is authorized to move
VISIBLE ON CATALYST OR IN HEATthe cargo tank, and he has the means
ER."
to do so.
(j) Except for a cargo tank con-
(G) Heater requirements under
forming to $173.29(b)(2) of this sub-
$393.77 of this title are complied with.
chapter. a person may not drive a
(ii) Effective date for combustion heater
cargo tank motor vehicle containing a
requirements. The requirements under
hazardous material regardless of quanparagraph (1)(2)(i) of this section govtity unless:
ern as follows:
(1) All manhole closures are closed
(A) Use of a heater manufactured
and secured; and
after November 14, 1975, is governed by
(2) All valves and other closures in
every requirement under (1)(2)(i) of this
liquid discharge systems are closed and
section;
free of leaks.
(B) Use of a heater manufactured be-
(k) [Reserved]
fore November 15, 1975, is governed
(1) Use of cargo heaters when transonly by the requirements under (1)(2)(1)
porting certain hazardous material.
(A), (C), (D), (F) and (G) of this section
Transportation includes loading, caruntil October 1, 1976; and
rying, and unloading.
(C) Use of any heater after September
(1) When transporting Class 1 (explo-
30, 1976, is governed by every requiresive) materials. A motor vehicle
ment under paragraph (1)(2)(i) of this
equipped with a cargo heater of any
section.
type may transport Class 1 (explosive)
(iii) Restrictions on automatic cargomaterials only if the cargo heater is
space-heating temperature control devices.
rendered inoperable by: (i) Draining or
Restrictions on these devices have two
removing the cargo heater fuel tank;
dimensions: Restrictions upon use and
and (ii) disconnecting the heater's
restrictions which apply when the depower source.
vice must not be used.
807
§ 177.834
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(A) Use restrictions. An automatic
and for trailer-on-flat-car service is recargo-space-heating temperature conquired.
trol device may be used when trans-
(n) Specification 56, 57. IM 101, and
porting Class 3 (flammable liquid) or
IM 102 portable tanks, when loaded,
Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials
may not be stacked on each other nor
only if each of the following requireplaced under other freight during
ments is met:
transportation by motor vehicle.
(1) Electrical apparatus in the cargo
(o) Unloading of IM and UN portable
compartment is nonsparking or explotanks. No person may unload an IM or
sion proof.
UN portable tank while it remains on a
(2) There is no combustion apparatus
transport vehicle with the motive
in the cargo compartment.
power unit attached except under the
(3) There is no connection for return
following conditions:
of air from the cargo compartment to
(1) The unloading operation must be
the combustion apparatus.
attended by a qualified person in ac-
(4) The heating system will not heat
cordance with the requirements in
any part of the cargo to more than 54
paragraph (1) of this section. The per-
°C (129 °F).
son performing unloading functions
(5) Heater requirements under § 393.77
must be trained in handling emerof this title are complied with.
gencies that may occur during the un-
(B) Protection against use. Class 3
loading operation.
(2) Prior to unloading, the operator
(flammable liquid) or Division 2.1
of the vehicle on which the portable
(flammable gas) materials may be
tank is transported must ascertain
transported by a vehicle, which is
that the conditions of this paragraph
equipped with an automatic cargo-
(o) are met.
space-heating temperature control de-
(3) An IM or UN portable tank
vice that does not meet each requirement of paragraph (1) )(iii)(A) of this
equipped with a bottom outlet as authorized in Column (7) of the 172.101
section, only if the device is first ren-
Table of this subchapter by assignment
dered inoperable, as follows:
of a T Code in the appropriate proper
(1) Each cargo heater fuel tank, if
shipping name entry, and that contains
other than LPG, must be emptied or
a liquid hazardous material of Class 3,
removed.
PG I or II, or PG III with a flash point
(2) Each LPG fuel tank for automatic
of less than 100 °F (38 °C); Division 5.1,
temperature control equipment must
PG I or II; or Division 6.1. PG I or II,
have its discharge valve closed and its
must conform to the outlet requirefuel feed line disconnected.
ments in $178.275(d)(3) of this sub-
(m) Tanks constructed and mainchapter; or, until October 1, 2004, be untained in compliance with Spec. 106A
loaded only at a facility conforming to
or 110A ($$ 179.300, 179.301 of this subthe followingchapter) that are authorized for the
(i) The applicable fire suppression reshipment of hazardous materials by
quirements in 29 CFR 1910.106(e), (f),
highway in part 173 of this subchapter
(g), (h). and (i);
must be carried in accordance with the
(ii) The emergency shutdown requirefollowing requirements:
ments in 29 CFR 1910.119(f), 1910.120(q)
(1) Tanks must be securely chocked
and 1910.38(a):
or clamped on vehicles to prevent any
(iii) The emergency response planshifting.
ning requirements in 29 CFR part 1910
(2) Equipment suitable for handling a
and 40 CFR part 68;
tank must be provided at any point
(iv) An emergency discharge control
where a tank is to be loaded upon or reprocedure applicable to unloading opermoved from a vehicle.
ations, including instructions on han-
(3) No more than two cargo carrying
dling emergencies that may occur durvehicles may be in the same combinaing the unloading operation; and
tion of vehicles.
(v) Public access to the unloading
(4) Compliance with 174.200 and
area must be controlled in a manner
174.204 of this subchapter for combinaensuring no public access during untion rail freight, highway shipments
loading.
808
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 177.835
(4) Alternatively, conformance to
(2) Any full trailer in the combinaequivalent or more stringent non-fedtion has a wheel base of less than 184
eral requirements is authorized in
inches;
place of paragraphs (o) (i) through
(3) Any vehicle in the combination is
(o) (3) (iv) of this section.
a cargo tank which is required to be
marked or placarded under $177.823; or
[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32
(4) The other vehicle in the combina-
FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967)
tion contains any:
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-
(i) Substances, explosive, n.o.s., Divitations affecting $177.834, see the List of CFR
sion 1.1A (explosive) material (Initi-
Sections Affected which appears in the Findating explosive),
ing Aids section of the printed volume and
(ii) Packages of Class 7 (radioactive)
on GPO Access.
materials bearing "Yellow III" labels,
(iii) Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A or
§ 177.835 Class 1 materials.
Hazard Zone B materials or Division
(See also $177.834 (a) to (j).)
6.1, PG I, Hazard Zone A materials, or
(a) Engine stopped. No Class 1 (explo-
(iv) Hazardous materials in a portsive) materials shall be loaded into or
able tank or a DOT specification 106A
on or be unloaded from any motor vehior 110A tank.
cle with the engine running.
(d) [Reserved]
(b) Care in loading, unloading, or other
(e) No sharp projections inside body of
handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials.
vehicles. No motor vehicle transporting
No bale hooks or other metal tools
any kind of Class 1 (explosive) material
shall be used for the loading, unloadshall have on the interior of the body
ing, or other handling of Class 1 (exploin which the Class 1 (explosive) matesive) materials, nor shall any package
rials are contained, any inwardly proor other container of Class 1 (explosive)
jecting bolts, screws, nails, or other inmaterials, except barrels or kegs, be
wardly projecting parts likely to
rolled. No packages of Class 1 (exploproduce damage to any package or consive) materials shall be thrown or
tainer of Class 1 (explosive) materials
dropped during process of loading or
during the loading or unloading process
unloading or handling of Class 1 (exploor in transit.
sive) materials. Special care shall be
(f) Class 1 (explosive) materials vehicles,
exercised to the end that packages or
floors tight and lined. Motor vehicles
other containers containing Class 1 (extransporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials shall not catch fire
plosive) materials shall have tight
floors; shall have that portion of the
from sparks or hot gases from the exinterior in contact with the load lined
haust tailpipe.
with either non-metallic material or
(1) Whenever tarpaulins are used for
non-ferrous metals, except that the lincovering Class 1 (explosive) materials,
ing is not required for truck load shipthey shall be secured by means of rope,
ments loaded by the Departments of
wire, or other equally efficient tie
the Army, Navy or Air Force of the
downs. Class 1 (explosive) materials
United States Government provided
placards or markings required by
the Class 1 (explosive) materials are of
$ 177.823 shall be secured, in the approsuch nature that they are not liable to
priate locations, directly to the equipleakage of dust, powder, or vapor which
ment transporting the Class 1 (explomight become the cause of an explosive) materials. If the vehicle is prosion. The interior of the cargo space
vided with placard boards, the placards
must be in good condition so that there
must be applied to these boards.
will not be any likelihood of containers
(2) [Reserved]
being damaged by exposed bolts, nuts,
(c) Class 1 (explosive) materials on vehibroken side panels or floor boards, or
cles in combination. Division 1.1 or 1.2
any similar projections.
(explosive) materials may not be load-
(g) No detonator assembly or booster
ed into or carried on any vehicle or a
with detonator may be transported on
combination of vehicles if:
the same motor vehicle with any Divi-
(1) More than two cargo carrying vesion 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 material (except
hicles are in the combination;
other detonator assemblies, boosters
809
§ 177.837
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
with detonators or detonators), detoin either event care must be taken to
nating cord Division 1.4 material or Diprotect the load from moisture and
vision 1.5 material. No detonator may
sparks, except that subject to other
be transported on the same motor vehiprovisions of these regulations, Class 1
cle with any Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 ma-
(explosive) materials other than black
terial (except other detonators, detopowder may be transported on flat-bed
nator assemblies or boosters with detovehicles if the explosive portion of the
nators), detonating cord Division 1.4
load on each vehicle is packed in fire
material or Division 1.5 material unand water resistant containers or COVless-
ered with a fire and water resistant
(1) It is packed in a specification MC
tarpaulin.
201 ($178.318 of this subchapter) con-
(1) Class 1 (explosive) materials to be
tainer; or
protected against damage by other lading.
(2) The package conforms with re-
No motor vehicle transporting any
quirements prescribed in $173.62 of this
Class 1 (explosive) material may transsubchapter, and its use is restricted to
port as a part of its load any metal or
instances whenother articles or materials likely to
(i) There is no Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 or
damage such Class 1 (explosive) mate-
1.5 material loaded on the motor vehirial or any package in which it is concle; and
tained, unless the different parts of
(ii) A separation of 61 cm (24 inches)
such load be so segregated or secured
is maintained between each package of
in place in or on the motor vehicle and
detonators and each package of detoseparated by bulkheads or other suitnating cord; or
able means as to prevent such damage.
(3) It is packed and loaded in accord-
(j) Transfer of Class 1 (explosive) mateance with a method approved by the
rials en route. No Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3
Department. One method approved by
(explosive) material shall be transthe Department requires thatferred from one container to another,
(1) The detonators are in packagings
or from one motor vehicle to another
as prescribed in $173.63 of this subvehicle, or from another vehicle to a
chapter which in turn are loaded into
motor vehicle, on any public highway,
suitable containers or separate comstreet, or road, except in case of emerpartments; and
gency. In such cases red electric lan-
(ii) That both the detonators and the
terns, red emergency reflectors or red
container or compartment meet the reflags shall be set out in the manner
quirements of the Institute of Makers
prescribed for disabled or stopped
of Explosives' Safety Library Publicamotor vehicles. (See Motor Carrier
tion No. 22 (IBR, see $171.7 of this sub-
Safety Regulations, part 392 of this
chapter).
title.) In any event, all practicable
(h) Lading within body or covered tailmeans, in addition to these hereingate closed. Except as provided in parabefore prescribed, shall be taken to
graph (g) of this section, dealing with
protect and warn other users of the
the transportation of liquid nitroglychighway against the hazard involved in
erin, desensitized liquid nitroglycerin
any such transfer or against the hazard
or diethylene glycol dinitrate, all of
occasioned by the emergency making
that portion of the lading of any motor
such transfer necessary.
vehicle which consists of Class 1 (explo-
[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32
sive) materials shall be contained en-
FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
tirely within the body of the motor ve-
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cihicle or within the horizontal outline
tations affecting $177.835, see the List of CFR
thereof, without overhang or projec-
Sections Affected which appears in the Findtion of any part of the load and if such
ing Aids section of the printed volume and
motor vehicle has a tailboard or tailon GPO Access.
gate, it shall be closed and secured in
place during such transportation.
§ 177.837 Class 3 materials.
Every motor vehicle transporting Class
(See also $177.834 (a) to (j).)
1 (explosive) materials must either
(a) Engine stopped. Unless the engine
have a closed body or have the body
of a cargo tank motor vehicle is to be
thereof covered with a tarpaulin, and
used for the operation of a pump, Class
810
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 177.838
3 material may not be loaded into, or
so that there is no release of vapor at
on, or unloaded from any cargo tank
a point where a spark could occur,
motor vehicle while the engine is runbonding or grounding is not required.
ning. The diesel engine of a cargo tank
Contact of the closed connection must
motor vehicle may be left running durbe made before flow starts and must
ing the loading and unloading of a
not be broken until after the flow is
Class 3 material if the ambient atmoscompleted.
pheric temperature is at or below -12
(3) Bonding or grounding is not re-
°C (10°F).
quired when a cargo tank is unloaded
(b) Bonding and grounding containers
through a nonvapor-tight connection
other than cargo tanks prior to and durinto a stationary tank provided the
ing transfer of lading. For containers
metallic filling connection is mainwhich are not in metallic contact with
tained in contact with the filling hole.
each other, either metallic bonds or
(d) Unloading combustible liquids. For
ground conductors shall be provided for
a cargo tank unloading a material
the neutralization of possible static
meeting the definition for combustible
charges prior to and during transfers of
liquid in $173.150(f) of this subchapter,
Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials
the qualified person attending the unbetween such containers. Such bonding
loading operation must remain within
shall be made by first connecting an
45.72 meters (150 feet) of the cargo tank
electric conductor to the container to
and 7.62 meters (25 feet) of the delivery
be filled and subsequently connecting
hose and must observe both the cargo
the conductor to the container from
tank and the receiving container at
which the liquid is to come, and not in
least once every five minutes during
any other order. To provide against igunloading operations that take more
nition of vapors by discharge of static
than five minutes to complete.
electricity, the latter connection shall
[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29. 1964]
be made at a point well removed from
the opening from which the Class 3
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-
(flammable liquid) material is to be
tations affecting $177.837, see the List of CFR
discharged.
Sections Affected which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and
(c) Bonding and grounding cargo tanks
on GPO Access.
before and during transfer of lading. (1)
When a cargo tank is loaded through
$ 177.838 Class 4 (flammable solid) maan open filling hole, one end of a bond
terials, Class 5 (oxidizing) matewire shall be connected to the starials, and Division 4.2 (pyroforic liqtionary system piping or integrally
uid) materials.
connected steel framing. and the other
(See also $177.834 (a) to (j).)
end to the shell of the cargo tank to
(a) Lading within body or covered; tailprovide a continuous electrical connecgate closed; pick-up and delivery. All of
tion. (If bonding is to the framing, it is
that portion of the lading of any motor
essential that piping and framing be
vehicle transporting Class 4 (flamelectrically interconnected.) This conmable solid) or Class 5 (oxidizing) manection must be made before any fillterials shall be contained entirely
ing hole is opened, and must remain in
within the body of the motor vehicle
place until after the last filling hole
and shall be covered by such body, by
has been closed. Additional bond wires
tarpaulins, or other suitable means,
are not needed around All-Metal flexiand if such motor vehicle has a tailble or swivel joints, but are required
board or tailgate, it shall be closed and
for nonmetallic flexible connections in
secured in place during such transporthe stationary system piping. When a
tation: Provided, however, That the procargo tank is unloaded by a suctionvisions of this paragraph need not
piping system through an open filling
apply to "pick-up and delivery" motor
hole of the cargo tank, electrical convehicles when such motor vehicles are
tinuity shall be maintained from cargo
used in no other transportation than in
tank to receiving tank.
and about cities, towns, or villages.
(2) When a cargo tank is loaded or
Shipment in water-tight bulk conunloaded through a vapor-tight (not
tainers need not be covered by a taropen hole) top or bottom connection,
paulin or other means.
811
$ 177.839
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(b) Articles to be kept dry. Special care
(g) A motor vehicle may only contain
shall be taken in the loading of any
45.4 kg (100 pounds) or less net mass of
motor vehicle with Class 4 (flammable
material described as "Smokeless powsolid) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials
der for small arms, Division 4.1".
which are likely to become hazardous
(h) Division 4.2 (pyrophoric liquid) mato transport when wet, to keep them
terials in cylinders. Cylinders containing
from being wetted during the loading
Division 4.2 (pyrophoric liquid) mateprocess and to keep them dry during
rials, unless packed in a strong box or
transit. Special care shall also be
case and secured therein to protect
taken in the loading of any motor vehivalves, must be loaded with all valves
cle with Class 4 (flammable solid) or
and safety relief devices in the vapor
Class 5 (oxidizing) materials, which are
space. All cylinders must be secured so
likely to become more hazardous to
that no shifting occurs in transit.
transport by wetting, to keep them
[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32
from being wetted during the loading
FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
process and to keep them dry during
transit. Examples of such dangerous
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER clmaterials are charcoal screenings,
tations affecting § 177.838, see the List of CFR
Sections Affected which appears in the Findground, crushed, or pulverized charing Aids section of the printed volume and
coal, and lump charcoal.
on GPO Access.
(c) Lading ventilation, precautions
against spontaneous combustion. When-
§ 177.839 Class 8 (corrosive) materials.
ever a motor carrier has knowledge
(See also § 177.834(a) through (j).)
concerning the hazards of spontaneous
(a) Nitric acid. No packaging of nitric
combustion or heating of any article to
acid of 50 percent or greater concentrabe loaded on a motor vehicle, such artition may be loaded above any packcle shall be so loaded as to afford suffiaging containing any other kind of macient ventilation of the load to provide
terial.
reasonable assurance against fire from
(b) Storage batteries. All storage batthis cause; and in such a case the
teries containing any electrolyte must
motor vehicle shall be unloaded as soon
be so loaded, if loaded with other ladas practicable after reaching its desing, that all such batteries will be protination. Charcoal screenings, or
tected against other lading falling onto
ground, crushed, granulated, or pulveror against them, and adequate means
ized charcoal, in bags, shall be so loadmust be provided in all cases for the
ed that the bags are laid horizontally
protection and insulation of battery
in the motor vehicle, and so piled that
terminals against short circuits.
there will be spaces for effective air
circulation, which spaces shall not be
[Amdt. 177-87, 61 FR 27175. May 30, 1996]
less than 10 cm (3.9 inches) wide; and
air spaces shall be maintained between
§ 177.840 Class 2 (gases) materials.
rows of bags. Bags shall not be piled
(See also $177.834 (a) to (j).)
closer than 15 cm (5.9 inches) from the
(a) Floors or platforms essentially flat.
top of any motor vehicle with a closed
Cylinders containing Class 2 (gases)
body.
materials shall not be loaded onto any
(d)-(e) [Reserved]
part of the floor or platform of any
(f) Nitrates, except ammonium nimotor vehicle which is not essentially
trate having organic coating, must be
flat; cylinders containing Class 2
loaded in closed or open type motor ve-
(gases) materials may be loaded onto
hicles, which must be swept clean and
any motor vehicle not having a floor or
be free of any projections capable of inplatform only if such motor vehicle be
juring bags when SO packaged. When
equipped with suitable racks having
shipped in open type motor vehicles,
adequate means for securing such cylthe lading must be suitably covered.
inders in place therein. Nothing con-
Ammonium nitrate having organic
tained in this section shall be so concoating must not be loaded in all-metal
strued as to prohibit the loading of
vehicles, other than those made of alusuch cylinders on any motor vehicle
minum or aluminum alloys of the
having a floor or platform and racks as
closed type.
hereinbefore described.
812
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 177.840
(1) Cylinders. Cylinders containing
No Division 2.1 (flammable gas) mate-
Class 2 gases must be securely rerial shall be loaded into or on or unstrained in an upright or horizontal poloaded from any cargo tank motor vesition, loaded in racks, or packed in
hicles with the engine running unless
boxes or crates to prevent the cylinders
the engine is used for the operation of
from being shifted, overturned or ejectthe transfer pump of the vehicle. Uned from the motor vehicle under norless the delivery hose is equipped with
mal transportation conditions. How-
a shut-off valve at its discharge end,
ever, after December 31, 2003, a presthe engine of the motor vehicle shall
sure relief device, when installed, must
be stopped at the finish of such loading
be in communication with the vapor
or unloading operation while the filling
space of a cylinder containing a Divior discharge connections are disconsion 2.1 (flammable gas) material.
nected.
(2) Cylinders for hydrogen, cryogenic
(e) Chlorine cargo tank motor vehiliquid. A Specification DOT-4L cylinder
cles shall be shipped only when
containing hydrogen, cryogenic liquid
equipped:
may only be transported on a motor
(1) With a gas mask of a type apvehicle as follows:
proved by the National Institute of Oc-
(i) The vehicle must have an open
cupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)
body equipped with a suitable rack or
Pittsburgh Research Center, U.S. Desupport having a means to hold the
partment of Health and Human Servcylinder upright when subjected to an
ices for chlorine service; and
acceleration of 2 "g" in any horizontal
(2) With an emergency kit for condirection;
trolling leaks in fittings on the dome
(ii) The combined total of the hydrocover plate.
gen venting rates, as marked, on the
(f) A cargo tank motor vehicle used
cylinders transported on one motor vefor transportation of chlorine may not
hicle may not exceed 60 SCF per hour;
be moved, coupled or uncoupled, when
(iii) The vehicle may not enter a tunany loading or unloading connections
nel; and
are attached to the vehicle, nor may it
(iv) Highway transportation is limbe left without the power unit attached
ited to private and contract carriage
unless the vehicle is chocked or equivaand to direct movement from point of
lent means are provided to prevent moorigin to destination.
tion. For additional requirements, see
(b) Portable tank containers con-
$173.315(o) of this subchapter.
taining Class 2 (gases) materials shall
be loaded on motor vehicles only as fol-
(g) Each liquid discharge valve on a
lows:
cargo tank motor vehicle, other than
(1) Onto a flat floor or platform of a
an engine fuel line valve, must be
motor vehicle.
closed during transportation except
(2) Onto a suitable frame of a motor
during loading and unloading.
vehicle.
(h) The driver of a motor vehicle
(3) In either such case, such contransporting a Division 2.1 (flammable
tainers shall be safely and securely
gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid
blocked or held down to prevent shiftin a package exceeding 450 L (119 galing relative to each other or to the suplons) of water capacity shall avoid unporting structure when in transit, parnecessary delays during transporticularly during sudden starts and
tation. If unforeseen conditions cause
stops and changes of direction of the
an excessive pressure rise, the driver
vehicle.
shall manually vent the tank at a re-
(4) Requirements of paragraphs (1)
mote and safe location. For each shipand (2) of this paragraph (b) shall not
ment, the driver shall make a written
be construed as prohibiting stacking of
record of the cargo tank pressure and
containers provided the provisions of
ambient (outside) temperature:
paragraph (3) of this paragraph (b) are
(1) At the start of each trip,
fully complied with.
(2) Immediately before and after any
(c) [Reserved]
manual venting,
(d) Engine to be stopped in cargo tank
(3) At least once every five hours. and
motor vehicles, except for transfer pump.
(4) At the destination point.
813
§ 177.840
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(i) No person may transport a Divi-
(m) Cargo tank motor vehicle safety
sion 2.1 (flammable gas) material that
check. Before unloading from a cargo
is a cryogenic liquid in a cargo tank
tank motor vehicle containing a liquemotor vehicle unless the pressure of
fied compressed gas, the qualified perthe lading is equal to or less than that
son performing the function must
used to determine the marked rated
check those components of the disholding time (MRHT) and the one-way
charge system, including delivery hose
travel time (OWTT), marked on the
assemblies and piping, that are readily
cargo tank in conformance with
observed during the normal course of
$173.318(g) of this subchapter, is equal
unloading to assure that they are of
to or greater than the elapsed time besound quality, without obvious defects
tween the start and termination of
detectable through visual observation
travel. This prohibition does not apply
and audio awareness, and that connecif, prior to expiration of the OWTT, the
tions are secure. This check must be
cargo tank is brought to full equilibramade after the pressure in the distion as specified in paragraph (j) of this
charge system has reached at least
section.
equilibrium with the pressure in the
(j) Full equilibration of a cargo tank
cargo tank. Operators need not use intransporting a Division 2.1 (flammable
struments or take extraordinary acgas) material that is a cryogenic liquid
tions to check components not readily
may only be done at a facility that
visible. No operator may unload liqueloads or unloads a Division 2.1 (flamfied compressed gases from a cargo
mable gas) material that is a cryogenic
tank motor vehicle with a delivery
liquid and must be performed and
hose assembly found to have any condiverified as follows:
tion identified in $ 180.416(g)(1) of this
(1) The temperature and pressure of
subchapter or with piping systems
the liquid must be reduced by a manufound to have any condition identified
ally controlled release of vapor; and
in § 180.416(g)(2) of this subchapter.
(2) The pressure in the cargo tank
must be measured at least ten minutes
(n) Emergency shut down. If there is
after the manual release is terminated.
an unintentional release of product to
(k) A carrier of carbon monoxide,
the environment during unloading of a
cryogenic liquid must provide each
liquefied compressed gas, the qualified
driver with a self-contained air breathperson unloading the cargo tank motor
ing apparatus that is approved by the
vehicle must promptly shut the inter-
National Institute of Occupational
nal self-closing stop valve or other pri-
Safety and Health; for example, Mine
mary means of closure and shut down
Safety Appliance Co., Model 401, cataall motive and auxiliary power equiplog number 461704.
ment.
(1) Operating procedure. Each operator
(o) Daily test of off-truck remote shutof a cargo tank motor vehicle that is
off activation device. For a cargo tank
subject to the emergency discharge
motor vehicle equipped with an offcontrol requirements in $173.315(n) of
truck remote means to close the interthis subchapter must carry on or withnal self-closing stop valve and shut off
in the cargo tank motor vehicle writall motive and auxillary power equipten emergency discharge control procement, an operator must successfully
dures for all delivery operations. The
test the activation device within 18
procedures must describe the cargo
hours prior to the first delivery of each
tank motor vehicle's emergency disday. For a wireless transmitter/recharge control features and, for a pasceiver, the person conducting the test
sive shut-down capability, the parammust be at least 45.72 m (150 feet) from
eters within which they are designed to
the cargo tank and may have the cargo
function. The procedures must describe
tank in his line of sight.
the process to be followed if a facility-
(p) Unloading procedures for liquefied
provided hose is used for unloading
petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia in
when the cargo tank motor vehicle has
metered delivery service. An operator
a specially equipped delivery hose asmust use the following procedures for
sembly to meet the requirements of
unloading liquefied petroleum gas or
§ 173.315(n)(2) of this subchapter.
anhydrous ammonia from a cargo tank
814
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 177.840
motor vehicle in metered delivery serv-
(1) The qualified person attending the
ice:
unloading operation must remain with-
(1) For a cargo tank with a capacity
in 7.62 m (25 feet) of the cargo tank
of 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons) or
when the internal self-closing stop
less, excluding delivery hose and pipvalve is open.
ing, the qualified person attending the
(2) The qualified person attending the
unloading operation must remain withunloading operation must have an unin 45.72 meters (150 feet) of the cargo
obstructed view of the cargo tank and
tank and 7.62 meters (25 feet) of the dedelivery hose to the maximum extent
livery hose and must observe both the
practicable, except during short pericargo tank and the receiving container
ods when it is necessary to activate
at least once every five minutes when
controls or monitor the receiving conthe internal self-closing stop valve is
tainer.
open during unloading operations that
(r) Unloading using facility-provided
take more than five minutes to comhoses. A cargo tank motor vehicle
plete.
equipped with a specially designed de-
(2) For a cargo tank with a capacity
livery hose assembly to meet the regreater than 13,247.5 L (3,500 water galquirements of §173.315(n)(2) of this sublons). excluding delivery hose and pipchapter may be unloaded using a deliving, the qualified person attending the
ery hose assembly provided by the reunloading operation must remain withceiving facility under the following
in 45.72 m (150 feet) of the cargo tank
conditions:
and 7.62 m (25 feet) of the delivery hose
(1) The qualified person monitoring
when the internal self-closing stop
unloading must visually examine the
valve is open.
facility hose assembly for obvious de-
(i) Except as provided in paragraph
fects prior to its use in the unloading
(p) of this section, the qualified
operation.
person attending the unloading oper-
(2) The qualified person monitoring
ation must have an unobstructed view
unloading must remain within arm's
of the cargo tank and delivery hose to
reach of the mechanical means of clothe maximum extent practicable, exsure for the internal self-closing stop
cept during short periods when it is
valve when the internal self-closing
necessary to activate controls or monstop valve is open except for short periitor the receiving container.
ods when it is necessary to activate
(ii) For deliveries where the qualified
controls or monitor the receiving conperson attending the unloading opertainer. For chlorine cargo tank motor
ation cannot maintain an unobstructed
vehicles, the qualified person must review of the cargo tank, when the intermain within arm's reach of a means to
nal self-closing stop valve is open, the
stop the flow of product except for
qualified person must observe both the
short periods when it is necessary to
cargo tank and the receiving container
activate controls or monitor the reat least once every five minutes during
ceiving container.
unloading operations that take more
(3) If the facility hose is equipped
than five minutes to complete. In addiwith a passive means to shut off the
tion, by the compliance dates specified
flow of product that conforms to and is
in $$173.315(n)(5) and 180.405(m)(3) of
maintained to the performance standthis subchapter, the cargo tank motor
ard in $173.315(n)(2) of this subchapter,
vehicle must have an emergency disthe qualified person may attend the
charge control capability that meets
unloading operation in accordance with
the requirements of § 173.315(n)(2) or
the attendance requirements pre-
§ 173.315(n)(4) of this subchapter.
scribed for the material being unloaded
(q) Unloading procedures for liquefied
in § 177.834 of this section.
petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia in
(s) Off-truck remote shut-off activation
other than metered delivery service. An
device. For a cargo tank motor vehicle
operator must use the following procewith an off-truck remote control shutdures for unloading liquefied petroleum
off capability as required by
gas or anhydrous ammonia from a
$$173.315(n)(3) or (n)(4) of this subcargo tank motor vehicle in other than
chapter, the qualified person attending
metered delivery service:
the unloading operation must be in
815
§ 177.841
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
possession of the activation device at
proof, dust-proof covers well secured in
all times during the unloading process.
place on all openings, to accomplish
This requirement does not apply if the
such loading with the minimum spread
activation device is part of a system
of such compounds into the atmosphere
that will shut off the unloading operby all means that are practicable; and
ation without human intervention in
no such loading or unloading shall be
the event of a leak or separation in the
done near or adjacent to any place
hose.
where there are or are likely to be, dur-
(t) Unloading without appropriate
ing the loading or unloading process
emergency discharge control equipment.
assemblages of persons other than
Until a cargo tank motor vehicle is
those engaged in the loading or unloadequipped with emergency discharge
ing process, or upon any public highcontrol equipment in conformance with
way or in any public place. Before any
§§ 173.315(n)(2) and 180.405(m)(1) of this
motor vehicle may be used for transsubchapter, the qualified person atporting any other articles, all detecttending the unloading operation must
able traces of arsenical materials must
remain within arm's reach of a means
be removed therefrom by flushing with
to close the internal self-closing stop
water, or by other appropriate method,
valve when the internal self-closing
and the marking removed.
stop valve is open except during short
(b) [Reserved]
periods when the qualified person must
(c) Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Diviactivate controls or monitor the resion 6.1 (poisonous) materials. The transceiving container. For chlorine cargo
portation of a Division 2.3 (poisonous
tank motor vehicles unloaded after Degas) or Division 6.1 (poisonous) matecember 31, 1999, the qualified person
rial is not permitted if there is any
must remain within arm's reach of a
interconnection between packagings.
means to stop the flow of product ex-
(d) [Reserved]
cept for short periods when it is nec-
(e) A motor carrier may not transessary to activate controls or monitor
port a package:
the receiving container.
(1) Except as provided in paragraph
(u) Unloading of chlorine cargo tank
(e)(3) of this section, bearing or remotor vehicles. After July 1, 2001, unquired to bear a POISON or POISON
loading of chlorine from a cargo tank
INHALATION HAZARD label or
motor vehicle must be performed in
placard in the same motor vehicle with
compliance with Section 3 of the Chlomaterial that is marked as or known to
rine Institute Pamphlet 57, "Emerbe foodstuffs, feed or edible material
gency Shut-off Systems for Bulk
intended for consumption by humans
Transfer of Chlorine" (IBR, see $171.7
or animals unless the poisonous mateof this subchapter).
rial is packaged in accordance with
(Approved by the Office of Management and
this subchapter and is:
Budget under control number 2137-0542)
(i) Overpacked in a metal drum as
[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32
specified in $173.25(c) of this sub-
FR 5606, Apr. 5. 1967)
chapter; or
(ii) Loaded into a closed unit load de-
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER civice and the foodstuffs, feed, or other
tations affecting $177.840, see the List of CFR
Sections Affected which appears in the Findedible material are loaded into another
ing Aids section of the printed volume and
closed unit load device;
on GPO Access.
(2) Bearing or required to bear a POI-
SON, POISON GAS or POISON INHA-
§ 177.841 Division 6.1 and Division 2.3
LATION HAZARD label in the driver's
materials.
compartment (including a sleeper
(See also $177.834 (a) to (j).)
berth) of a motor vehicle; or
(a) Arsenical compounds in bulk. Care
(3) Bearing a POISON label disshall be exercised in the loading and
playing the text "PG III," or bearing a
unloading of "arsenical dust", "arsenic
"PG III" mark adjacent to the POISON
trioxide", and "sodium arsenate", allabel, with materials marked as, or
lowable to be loaded into sift-proof,
known to be, foodstuffs, feed or any
steel hopper-type or dump-type motorother edible material intended for convehicle bodies equipped with watersumption by humans or animals, unless
816
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 177.842
the package containing the Division
(b) Packages of Class 7 (radioactive)
6.1, Packing Group III material is sepamaterial bearing "RADIOACTIVE
rated in a manner that, in the event of
YELLOW-II" or "RADIOACTIVE YELleakage from packages under condi-
LOW-III" labels may not be placed in a
tions normally incident to transportransport vehicle, storage location or
tation, commingling of hazardous main any other place closer than the disterials with foodstuffs, feed or any
tances shown in the following table to
other edible material would not occur.
any area which may be continuously
occupied by any passenger, employee,
[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964]
or animal, nor closer than the dis-
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER citances shown in the table to any packtations affecting $177.841, see the List of CFR
age containing undeveloped film (if so
Sections Affected which appears in the Findmarked), and must conform to the foling Aids section of the printed volume and
lowing conditions:
on GPO Access.
(1) If more than one of these packages is present, the distance must be
§ 177.842 Class 7 (radioactive) matecomputed from the following table on
rial.
the basis of the total transport index
(a) The number of packages of Class 7
number determined by adding together
(radioactive) materials in any transthe transport index number on the laport vehicle or in any single group in
bels on the individual packages and
any storage location must be limited
overpacks in the vehicle or storeroom.
so that the total transport index num-
(2) Where more than one group of
ber does not exceed 50. The total transpackages is present in any single storport index of a group of packages and
age location, a single group may not
overpacks is determined by adding tohave a total transport index greater
gether the transport index number on
than 50. Each group of packages must
the labels on the individual packages
be handled and stowed not closer than
and overpacks in the group. This provi-
6 m (20 feet) (measured edge to edge) to
sion does not apply to exclusive use
any other group. The following table is
shipments described in 173.441(b),
to be used in accordance with the pro-
173.457, and 173.427 of this subchapter.
visions of paragraph (b) of this section:
Minimum separation distance in meters (feet) to nearest undeveloped film
Minimum disin various times of transit
tance in meters
(feet) to area of
persons, or min-
Total transport index
imum distance
Up to 2
Over 12
in meters (feet)
2-4 hours
4-8 hours
8-12 hours
hours
hours
from dividing
partition of cargo
compartments
None
0.0 (0)
0.0 (0)
0.0 (0)
0.0 (0)
0.0 (0)
0.0 (0)
0.1 to 1.0
0.3 (1)
0.6 (2)
0.9 (3)
1.2 (4)
1.5 (5)
0.3 (1)
1.1 to 5.0
0.9 (3)
1.2 (4)
1.8 (6)
2.4 (8)
3.4 (11)
0.6 (2)
5.1 to 10.0
1.2 (4)
1.8 (6)
2.7 (9)
3.4 (11)
4.6 (15)
0.9 (3)
10.1 to 20.0
1.5 (5)
2.4 (8)
3.7 (12)
4.9 (16)
6.7 (22)
1.2 (4)
20.1 to 30.0
21 (7)
3.0 (10)
4.6 (15)
6.1 (20)
8.8 (29)
1.5 (5)
30.1 to 40.0
2.4 (8)
3.4 (11)
5.2 (17)
6.7 (22)
10.1 (33)
1.8 (6)
40.1 to 50.0
2.7 (9)
3.7 (12)
5.8 (19)
7.3 (24)
11.0 (36)
2.1 (7)
NOTE: The distance in this table must be measured from the nearest point on the nearest packages of Class 7 (radioactive)
material.
(c) Shipments of low specific activity
tion during conditions normally Incimaterials and surface contaminated
dent to transportation.
objects, as defined in $173.403 of this
(e) Persons should not remain unnecsubchapter, must be loaded so as to
essarily in a vehicle containing Class 7
avoid spillage and scattering of loose
(radioactive) materials.
materials. Loading restrictions are set
(f) The number of packages of fissile
forth in $173.427 of this subchapter.
Class 7 (radioactive) material in any
(d) Packages must be so blocked and
non-exclusive use transport vehicle
braced that they cannot change posimust be limited so that the sum of the
817
§ 177.843
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
criticality safety indices (CSIs) does
words "For Radioactive Materials Use
not exceed 50. In loading and storage
Only" in lettering at least 7.6 cm (3
areas, fissile material packages must
inches) high in a conspicuous place, on
be grouped so that the sum of CSIs in
both sides of the exterior of the vehiany one group is not greater than 50;
cle. These vehicles must be kept closed
there may be more than one group of
at all times other than loading and unfissile material packages in a loading
loading.
or storage area, so long as each group
(c) In case of fire, accident, breakage,
is at least 6 m (20 feet) away from all
or unusual delay involving shipments
other such groups. All pertinent reof Class 7 (radioactive) material, see
quirements of $173.457 and 173.459
$171.15, 171.16 and 177.854 of this subapply.
chapter.
(g) For shipments transported under
(d) Each transport vehicle used to
exclusive use conditions the radiation
transport Division 6.2 materials must
dose rate may not exceed 0.02 mSv per
be disinfected prior to reuse if a Divihour (2 mrem per hour) in any position
sion 6.2 material is released from its
normally occupied in the motor vehipackaging during transportation. Discle. For shipments transported as exinfection may be by any means effecclusive use under the provisions of
tive for neutralizing the material re-
$173.441(b) of this subchapter for packleased.
ages with external radiation levels in
excess of 2 mSv (200 mrem per hour) at
[Amdt. 177-3, 33 FR 14933, Oct. 4, 1968, as
the package surface, the motor vehicle
amended by Amdt. 177-35, 41 FR 16131, Apr.
15, 1976; Amdt. 177-57, 48 FR 10247, Mar. 10.
must meet the requirements of a closed
1983; Amdt. 177-78, 55 FR 52712, Dec. 21, 1990:
transport vehicle (see $173.403 of this
Amdt. 177-85, 60 FR 50335. Sept. 28, 1995: 63
subchapter). The sum of criticality
FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29,
safety indices (CSIs) for packages con-
2000; 67 FR 53142, Aug. 14, 2002)
taining fissile material may not exceed
100 in an exclusive use vehicle.
Subpart C-Segregation and Sep-
[Amdt. 177-85, 60 FR 50334, Sept. 28, 1995, as
aration Chart of Hazardous
amended at 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1. 1998; 66 FR
Materials
45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3696, Jan. 26, 2004]
§ 177.848 Segregation of hazardous ma-
§ 177.843 Contamination of vehicles.
terials.
(a) Each motor vehicle used for
(a) This section applies to materials
transporting Class 7 (radioactive) mawhich meet one or more of the hazard
terials under exclusive use conditions
classes defined in this subchapter and
in accordance with $173.427(b)(3) or (c)
are:
or $173.443(c) of this subchapter must
(1) In packages which require labels
be surveyed with radiation detection
in accordance with part 172 of this subinstruments after each use. A vehicle
chapter;
may not be returned to service until
(2) In a compartment within a multithe radiation dose rate at every accescompartmented cargo tank subject to
sible surface is 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5
the restrictions in $173.33 of this submrem per hour) or less and the removchapter; or
able (non-fixed) radioactive surface
(3) In a portable tank loaded in a
contamination is not greater than the
transport vehicle or freight container.
level prescribed in $173.443(a) of this
(b) When a transport vehicle is to be
subchapter.
transported by vessel, other than a
(b) This section does not apply to any
ferry vessel, hazardous materials on or
vehicle used solely for transporting
within that vehicle must be stowed and
Class 7 (radioactive) material if a sursegregated in accordance with
vey of the interior surface shows that
$176.83(b) of this subchapter.
the radiation dose rate does not exceed
(c) In addition to the provisions of
0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per hour) at
paragraph (d) of this section and except
the interior surface or 0.02 mSv per
as provided in $173.12(e) of this subhour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 meter (3.3
chapter, cyanides, cyanide mixtures or
feet) from any interior surface. These
solutions may not be stored, loaded
vehicles must be stenciled with the
and transported with acids if a mixture
818
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 177.848
of the materials would generate hydro-
(d) Except as otherwise provided in
gen cyanide, and Division 4.2 materials
this subchapter, hazardous materials
may not be stored, loaded and transmust be stored, loaded or transported
ported with Class 8 liquids.
in accordance with the following table
and other provisions of this section:
819
SEGREGATION TABLE FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
6.1 liq-
Class or division
Notes
1.1
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
2.1
2.2
2.3 gas
2.3 gas
3
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.1
5.2
ulds PG
7
8 liquids
1.2
zone A
Zone B
only
$177.848
Izone A
Explosives
1.1 and
A
*
-
-
.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1.2
Explosives
1.3
*
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Explosives
1.4
*
*
*
0
o
o
o
o
0
o
Very insensitive explo-
1.5
A
*
*
*
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
sives.
Extremely insensitive
1.6
*
*
*
*
*
explosives.
Flammable gases
2.1
X
X
o
X
X
o
o
o
Non-toxic, non-flam-
2.2
X
X
mable gases.
Poisonous gas Zone A
2.3
X
X
o
X
Poisonous gas Zone B
2.3
X
X
0
X
X o
o X
o X
X
X
0
o
X 0 o
o X
X
0
Flammable liquids
3
X
X
O
X
X
o
X
Flammable solids
4.1
X
X
X
o
X
o
Spontaneously combus-
4.2
X
X
o
X
X
o
X
X
tible materials.
820
Dangerous when wet
4.3
X
X
X
X
o
X
o
materials.
Oxidizers
6.1
A
X
X
X
X
o
o
X
o
Organic peroxides
5.2
X
X
X
X
0
X
o
Poisonous liquids PG I
6.1
X
X
o
X
o
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Zone A.
Radioactive materials
7
X
X
0
Corrosive liquids
8
X
X
O
X
X
o
O
X
0
o
o
X
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
177.848
(e) Instructions for using the segrega-
1 (explosive) materials is governed by
tion table for hazardous materials are
the compatibility table in paragraph (f)
as follows:
of this section.
(1) The absence of any hazard class or
(5) The note "A" in the second coldivision or a blank space in the table
umn of the table means that, notwithindicates that no restrictions apply.
(2) The letter "X" in the table indistanding the requirements of the letter
cates that these materials may not be
"X", ammonium nitrate (UN 1942) and
loaded, transported, or stored together
ammonium nitrate fertilizer may be
in the same transport vehicle or storloaded or stored with Division 1.1 (exage facility during the course of transplosive) or Division 1.5 materials.
portation.
(6) When the $172.101 table or $172.402
(3) The letter "0" in the table indiof this subchapter requires a package
cates that these materials may not be
to bear a subsidiary hazard label, segloaded, transported, or stored together
regation appropriate to the subsidiary
in the same transport vehicle or storhazard must be applied when that segage facility during the course of transregation is more restrictive than that
portation unless separated in a manner
required by the primary hazard. Howthat, in the event of leakage from
ever, hazardous materials of the same
packages under conditions normally inclass may be stowed together without
cident to transportation, commingling
regard to segregation required for any
of hazardous materials would not
secondary hazard if the materials are
occur. Notwithstanding the methods of
separation employed, Class 8 (corronot capable of reacting dangerously
sive) liquids may not be loaded above
with each other and causing combusor adjacent to Class 4 (flammable) or
tion or dangerous evolution of heat,
Class 5 (oxidizing) materials; except
evolution of flammable, poisonous, or
that shippers may load truckload shipasphyxiant gases, or formation of corments of such materials together when
rosive or unstable materials.
it is known that the mixture of con-
(f) Class 1 (explosive) materials shall
tents would not cause a fire or a dannot be loaded, transported, or stored
gerous evolution of heat or gas.
together, except as provided in this
(4) The **** in the table indicates
section, and in accordance with the folthat segregation among different Class
lowing table:
COMPATIBILITY TABLE FOR CLASS 1 (EXPLOSIVE) MATERIALS
Compatibility group
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
N
S
A
X
B
X44)
X
X
X
4/5
C
X
2
2
6
X
X
X
X
3
4/5
D
X
X-
2
2
X
6
X
X
X
X
3
4/5
E
X
X
2
2
6
X
X
X
X
3
4/5
F
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
4/5
G
X
X
6
6
6
X
X
X
X
4/5
H
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
4/5
J
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
4/5
K
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
4/5
L
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
X
X
N
X
X
3
3
3
X
X
X
X
4/5
S
X
4/5
4/5
4/5
4/5
4/5
4/5
4/5
4/5
4/5
X
4/5
(g) Instructions for using the compat-
(3) The numbers in the table mean
ibility table for Class 1 (explosive) mathe following:
terials are as follows:
(i) "1" means an explosive from com-
(1) A blank space in the table indipatibility group L shall only be carried
cates that no restrictions apply.
on the same transport vehicle with an
(2) The letter "X" in the table indiidentical explosive.
cates that explosives of different compatibility groups may not be carried on
(ii) "2" means any combination of exthe same transport vehicle.
plosives from compatibility groups C,
821
§ 177.854
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
D, or E is assigned to compatibility
stopped upon the traveled portion of
group E.
any highway or shoulder thereof, spe-
(iii) "3" means any combination of
cial care shall be taken to guard the
explosives from compatibility groups
vehicle and its load or to take such
C. D, or E with those in compatibility
steps as may be necessary to provide
group N is assigned to compatibility
against hazard. Special effort shall be
group D.
made to remove the motor vehicle to a
(iv) "4" means see $177.835(g) when
place where the hazards of the matetransporting detonators.
rials being transported may be pro-
(v) "5" means Division 1.4S fireworks
vided against. See $392.22. 392.24, and
may not be loaded on the same trans-
392.25 of this title for warning devices
port vehicle with Division 1.1 or 1.2 (exrequired to be displayed on the highplosive) materials.
way.
(vi) "6" means explosive articles in
(b) Disposition of containers found brocompatibility group G, other than fireken or leaking in transit. When leaks
works and those requiring special hanoccur in packages or containers during
dling, may be loaded, transported and
the course of transportation, subsestored with other explosive articles of
quent to initial loading, disposition of
compatibility groups C, D and E, prosuch package or container shall be
vided that explosive substances (such
made by the safest practical means afas those not contained in articles) are
forded under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e)
not carried in the same vehicle.
of this section.
(h) Except as provided in paragraph
(i) of this section, explosives of the
(c) Repairing or overpacking packages.
(1) Packages may be repaired when safe
same compatibility group but of different divisions may be transported toand practicable, such repairing to be in
accordance with the best and safest
gether provided that the whole shippractice known and available.
ment is transported as though its entire contents were of the lower numer-
(2) Packages of hazardous materials
ical division (i.e., Division 1.1 being
that are damaged or found leaking durlower than Division 1.2). For example,
ing transportation. and hazardous ma-
a mixed shipment of Division 1.2 (exterials that have spilled or leaked durplosive) materials and Division 1.4 (exing transportation, may be forwarded
plosive) materials, both of compatto destination or returned to the shipibility group D, must be transported as
per in a salvage drum in accordance
Division 1.2 (explosive) materials.
with the requirements of $173.3(c) of
(i) When Division 1.5 materials, comthis subchapter.
patibility group D, are transported in
(d) Transportation of repaired packthe same freight container as Division
ages. Any package repaired in accord-
1.2 (explosive) materials, compatibility
ance with the requirements of paragroup D, the shipment must be transgraph (c)(1) of this section may be
ported as Division 1.1 (explosive) matetransported to the nearest place at
rials, compatibility group D.
which it may safely be disposed of only
in compliance with the following re-
[Amdt. 177-78, 55 FR 52712, Dec. 21, 1990)
quirements:
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-
(1) The package must be safe for
tations affecting $177.848, see the List of CFR
transportation.
Sections Affected which appears in the Find-
(2) The repair of the package must be
ing Aids section of the printed volume and
adequate to prevent contamination of
on GPO Access.
or hazardous admixture with other lading transported on the same motor ve-
Subpart D-Vehicles and
hicle therewith.
Shipments in Transit; Accidents
(3) If the carrier is not himself the
shipper, the consignee's name and ad-
§ 177.854 Disabled vehicles and broken
or leaking packages; repairs.
dress must be plainly marked on the
repaired package.
(a) Care of lading, hazardous materials.
(e) Disposition of unsafe broken pack-
Whenever for any cause other than necages. In the event any leaking package
essary traffic stops any motor vehicle
or container cannot be safely and adetransporting any hazardous material is
quately repaired for transportation or
822
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 177.870
transported. it shall be stored pending
motor vehicle if necessary in an emerproper disposition in the safest and
gency;
most expeditious manner possible.
(iii) The motor vehicle is removed
(f) Stopped vehicles; other dangerous
from the enclosed area upon complearticles. Whenever any motor vehicle
tion of repair or maintenance work;
transporting Class 3 (flammable liqand
uid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5
(iv) For motor vehicles loaded with
(oxidizing), Class 8 (corrosive). Class 2
Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive), Class
(gases), or Division 6.1 (poisonous) ma-
3 (flammable liquid), or Division 2.1
terials, is stopped for any cause other
(flammable gas) materials, all sources
than necessary traffic stops upon the
of spark, flame or glowing heat within
traveled portion of any highway, or a
the area of enclosure (including any
shoulder next thereto, the following reheating system drawing air therefrom)
quirements shall be complied with durare extinguished, made inoperable or
ing the period of such stop:
rendered explosion-proof by a suitable
(1) For motor vehicles other than
method. Exception: Electrical equipcargo tank motor vehicles used for the
ment on the vehicle, necessary to actransportation of Class 3 (flammable
complish the maintenance function,
liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas)
may remain operational.
materials and not transporting Divi-
(h) No repair with flame unless gas-free.
sion 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) mate-
No repair of a cargo tank used for the
rials, warning devices must be set out
transportation of any Class 3 (flamin the manner prescribed in $392.22 of
mable liquid) or Division 6.1 (poisonous
this title.
liquid) material, or any compartment
(2) For cargo tanks used for the
thereof, or of any container for fuel of
transportation of Class 3 (flammable
whatever nature, may be repaired by
liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas)
any method employing a flame, arc, or
materials, whether loaded or empty,
other means of welding, unless the
and vehicles transporting Division 1.1,
tank or compartment shall first have
1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials, warnbeen made gas-free.
ing devices must be set out in the manner prescribed by § 392.25 of this title.
[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32
(g) Repair and maintenance of vehicles
FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
containing certain hazardous materials--
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-
(1) General. No person may use heat,
tations affecting $177.854, see the List of CFR
flame or spark producing devices to re-
Sections Affected which appears in the Findpair or maintain the cargo or fuel coning Aids section of the printed volume and
on GPO Access.
tainment system of a motor vehicle required to be placarded, other than
COMBUSTIBLE, in accordance with
Subpart E-Regulations Applying
subpart F of part 172 of this subto Hazardous Material on
chapter. As used in this section, "con-
Motor Vehicles Carrying Pastainment system" includes all vehicle
sengers for Hire
components intended physically to
contain cargo or fuel during loading or
§ 177.870 Regulations for passenger
filling, transport, or unloading.
carrying vehicles.
(2) Repair and maintenance inside a
(a) Vehicles transporting passengers
building. No person may perform repair
and property. In addition to the regulaor maintenance on a motor vehicle subtions in parts 170-189 of this subchapter
ject to paragraph (g)(1) of this section
the following requirements shall apply
inside a building unless:
to vehicles transporting passengers and
(i) The motor vehicle's cargo and fuel
property.
containment systems are closed (ex-
(b) No Class 1 (explosive) materials or
cept as necessary to maintain or repair
other hazardous materials on passengerthe vehicle's motor) and do not show
carrying vehicles, exceptions. No hazany indication of leakage;
ardous materials except small-arms
(ii) A means is provided, and a person
ammunition, emergency shipments of
capable to operate the motor vehicle is
drugs, chemicals and hospital supplies,
available, to immediately remove the
and the accompanying munitions of
823
Pt. 178
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
war of the Departments of the Army,
sion 2.3 (poisonous gas) material, or
Navy, and Air Force of the United
any paranitroaniline, in any amount,
States Government, are authorized by
in or on any bus while engaged in the
parts 170-189 of this subchapter to be
transportation of passengers; or any
transported on motor vehicles carrying
less dangerous Division 6.1 (poisonous)
passengers for hire where other pracmaterial, which is other than a liquid,
ticable means of transportation is
in any amount exceeding an aggregate
available.
of 45 kg (99 pounds) gross weight in or
(c) Class I (explosive) materials in pason any such bus.
senger-carrying space forbidden. No Class
(g) Class 7 (radioactive) materials. In
1 (explosive) material, except smalladdition to the limitations prescribed
arms ammunition, may be carried in
in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this secthe passenger-carrying space of any
tion, no person may transport any
motor vehicle transporting passengers
Class 7 (radioactive) material requiring
for hire.
labels under $5172.436, 172.438, and
(d) Hazardous materials on passenger
172.440 of this subchapter in or on any
carrying vehicles; quantity. Where no
motor vehicle carrying passengers for
other practicable means of transporhire except where no other practicable
tation is available the following artimeans of transportation is available.
cles in the quantities as shown may be
Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) matetransported in motor vehicles carrying
rials must be stored only in the trunk
passengers for hire in a space other
or baggage compartment of the vehithan that provided for passengers: Not
cle, and must not be stored in any comto exceed 45 kg (99 pounds) gross
partment occupied by persons. Packweight of any or all of the kinds of
ages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials
Class 1 (explosive) materials permitted
must be handled and placed in the vehito be transported by passenger-carcle as prescribed in § 177.842.
rying aircraft or rail car may be transported on a motor vehicle transporting
[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32
FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
passengers: Provided, however, That
samples of Class 1 (explosive) materials
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cifor laboratory examination, not to extations affecting $177.870 see the List of CFR
ceed two samples, or a total of no more
Sections Affected which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and
than 100 detonators, Division 1.4 (exploon GPO Access.
sive) materials at one time in a single
motor vehicle, may be transported in a
PART 178-SPECIFICATIONS FOR
motor vehicle transporting passengers.
(e) Articles other than Class 1 (explo-
PACKAGINGS
sive) materials on passenger-carrying vehicles. The gross weight of any given
Sec.
class of hazardous material other than
178.1 Purpose and scope.
Class 1 (explosive) materials shall not
178.2 Applicability and responsibility.
178.3 Marking of packagings.
exceed 45 kg (99 pounds), and the aggregate weight of all such other dangerous
Subport A [Reserved]
articles shall not exceed 225 kg (496
pounds). This provision does not apply
Subpart B-Specifications for Inside
to nontoxic, nonflammable refrig-
Containers, and Linings
erants, when such refrigerant is for
178.33 Specification 2P; inner nonrefillable
servicing operations of a motor carrier
metal receptacles.
on whose motor vehicles the refrig-
178.33-1 Compliance.
erant is used. A cylinder secured
178.33-2 Type and size.
against shifting while in transit and
178.33-3 Inspection.
not exceeding 113 kg (250 pounds) gross
178.33-4 Duties of inspector.
weight may be transported.
178.33-5 Material.
(f) Division 6.1 (poisonous) or Division
178.33-6 Manufacture.
178.33-7 Wall thickness.
2.3 (poisonous gas) materials on pas-
178.33-8 Tests.
senger-carrying vehicles. No motor car-
178.33-9 Marking.
rier may transport any extremely dan-
178.33a Specification 2Q: inner nonrefillable
gerous Division 6.1 (poisonous) or Divimetal receptacles.
824
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.2
178.512 Standards for steel or aluminum
APPENDIX A TO PART 178-SPECIFICATIONS FOR
boxes.
STEEL
178.513 Standards for boxes of natural wood.
APPENDIX B TO PART 178-ALTERNATIVE
178.514 Standards for plywood boxes.
LEAKPROOFNESS TEST METHODS
178.515 Standards for reconstituted wood
APPENDIX C TO PART 178-NOMINAL AND MINboxes.
IMUM THICKNESSES OF STEEL DRUMS AND
178.516 Standards for fiberboard boxes.
JERRICANS
178.517 Standards for plastic boxes.
178.518
Standards for woven plastic bags.
AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127; 49 CFR 1.53.
178.519 Standards for plastic film bags.
178.520 Standards for textile bags.
§ 178.1 Purpose and scope.
178.521 Standards for paper bags.
This part prescribes the manufac-
178.522 Standards for composite packagings
with inner plastic receptacles.
turing and testing specifications for
178.523 Standards for composite packagings
packaging and containers used for the
with inner glass, porcelain. or stoneware
transportation of hazardous materials
receptacles.
in commerce.
Subport M-Testing of Non-bulk
[Amdt. 178-40. 42 FR 2689, Jan. 13, 1977. Redes-
Packagings and Packages
ignated by Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52715, Dec. 21.
1990]
178.600 Purpose and scope.
178.601 General requirements.
§ 178.2 Applicability and responsi-
178.602 Preparation of packagings and packbility.
ages for testing.
(a) Applicability. (1) The requirements
178.603 Drop test.
178.604 Leakproofness test.
of this part apply to packagings manu-
178.605
Hydrostatic pressure test.
factured-
178.606 Stacking test.
(i) To a DOT specification, regardless
178.607 Cooperage test for bung-type wooden
of country of manufacture; or
barrels.
(ii) To a UN standard, for packagings
178.608 Vibration standard.
manufactured within the United
178.609 Test requirements for packagings for
States. For UN standard packagings
infectious substances.
manufactured outside the United
Subport N-IBC Performance-Oriented
States, see 173.24(d)(2) of this sub-
Standards
chapter. For UN standard packagings
for which standards are not prescribed
178.700 Purpose, scope and definitions.
in this part, see $178.3(b).
178.702
IBC codes.
(2) A manufacturer of a packaging
178.703 Marking of IBCs.
178.704 General IBC standards.
subject to the requirements of this part
178.705
Standards for metal IBCs.
is primarily responsible for compliance
178.706
Standards for rigid plastic IBCs.
with the requirements of this part.
178.707
Standards for composite IBCs.
However, any person who performs a
178.708
Standards for fiberboard IBCs.
function prescribed in this part shall
178.709 Standards for wooden IBCs.
perform that function in accordance
178.710 Standards for flexible intermediate
with this part.
bulk containers.
(b) Specification markings. When this
Subpart O-Testing of IBCs
part requires that a packaging be
marked with a DOT specification or UN
178.800 Purpose and scope.
standard marking, marking of the
178.801 General requirements.
packaging with the appropriate DOT or
178.802 Preparation of fiberboard IBCs for
UN markings is the certification thattesting.
178.803 Testing and certification of IBCs.
(1) Except as otherwise provided in
178.810 Drop test.
this section, all requirements of the
178.811
Bottom lift test.
DOT specification or UN standard, in-
178.812
Top lift test.
cluding performance tests, are met;
178.813
Leakproofness test.
and
178.814
Hydrostatic pressure test.
(2) All functions performed by, or on
178.815
Stacking test.
behalf of, the person whose name or
178.816
Topple test.
178.817
Righting test.
symbol appears as part of the marking
178.818
Tear test.
conform to requirements specified in
178.819
Vibration test.
this part.
827
§ 178.3
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(c) Notification. Except as specifically
the packaging manufacturer or approvided in §§ 178.337-18 and 178.345-10 of
proval agency.
this part, the manufacturer or other
(f) No packaging may be manufacperson certifying compliance with the
tured or marked to a packaging specirequirements of this part, and each
fication that was in effect on Sepsubsequent distributor of that packtember 30, 1991, and that was removed
aging shallfrom this part 178 by a rule published
(1) Notify in writing each person to
in the FEDERAL REGISTER on December
whom that packaging is transferred-
21, 1990 and effective October 1. 1991.
(i) Of all requirements in this part
not met at the time of transfer, and
[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52715, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR
(ii) With information specifying the
66284, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. No.
type(s) and dimensions of the closures,
178-106, 59 FR 67519, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 178-
117, 62 FR 14338, Mar. 26, 1997; 68 FR 45041,
including gaskets and any other com-
July 31, 2003; 69 FR 34612, June 22, 2004]
ponents needed to ensure that the
packaging is capable of successfully
§ 178.3 Marking of packagings.
passing the applicable performance
tests. This information must include
(a) Each packaging represented as
any procedures to be followed, includmanufactured to a DOT specification
or a UN standard must be marked on a
ing closure instructions for inner packagings and receptacles, to effectively
non-removable component of the packassemble and close the packaging for
aging with specification markings conthe purpose of preventing leakage in
forming to the applicable specification,
transportation. For packagings sold or
and with the following:
represented as being in conformance
(1) In an unobstructed area, with letwith the requirements of this subters, and numerals identifying the
chapter applicable to transportation by
standards or specification (e.g. UN 1A1,
aircraft, this information must include
DOT 4B240ET, etc.).
relevant guidance to ensure that the
(2) Unless otherwise specified in this
packaging, as prepared for transporpart, with the name and address or
tation, will withstand the pressure difsymbol of the packaging manufacturer
ferential requirements in " 173.27 of
or, where specifically authorized, the
this subchapter.
symbol of the approval agency certi-
(2) Retain copies of each written nofying compliance with a UN standard.
tification for at least one year from
Symbols, if used, must be registered
date of issuance; and
with the Associate Administrator. Du-
(3) Make copies of all written notifiplicative symbols are not authorized.
cations available for inspection by a
(3) The markings must be stamped,
representative of the Department.
embossed, burned, printed or otherwise
(d) Except as provided in paragraph
marked on the packaging to provide
(c) of this section, a packaging not conadequate accessibility. permanency,
forming to the applicable specificacontrast, and legibility so as to be
tions or standards in this part may not
readily apparent and understood.
be marked to indicate such conform-
(4) Unless otherwise specified, letters
ance.
and numerals must be at least 12.0 mm
(e) Definitions. For the purpose of this
(0.47 inches) in height except that for
partpackagings of less than or equal to 30 L
Manufacturer means the person whose
(7.9 gallons) capacity for liquids or 30
name and address or symbol appears as
kg (66 pounds) capacity for solids the
part of the specification markings reheight must be at least 6.0 mm (0.2
quired by this part or, for a packaging
inches). For packagings having a camarked with the symbol of an approval
pacity of 5 L (1 gallon) or 5 kg (11
agency, the person on whose behalf the
pounds) or less, letters and numerals
approval agency certifies the packmust be of an appropriate size.
aging.
(5) For packages with a gross mass of
Specification markings mean the packmore than 30 kg (66 pounds), the markaging identification markings required
ings or a duplicate thereof must appear
by this part including, where applicaon the top or on a side of the packble, the name and address or symbol of
aging.
828
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.33-5
(b) A UN standard packaging for
marking or certification, or a third
which the UN standard is set forth in
party tester.
this part may be marked with the
[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52716, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR
United Nations symbol and other speci-
66284, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. No.
fication markings only if it fully con-
178-106. 59 FR 67519, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 178-
forms to the requirements of this part.
113, 61 FR 21102, May 9, 1996: 65 FR 50462, Aug.
A UN standard packaging for which the
18, 2000; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61015,
UN standard is not set forth in this
Sept. 27, 2002: 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR
73166, Dec. 9, 2005]
part may be marked with the United
Nations symbol and other specification
markings for that standard as provided
Subpart A [Reserved]
in the ICAO Technical Instructions or
the IMDG Code subject to the following
Subpart B-Specifications for
conditions:
Inside Containers, and Linings
(1) The U.S. manufacturer must establish that the packaging conforms to
SOURCE: 29 FR 18823, Dec. 29, 1964, unless
the applicable provisions of the ICAO
otherwise noted. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606,
Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7
Apr. 5, 1967.
of this subchapter) or the IMDG Code
§ 178.33 Specification 2P; inner non-
(IBR, see $ 171.7 of this subchapter), rerefillable metal receptacles.
spectively.
(2) If an indication of the name of the
§ 178.33-1 Compliance.
manufacturer or other identification of
(a) Required in all details.
the packaging as specified by the com-
(b) [Reserved]
petent authority is required, the name
and address or symbol of the manufac-
§ 178.33-2 Type and size.
turer or the approval agency certifying
(a) Single-trip inside containers.
compliance with the UN standard must
Must be seamless, or with seams, weldbe entered. Symbols, if used, must be
ed, soldered, brazed, double seamed, or
registered with the Associate Adminisswedged.
trator.
(b) The maximum capacity of con-
(3) The letters "USA" must be used
tainers in this class shall not exceed
to indicate the State authorizing the
one liter (61.0 cubic inches). The maxallocation of the specification marks if
imum inside diameter shall not exceed
the packaging is manufactured in the
3 inches.
United States.
[29 FR 18813, Dec. 29, 1964, as amended by
(c) Where a packaging conforms to
Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesigmore than one UN standard or DOT
nated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended
specification, the packaging may bear
by Amdt. 178-101, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993;
more than one marking, provided the
66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]
packaging meets all the requirements
§ 178.33-3 Inspection.
of each standard or specification.
Where more than one marking appears
(a) By competent inspector.
(b) [Reserved]
on a packaging, each marking must appear in its entirety.
§ 178.33-4 Duties of inspector.
(d) No person may mark or otherwise
(a) To inspect material and comcertify a packaging or container as
pleted containers and witness tests,
meeting the requirements of a manuand to reject defective materials or
facturing special permit unless that
containers.
person is the holder of or a party to
(b) [Reserved]
that special permit, an agent of the
holder or party for the purpose of
§ 178.33-5 Material.
(a) Uniform quality steel plate such
as black plate, electro-tin plate, hot
dipped tin plate, tern plate or other
commercially accepted can making
829
§ 178.33-6
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
plate; or nonferrous metal of uniform
like material, size, design construcdrawing quality.
tion, finish, and quality.
(b) Material with seams, cracks, lam-
[Order 71. 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesiginations or other injurious defects not
nated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, as amended
authorized.
by 66 FR 45387. Aug. 28, 2001)
§ 178.33-6 Manufacture.
§ 178.33-9 Marking.
(a) By appliances and methods that
(a) By means of printing,
will assure uniformity of completed
lithographing, embossing, or stamping,
containers; dirt and scale to be reeach container must be marked to
moved as necessary; no defect acceptshow:
able that is likely to weaken the fin-
(1) DOT-2P.
ished container appreciably; reason-
(2) Name or symbol of person making
ably smooth and uniform surface finish
the mark specified in paragraph (a)(1)
of this section. Symbol, if used, must
required.
be registered with the Associate Ad-
(b) Seams when used must be as folministrator.
lows:
(b) [Reserved]
(1) Circumferential seams: By welding, swedging, brazing, soldering, or
[Amdt. 178-40. 41 FR 38181, Sept. 9, 1976, as
double seaming.
amended by Amdt. 178-97, 56 FR 66287, Dec.
20, 1991: 66 FR 45386. Aug. 28, 2001]
(2) Side seams: By welding, brazing,
or soldering.
§ 178.33a Specification 2Q; inner non-
(c) Ends: The ends shall be of presrefillable metal receptacles.
sure design.
§ 178.33a-1 Compliance.
[29 FR 18823, Dec. 29, 1964, as amended by
Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesig-
(a) Required in all details.
nated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5. 1967]
(b) [Reserved]
[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesig-
§ 178.33-7 Wall thickness.
nated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
(a) The minimum wall thickness for
any container shall be 0.007 inch.
§ 178.33a-2 Type and size.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Single-trip inside containers.
Must be seamless, or with seams weld-
[Order 71. 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesiged, soldered, brazed, double seamed, or
nated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
swedged.
$ 178.33-8 Tests.
(b) The maximum capacity of containers in this class shall not exceed 1
(a) One out of each lot of 25,000 con-
L (61.0 cubic inches). The maximum intainers or less, successively produced
side diameter shall not exceed 3 inches.
per day shall be pressure tested to destruction and must not burst below 240
[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1. 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5. 1967, and amended
psig gauge pressure. The container
by Amdt. 178-43, 42 FR 42208, Aug. 22, 1977:
tested shall be complete with end as-
Amdt. 178-101, 58 FR 50237. Sept. 24, 1993; 66
sembled.
FR 45387, Aug. 28, 2001]
(b) Each such 25,000 containers or
less, successively produced per day,
§ 178.33a-3 Inspection.
shall constitute a lot and if the test
(a) By competent inspector.
container shall fail, the lot shall be re-
(b) [Reserved]
jected or ten additional containers may
[Order 71, 31 FR 9074. July 1, 1966. Redesigbe selected at random and subjected to
nated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5. 1967]
the test under which failure occurred.
These containers shall be complete
§ 178.33a-4 Duties of inspector.
with ends assembled. Should any of the
(a) To inspect material and comten containers thus tested fail, the enpleted containers and witness tests,
tire lot must be rejected. All conand to reject defective materials or
tainers constituting a lot shall be of
containers.
830
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.35
(b) [Reserved]
be selected at random and subjected to
the test under which failure occurred.
[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesig-
These containers shall be complete
nated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
with ends assembled. Should any of the
§ 178.33a-5 Material.
ten containers thus tested fall, the entire lot must be rejected. All con-
(a) Uniform quality steel plate such
as black plate, electrotin plate, hot
tainers constituting a lot shall be of
dipped tinplate, ternplate or other
like material, size, design, construccommercially accepted can making
tion, finish and quality.
plate; or nonferrous metal of uniform
[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesigdrawing quality.
nated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967. as amended
(b) Material with seams, cracks, lamby 66 FR 45387, Aug. 28, 2001]
inations or other injurious defects not
authorized.
§ 178.33a-9 Marking.
[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesig-
(a) By means of printing,
nated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
lithographing, embossing, or stamping,
each container must be marked to
§ 178.33a-6 Manufacture.
show:
(a) By appliances and methods that
(1) DOT-2Q.
will assure uniformity of completed
(2) Name or symbol of person making
containers; dirt and scale to be rethe mark specified in paragraph (a)(1)
moved as necessary; no defect acceptof this section. Symbol, if used, must
able that is likely to weaken the finbe registered with the Associate Adished container appreciably; reasonministrator.
ably smooth and uniform surface finish
(b) [Reserved]
required.
[Amdt. 178-40, 41 FR 38181, Sept. 9, 1976, as
(b) Seams when used must be as folamended by Amdt. 178-97, 56 FR 66287, Dec.
lows:
20, 1991; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]
(1) Circumferential seams. By welding, swedging, brazing, soldering. or
Subpart C-Specifications for
double seaming.
Cylinders
(2) Side seams. By welding, brazing or
soldering.
§ 178.35 General requirements for
(c) Ends. The ends shall be of presspecification cylinders.
sure design.
(a) Compliance. Compliance with the
[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesigrequirements of this subpart is renated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
quired in all details.
(b) Inspections and analyses. Chemical
§ 178.33a-7 Wall thickness.
analyses and tests required by this sub-
(a) The minimum wall thickness for
chapter must be made within the
any container shall be 0.008 inch.
United States, unless otherwise ap-
(b) [Reserved]
proved in writing by the Associate Ad-
[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesigministrator, in accordance with subnated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
part I of part 107 of this chapter. Inspections and verification must be per-
§ 178.33a-8 Tests.
formed by-
(a) One out of each lot of 25,000 con-
(1) An independent inspection agency
tainers or less, successively produced
approved in writing by the Associate
per day, shall be pressure tested to de-
Administrator, in accordance with substruction and must not burst below 270
part I of part 107 of this chapter; or
psig gauge pressure. The container
(2) For DOT Specifications 3B, 3BN,
tested shall be complete with end as-
3E, 4B, 4BA, 4D (water capacity less
sembled.
than 1,100 cubic inches), 4B240ET.
(b) Each such 25,000 containers or
4AA480, 4L, 8, 8AL, 4BW, 39 (marked
less, successively produced per day,
service pressure 900 p.s.i.g. or lower)
shall constitute a lot and if the test
and 4E manufactured in the United
container shall fail, the lot shall be re-
States, a competent inspector of the
jected or ten additional containers may
manufacturer.
831
§ 178.35
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(c) Duties of Inspector. The inspector
(d) Defects and attachments. Cylinders
shall determine that each cylinder
must conform to the following:
made is in conformance with the appli-
(1) A cylinder may not be constructed
cable specification. Except as otherof material with seams, cracks or lamwise specified in the applicable speciinations, or other injurious defects.
fication, the inspector shall perform
(2) Metal attachments to cylinders
the following:
must have rounded or chamfered cor-
(1) Inspect all material and reject
ners or must be protected in such a
any not meeting applicable requiremanner as to prevent the likelihood of
ments. For cylinders made by the bilcausing puncture or damage to other
let-piercing process, billets must be inhazardous materials packages. This respected and shown to be free from pipe,
quirement applies to anything tempocracks, excessive segregation and other
rarily or permanently attached to the
injurious defects after parting or, when
cylinder, such as metal skids.
applicable, after nick and cold break.
(e) Safety devices. Pressure relief de-
(2) Verify the material of construcvices and protection for valves, safety
tion meets the requirements of the apdevices, and other connections, if applicable specification byplied, must be as required or author-
(i) Making a chemical analysis of
ized by the appropriate specification,
each heat of material:
and as required in $173.301 of this sub-
(ii) Obtaining a certified chemical
chapter.
analysis from the material manufac-
(f) Markings. Markings on a DOT
turer for each heat of material (a ladle
Specification cylinder must conform to
analysis is acceptable); or
applicable requirements.
(iii) If an analysis is not provided for
(1) Each cylinder must be marked
each heat of material by the material
with the following information:
manufacturer, by making a check anal-
(i) The DOT specification marking
ysis of a sample from each coil, sheet,
must appear first, followed immeor tube.
diately by the service pressure. For ex-
(3) Verify compliance of cylinders
ample, DOT-3A1800.
with the applicable specification by-
(ii) The serial number must be placed
(i) Verifying identification of matejust below or immediately following
rial is proper;
the DOT specification marking.
(ii) Inspecting the inside of the cyl-
(iii) A symbol (letters) must be
inder before closing in ends;
placed just below, immediately before
(iii) Verifying that the heat treator following the serial number. Other
ment is proper;
variations in sequence of markings are
(iv) Obtaining samples for all tests
authorized only when necessitated by a
and check chemical analyses (NOTE:
lack of space. The symbol and numbers
must be those of the manufacturer.
Recommended locations for test specimens taken from welded cylinders are
The symbol must be registered with
depicted in Figures 1 through 5 in Apthe Associate Administrator: duplicapendix C to this subpart for the specific
tions are not authorized.
construction design.);
(iv) The inspector's official mark and
(v) Witnessing all tests;
date of test (such as 5-95 for May 1995)
(vi) Verify threads by gauge;
must be placed near the serial number.
(vii) Reporting volumetric capacity
This information must be placed so
and tare weight (see report form) and
that dates of subsequent tests can be
minimum thickness of wall noted; and
easily added. An example of the mark-
(viii) Verifying that each cylinder is
ings prescribed in this paragraph (f)(1)
is as follows:
marked in accordance with the applicable specification.
DOT-3A1800
(4) Furnish complete test reports re-
1234
quired by this subpart to the maker of
XY
the cylinder and, upon request, to the
AB 5-95
purchaser. The test report must be re-
Or;
tained by the inspector for fifteen
DOT-3A1800-1234-XY
years from the original test date of the
AB 5-95
cylinder.
Where:
832
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 178.36
DOT-3A = specification number
§ 178.36 Specification 3A and 3AX
1800 = service pressure
seamless steel cylinders.
1234 = serial number
XY - symbol of manufacturer
(a) Type size and service pressure. In
AB - inspector's mark
addition to the requirements of § 178.35,
5-95 = date of test
cylinders must conform to the following:
(2) Additional required marking must
(1) A DOT-3A cylinder is a seamless
be applied to the cylinder as follows:
steel cylinder with a water capacity
(i) The word "spun" or "plug" must
(nominal) not over 1,000 pounds and a
be placed near the DOT specification
service pressure of at least 150 psig.
marking when an end closure in the
(2) A DOT-3AX is a seamless stainless
finished cylinder has been welded by
steel cylinder with a water capacity
the spinning process, or effected by
not less than 1,000 pounds and a service
plugging.
pressure of at least 500 psig, con-
(ii) As prescribed in specification 3HT
forming to the following requirements:
($178.44) or 3T (§ 178.45), if applicable.
(i) Assuming the cylinder is to be
(3) Marking exceptions. A DOT 3E cylsupported horizontally at its two ends
inder is not required to be marked with
only and to be uniformly loaded over
an inspector's mark or a serial number.
its entire length consisting of the
(4) Unless otherwise specified in the
weight per unit of length of the
applicable specification, the markings
straight cylindrical portion filled with
on each cylinder must be stamped
water and compressed to the specified
plainly and permanently on the shoultest pressure; the sum of two times the
der, top head, or neck.
maximum tensile stress in the bottom
(5) The size of each marking must be
fibers due to bending, plus that in the
at least 0.25 inch or as space permits.
same fibers (longitudinal stress), due to
(6) Other markings are authorized
hydrostatic test may not exceed 80 perprovided they are made in low stress
cent of the minimum yield strength of
areas other than the side wall and are
the steel at such maximum stress. Wall
not of a size and depth that will create
thickness must be increased when necharmful stress concentrations. Such
essary to meet the requirement.
marks may not conflict with any DOT
(ii) To calculate the maximum longirequired markings.
tudinal tensile stress due to bending,
(g) Inspector's report. Each inspector
the following formula must be used:
shall prepare a report containing, at a
S=Mc/I
minimum, the applicable information
listed in CGA Pamphlet C-11 (IBR, see
(iii) To calculate the maximum lon-
§ 171.7 of this subchapter) or, until Ocgitudinal tensile stress due to hydrotober 1, 1997, in accordance with the apstatic test pressure, the following forplicable test report requirements of
mula must be used:
this subchapter in effect on September
S = A, P/A₂
30, 1996. Any additional information or
markings that are required by the apwhere:
plicable specification must be shown
S = tensile stress-p.s.i.;
on the test report. The signature of the
M = bending moment-inch pounds-(w12)/8:
inspector on the reports certifies that
W = weight per inch of cylinder filled with
the processes of manufacture and heat
water;
treatment of cylinders were observed
1 = length of cylinder-inches;
and found satisfactory.
C = radius (D)/(2) of cylinder-inches;
(h) Report retention. The manufac-
I = moment of inertia-0.04909 (D'-d4) inches
turer of the cylinders shall retain the
fourth;
reports required by this subpart for 15
D = outside diameter-Inches;
years from the original test date of the
d = inside diameter-inches;
cylinder.
A, = internal area in cross section of cylinder-square inches;
[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942. May 23, 1996, as
A2 - area of metal in cross section of cylamended at 66 FR 45185. Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR
inder-square inches;
51652. Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31. 2003]
P=hydrostatic test pressure-psig.
833
§ 178.36
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(b) Steel. Open-hearth or electric steel
stress calculation must be made by
of uniform quality must be used. Conusing the following formula:
tent percent may not exceed the fol-
S =
lowing: Carbon, 0.55; phosphorous, 0.045;
sulphur, 0.050.
Where:
(c) Identification of material. Material
S - wall stress in psi;
must be identified by any suitable
P = minimum test pressure prescribed for
method, except that plates and billets
water jacket test or 450 psig whichever is
for hot-drawn cylinders must be
the greater;
marked with the heat number.
D = outside diameter in inches;
(d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be
d - inside diameter in inches.
manufactured using equipment and
(g) Heat treatment. The completed cylprocesses adequate to ensure that each
inder must be uniformly and properly
cylinder produced conforms to the reheat-treated prior to tests.
quirements of this subpart. No fissure
(h) Openings in cylinders and connecor other defect is permitted that is
tions (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those
likely to weaken the finished cylinder
openings. Threads are required on openappreciably. A reasonably smooth and
ings.
uniform surface finish is required. If
(1) Threads must be clean cut, even,
not originally free from such defects,
without checks, and to gauge.
the surface may be machined or other-
(2) Taper threads, when used, must be
wise treated to eliminate these defects.
of length not less than as specified for
The thickness of the bottoms of cyl-
American Standard taper pipe threads.
inders welded or formed by spinning is,
(3) Straight threads having at least 6
under no condition, to be less than two
engaged threads are authorized.
times the minimum wall thickness of
Straight threads must have a tight fit
the cylindrical shell; such bottom
and calculated shear strength of at
thicknesses must be measured within
least 10 times the test pressure of the
an area bounded by a line representing
cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent
the points of contact between the cylleakage, are required.
inder and floor when the cylinder is in
(i) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder
a vertical position.
must successfully withstand a hydro-
(e) Welding or brazing. Welding or
static test, as follows:
brazing for any purpose whatsoever is
(1) The test must be by water-jacket,
prohibited except as follows:
or other suitable methods, operated so
(1) Welding or brazing is authorized
as to obtain accurate data. The presfor the attachment of neckrings and
sure gauge must permit reading to an
footrings which are non-pressure parts
accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion
and only to the tops and bottoms of
gauge must permit reading of total excylinders having a service pressure of
pansion to an accuracy of either 1 per-
500 psig or less. Cylinders, neckrings.
cent or 0.1 cubic centimeter.
and footrings must be made of weldable
(2) Pressure must be maintained for
steel, the carbon content of which may
at least 30 seconds and sufficiently
not exceed 0.25 percent except in the
longer to ensure complete expansion.
case of 4130X steel which may be used
Any internal pressure applied after
with proper welding procedures.
heat-treatment and previous to the of-
(2) As permitted in paragraph (d) of
ficial test may not exceed 90 percent of
this section.
the test pressure. If, due to failure of
(3) Cylinders used solely in anhythe test apparatus the test pressure
drous ammonia service may have a 1/2
cannot be maintained the test may be
inch diameter bar welded within their
repeated at a pressure increased by 10
concave bottoms.
percent or 100 psig. whichever is the
(f) Wall thickness. For cylinders with
lower.
service pressure less than 900 pounds,
(3) Permanent, volumetric expansion
the wall stress may not exceed 24,000
may not exceed 10 percent of the total
psig. A minimum wall thickness of
volumetric expansion at test pressure.
0.100 inch is required for any cylinder
(4) Each cylinder must be tested to at
over 5 inches outside diameter. Wall
least 5/3 times service pressure.
834
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 178.36
(j) Flattening test. A flattening test
(i) The yield strength must be determust be performed on one cylinder
mined by either the "offset" method or
taken at random out of each lot of 200
the "extension under load" method as
or less, by placing the cylinder between
prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see $171.7
wedge shaped knife edges having a 60°
of this subchapter).
included angle, rounded to ½-inch ra-
(ii) In using the "extension under
dius. The longitudinal axis of the cylload" method, the total strain (or "exinder must be at a 90-degree angle to
tension under load") corresponding to
knife edges during the test. For lots of
the stress at which the 0.2-percent per-
30 or less, flattening tests are authormanent strain occurs may be deterized to be made on a ring at least 8
mined with sufficient accuracy by calinches long cut from each cylinder and
culating the elastic extension of the
subjected to same heat treatment as
gauge length under appropriate load
the finished cylinder.
and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the
(k) Physical test. A physical test must
gauge length. Elastic extension calbe conducted to determine yield
culations must be based on an elastic
strength, tensile strength, elongation,
modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of
and reduction of area of material as
controversy the entire stress-strain
follows:
diagram must be plotted and the yield
(1) The test is required on 2 specistrength determined from the 0.2 permens cut from 1 cylinder taken at rancent offset.
dom out of each lot of 200 or less. For
lots of 30 or less, physical tests are au-
(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set
thorized to be made on a ring at least
8 inches long cut from each cylinder
while the specimen is under a stress of
and subjected to same heat treatment
12,000 psig and the strain indicator
as the finished cylinder.
reading must be set at the calculated
(2) Specimens must conform to the
corresponding strain.
following:
(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing
(i) Gauge length of 8 inches with a
machine may not exceed 1/8 inch per
width of not over 1½ inches, a gauge
minute during yield strength deterlength of 2 inches with a width of not
mination.
over 1½ inches, or a gauge length of at
(1) Acceptable results for physical and
least 24 times thickness with width not
flattening tests. Either of the following
over 6 times thickness is authorized
is an acceptable result:
when cylinder wall is not over 3/16 inch
(1) An elongation at least 40 percent
thick.
for a 2-inch gauge length or at least 20
(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip
percent in other cases and yield
ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends
strength not over 73 percent of tensile
may be flattened to within 1 inch of
strength. In this instance, the flateach end of the reduced section.
tening test is not required.
(iii) When size of cylinder does not
(2) An elongation at least 20 percent
permit securing straight specimens,
for a 2-inch gauge length or 10 percent
the specimens may be taken in any loin other cases and a yield strength not
cation or direction and may be
over 73 percent of tensile strength. In
straightened or flattened cold, by presthis instance, the flattening test is resure only, not by blows. When speciquired, without cracking, to 6 times
mens are so taken and prepared, the inthe wall thickness.
spector's report must show in connec-
(m) Leakage test. All spun cylinders
tion with record of physical tests deand plugged cylinders must be tested
tailed information in regard to such
for leakage by gas or air pressure after
specimens.
the bottom has been cleaned and is free
(iv) Heating of a specimen for any
from all moisture subject to the folpurpose is not authorized.
lowing conditions and limitations:
(3) The yield strength in tension
(1) Pressure, approximately the same
must be the stress corresponding to a
as but no less than service pressure,
permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the
must be applied to one side of the flngauge length. The following conditions
ished bottom over an area of at least
apply:
1/16 of the total area of the bottom but
835
$ 178.37
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
not less than 3/4 inch in diameter, inonly and to be uniformly loaded over
cluding the closure, for at least 1
its entire length consisting of the
minute, during which time the other
weight per unit of length of the
side of the bottom exposed to pressure
straight cylindrical portion filled with
must be covered with water and closely
water and compressed to the specified
examined for indications of leakage.
test pressure: the sum of two times the
Except as provided in paragraph (n) of
maximum tensile stress in the bottom
this section, a cylinder that is leaking
fibers due to bending, plus that in the
must be rejected.
same fibers (longitudinal stress). due to
(2) A spun cylinder is one in which an
hydrostatic test pressure may not exend closure in the finished cylinder has
ceed 80 percent of the minimum yield
been welded by the spinning process.
strength of the steel at such maximum
(3) A plugged cylinder is one in which
stress. Wall thickness must be in-
a permanent closure in the bottom of a
creased when necessary to meet the Γe-
finished cylinder has been effected by a
quirement.
plug.
(ii) To calculate the maximum ten-
(4) As a safety precaution, if the
sile stress due to bending, the following
manufacturer elects to make this test
formula must be used:
before the hydrostatic test, the manu-
S - Mc/I
facturer should design the test apparatus so that the pressure is applied to
(iii) To calculate the maximum lonthe smallest area practicable, around
gitudinal tensile stress due to hydrothe point of closure, and so as to use
static test pressure, the following forthe smallest possible volume of air or
mula must be used:
gas.
S = A1P/A²
(n) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treat-
Where:
ment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders
S = tensile stress-p.s.i.;
M = bending moment-inch pounds (w12)/8;
must pass all prescribed tests to be ac-
W = weight per inch of cylinder filled with
ceptable. Repair by welding or spinning
water;
is not authorized. Spun cylinders re-
1 = length of cylinder-inches;
jected under the provisions of para-
C = radius (D)/(2) of cylinder-inches;
graph (m) of this section may be re-
I = moment of inertia-0.04909 (D4-d4) inches
moved from the spun cylinder category
fourth:
D = outside diameter-inches;
by drilling to remove defective mate-
d = inside diameter-inches;
rial. tapping and plugging.
A' = internal area in cross section of cyl-
[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as
inder-square inches;
amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997: 66 FR
A2 = area of metal in cross section of cyl-
45185, 45386-45387, Aug. 28, 2001: 67 FR 51652,
inder-square inches;
Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003]
P = hydrostatic test pressure-psig.
(b) Authorized steel. Open-hearth,
§ 178.37 Specification 3AA and 3AAX
basic oxygen, or electric steel of uniseamless steel cylinders.
form quality must be used. A heat of
(a) Type, size and service pressure. In
steel made under the specifications in
addition to the requirements of $178.35,
table 1 of this paragraph (b), check
cylinders must conform to the folchemical analysis of which is slightly
lowing:
out of the specified range, is accept-
(1) A DOT-3AA cylinder is a seamless
able, if satisfactory in all other resteel cylinder with a water capacity
spects, provided the tolerances shown
(nominal) of not over 1,000 pounds and
in table 2 of this paragraph (b) are not
a service pressure of at least 150 psig.
exceeded. When a carbon-boron steel is
(2) A DOT-3AAX cylinder is a seamused, a hardenability test must be perless steel cylinder with a water capacformed on the first and last ingot of
ity of not less than 1,000 pounds and a
each heat of steel. The results of this
service pressure of at least 500 psig.
test must be recorded on the Record of
conforming to the following require-
Chemical Analysis of Material for Cylments:
inders required by $178.35. This hard-
(i) Assuming the cylinder is to be
ness test must be made 5/16-inch from
supported horizontally at its two ends
the quenched end of the Jominy quench
836
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.37
bar and the hardness must be at least
lowing chemical analyses are author-
Rc 33 and no more than Rc 53. The folized:
TABLE 1-AUTHORIZED MATERIALS
4130X (per-
NE-8630 (per-
Inter- mediate
9115 (percent)
9125 (percent)
Carbon-boron
Designation
cent) (see Note
cent) (see Note
1)
(see Note 1)
(see Note 1)
(percent)
manganese
1)
(percent)
Carbon
0.25/0.35
0.28/0.33
0.10/0.20
0.20/0.30
0.27-0.37
0.40 max.
Manganese
0.40/0.90
0.70/0.90
0.50/0.75
0.50/0.75
0.80-1.40
1.35/1.65.
Phosphorus
0.04 max
0.04 max
0.04 max
0.04 max
0.035 max
0.04 max.
Sulfur
0.05 max
0.04 max
0.04 max
0.04 max
0.045 max
0.05 max.
Silicon
0.15/0.35
0.20/0.35
0.60/0.90
0.60/0.90
0.3 max.
0.10/0.30.
Chromium
0.80/1.10
0.40/0.60
0.50/0.65
0.50/0.65.
Molybdenum
0.15/0.25
0.15/0.25
Zirconlum
0.05/0.15
0.05/0.15
Nickel
0.40/0.70.
Boron
0.0005/0.003.
NOTE 1: This designation may not be restrictive and the commercial steel is limited in analysis as shown in this table.
TABLE 2-CHECK ANALYSIS TOLERANCES
Tolerance (percent) over
the maximum limit or
Limit or maximum specified
under the minimum limit
Element
(percent)
Under min-
Over maximum limit
imum limit
Carbon
To 0.15 incl
0.02
0.03
Over 0.15 to 0.40 incl
.03
.04
Manganese
To 0.60 incl
.03
.03
Over 0.60 to 1.15 incl
0.04
0.04
Over 1.15 to 2.50 incl
0.05
0.05
Phosphorus
All ranges
.01
Sulphur
All ranges
.01
Silicon
To 0.30 incl
.02
.03
Over 0.30 to 1.00 incl
.05
.05
Nickel
To 1.00 Incl
.03
.03
Chromium
To 0.90 incl
.03
.03
0.90 to 2.90 incl
.05
.05
Molybdenum
To 0.20 incl
.01
.01
Over 0.20 to 0.40
.02
.02
Zirconium
All ranges
.01
.05
1 Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus.
(c) Identification of material. Material
times the minimum wall thickness of
must be identified by any suitable
the cylindrical shell: such bottom
method except that plates and billets
thicknesses must be measured within
for hot-drawn cylinders must be
an area bounded by a line representing
marked with the heat number.
the points of contact between the cyl-
(d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be
inder and floor when the cylinder is in
manufactured using equipment and
a vertical position.
processes adequate to ensure that each
(e) Welding or brazing. Welding or
cylinder produced conforms to the rebrazing for any purpose whatsoever is
quirements of this subpart. No fissure
prohibited except as follows:
or other defects is permitted that is
(1) Welding or brazing is authorized
likely to weaken the finished cylinder
for the attachment of neckrings and
appreciably. A reasonably smooth and
footrings which are non-pressure parts,
uniform surface finish is required. If
and only to the tops and bottoms of
not originally free from such defects,
cylinders having a service pressure of
the surface may be machined or other-
500 psig or less. Cylinders, neckrings,
wise treated to eliminate these defects.
and footrings must be made of weldable
The thickness of the bottoms of cylsteel, the carbon content of which may
inders welded or formed by spinning is,
not exceed 0.25 percent except in the
under no condition, to be less than two
837
§ 178.37
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
case of 4130X steel which may be used
less than 1150 °F., and after heat treatwith proper welding procedure.
ing each cylinder must be submitted to
(2) As permitted in paragraph (d) of
a magnetic test to detect the presence
this section.
of quenching cracks. Cracked cylinders
(f) Wall thickness. The thickness of
must be rejected and destroyed.
each cylinder must conform to the fol-
(7) Except as otherwise provided in
lowing:
paragraph (g)(6) of this section, all cyl-
(1) For cylinders with a service presinders, If water quenched or quenched
sure of less than 900 psig, the wall
with a liquid producing a cooling rate
stress may not exceed 24,000 psi. A minin excess of 80 percent of the cooling
imum wall thickness of 0.100 inch is rerate of water, must be inspected by the
quired for any cylinder with an outside
magnetic particle, dye penetrant or uldiameter of over 5 inches.
trasonic method to detect the presence
(2) For cylinders with service presof quenching cracks. Any cylinder desure of 900 psig or more the minimum
signed to the requirements for speciwall must be such that the wall stress
fication 3AA and found to have a
at the minimum specified test pressure
quenching crack must be rejected and
may not exceed 67 percent of the minmay not be requalified. Cylinders deimum tensile strength of the steel as
signed to the requirements for specidetermined from the physical tests Γe-
fication 3AAX and found to have
quired in paragraphs (k) and (1) of this
cracks must have cracks removed to
section and must be not over 70,000 psi.
sound metal by mechanical means.
(3) Calculation must be made by the
Such specification 3AAX cylinders will
formula:
be acceptable if the repaired area is
subsequently examined to assure no de-
S =
fect, and it is determined that design
Where:
thickness requirements are met.
S = wall stress in psi;
(h) Openings in cylinders and connec-
P = minimum test pressure prescribed for
tions (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those
water jacket test or 450 psig whichever is
openings. Threads are required on openthe greater;
ings.
D = outside diameter in inches;
(1) Threads must be clean cut, even,
d = inside diameter in inches.
without checks, and to gauge.
(g) Heat treatment. The completed cyl-
(2) Taper threads, when used, must be
inders must be uniformly and properly
of a length not less than as specified
heat treated prior to tests. Heat treatfor American Standard taper pipe
ment of cylinders of the authorized
threads.
analyses must be as follows:
(3) Straight threads having at least 6
(1) All cylinders must be quenched by
engaged threads are authorized.
oil, or other suitable medium except as
Straight threads must have a tight fit
provided in paragraph (g) (5) of this secand a calculated shear strength of at
tion.
least 10 times the test pressure of the
(2) The steel temperature on quenchcylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent
ing must be that recommended for the
leakage, are required.
steel analysis, but may not exceed 1750
(i) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder
°F.
must successfully withstand a hydro-
(3) All steels must be tempered at a
static test as follows:
temperature most suitable for that
(1) The test must be by water-jacket,
steel.
or other suitable method, operated so
(4) The minimum tempering temperaas to obtain accurate data. The presture may not be less than 1000 °F exsure gauge must permit reading to an
cept as noted in paragraph (g) (6) of this
accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion
section.
gauge must permit reading of total ex-
(5) Steel 4130X may be normalized at
pansion to an accuracy of either 1 per-
a temperature of 1650 °F instead of
cent or 0.1 cubic centimeter.
being quenched and cylinders so nor-
(2) Pressure must be maintained for
malized need not be tempered.
at least 30 seconds and sufficiently
(6) Intermediate manganese steels
longer to ensure complete expansion.
may be tempered at temperatures not
Any internal pressure applied after
838
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.37
heat-treatment and previous to the ofsure only, not by blows. When specificial test may not exceed 90 percent of
mens are so taken and prepared, the inthe test pressure. If, due to failure of
spector's report must show in connecthe test apparatus, the test pressure
tion with record of physical tests decannot be maintained, the test may be
tailed information in regard to such
repeated at a pressure increased by 10
specimens.
percent or 100 psig, whichever is the
(iv) Heating of a specimen for any
lower.
purpose is not authorized.
(3) Permanent volumetric expansion
(3) The yield strength in tension
may not exceed 10 percent of total volmust be the stress corresponding to a
umetric expansion at test pressure.
permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the
(4) Each cylinder must be tested to at
gauge length. The following conditions
least 5/3 times the service pressure.
apply:
(j) Flattening test. A flattening test
(i) The yield strength must be determust be performed on one cylinder
mined by either the "offset" method or
taken at random out of each lot of 200
the "extension under load" method as
or less, by placing the cylinder between
prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see §171.7
wedge shaped knife edges having a 60°
of this subchapter).
included angle, rounded to 1/2-inch ra-
(ii) In using the "extension under
dius. The longitudinal axis of the cylload" method, the total strain (or "exinder must be at a 90-degree angle to
tension under load") corresponding to
knife edges during the test. For lots of
the stress at which the 0.2 percent per-
30 or less, flattening tests are authormanent strain occurs may be deterized to be made on a ring at least 8
mined with sufficient accuracy by calinches long cut from each cylinder and
culating the elastic extension of the
subjected to same heat treatment as
gauge length under appropriate load
the finished cylinder.
and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the
(k) Physical test. A physical test must
gauge length. Elastic extension calbe conducted to determine yield
culations must be based on an elastic
strength, tensile strength, elongation,
modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of
and reduction of area of material as
controversy, the entire stress-strain
follows:
diagram must be plotted and the yield
(1) The test is required on 2 specistrength determined from the 0.2 permens cut from 1 cylinder taken at rancent offset.
dom out of each lot of 200 or less. For
(iii) For the purpose of strain measlots of 30 or less, physical tests are auurement, the initial strain must be set
thorized to be made on a ring at least
while the specimen is under a stress of
8 inches long cut from each cylinder
12,000 psi, the strain indicator reading
and subjected to the same heat treatbeing set at the calculated corment as the finished cylinder.
responding strain.
(2) Specimens must conform to the
(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing
following:
machine may not exceed 1/8 inch per
(i) Gauge length of 8 inches with a
minute during yield strength deterwidth of not over 1½ inches, a gauge
mination.
length of 2 inches with a width of not
(1) Acceptable results for physical and
over 1½ inches. or a gauge length of at
flattening tests. An acceptable result for
least 24 times the thickness with width
physical and flattening tests is elonnot over 6 times thickness when the
gation at least 20 percent for 2 inches
thickness of the cylinder wall is not
of gauge length or at least 10 percent in
over 3/16 inch.
other cases. Flattening is required,
(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip
without cracking, to 6 times the wall
ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends
thickness of the cylinder.
may be flattened to within 1 inch of
(m) Leakage test. All spun cylinders
each end of the reduced section.
and plugged cylinders must be tested
(iii) When size of cylinder does not
for leakage by gas or air pressure after
permit securing straight specimens,
the bottom has been cleaned and is free
the specimens may be taken in any lofrom all moisture. Pressure, approxication or direction and may be
mately the same as but no less than
straightened or flattened cold, by presthe service pressure, must be applied to
839
§ 178.38
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
one side of the finished bottom over an
method except that plates and billets
area of at least 1/16 of the total area of
for hot-drawn cylinders must be
the bottom but not less than 3/4 inch in
marked with the heat number.
diameter, including the closure, for at
(d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be
least one minute, during which time
manufactured using equipment and
the other side of the bottom exposed to
processes adequate to ensure that each
pressure must be covered with water
cylinder produced conforms to the reand closely examined for indications of
quirements of this subpart. No fissure
leakage. Except as provided in paraor other defect is permitted that is
graph (n) of this section, a cylinder
likely to weaken the finished cylinder
must be rejected if there is any leakappreciably. A reasonably smooth and
ing.
uniform surface finish is required. If
(1) A spun cylinder is one in which an
not originally free from such defects,
end closure in the finished cylinder has
the surface may be machined or otherbeen welded by the spinning process.
wise treated to eliminate these defects.
(2) A plugged cylinder is one in which
The thickness of the bottoms of cyl-
a permanent closure in the bottom of a
inders welded or formed by spinning is,
finished cylinder has been effected by a
under no condition, to be less than two
plug.
times the minimum wall thickness of
(3) As a safety precaution, if the
the cylindrical shell; such bottom
manufacturer elects to make this test
thicknesses to be measured within an
before the hydrostatic test, the manuarea bounded by a line representing the
facturer should design the test appapoints of contact between the cylinder
ratus so that the pressure is applied to
and floor when the cylinder is in a
the smallest area practicable, around
vertical position.
the point of closure, and so as to use
(e) Welding or brazing. Welding or
the smallest possible volume of air or
brazing for any purpose whatsoever is
gas.
prohibited except as follows:
(n) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treat-
(1) Welding or brazing is authorized
ment is authorized for rejected cylfor the attachment of neckrings and
inders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders
footrings which are non-pressure parts.
must pass all prescribed tests to be acand only to the tops and bottoms of
ceptable. Repair by welding or spinning
cylinders having a service pressure of
is not authorized. Spun cylinders re-
500 psig or less. Cylinders, neckrings,
jected under the provision of paragraph
and footrings must be made of weldable
(m) of this section may be removed
steel, carbon content of which may not
from the spun cylinder category by
exceed 0.25 percent except in the case
drilling to remove defective material,
of 4130X steel which may be used with
tapping and plugging.
proper welding procedure.
[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as
(2) As permitted in paragraph (d) of
amended at 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR
this section.
45386-45387 Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51652, Aug. 8,
(f) Wall thickness. The wall stress may
2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003]
not exceed 24,000 psi. The minimum
§ 178.38 Specification 3B seamless
wall thickness is 0.090 inch for any cylsteel cylinders.
inder with an outside diameter of 6
inches. Calculation must be made by
(a) Type, size, and service pressure. A
the following formula:
DOT 3B cylinder is seamless steel cylinder with a water capacity (nominal)
S =
of not over 1,000 pounds and a service
Where:
pressure of at least 150 to not over 500
psig.
S = wall stress in psi;
(b) Steel. Open-hearth or electric steel
P = at least two times service pressure or 450
of uniform quality must be used. Conpsig, whichever is the greater;
D = outside diameter in inches:
tent percent may not exceed the fol-
d = inside diameter in inches.
lowing: carbon, 0.55; phosphorus, 0.045;
sulphur, 0.050.
(g) Heat treatment. The completed cyl-
(c) Identification of material. Material
inders must be uniformly and properly
must be identified by any suitable
heat-treated prior to tests.
840
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
$ 178.38
(h) Openings in cylinders and connecinder must be at a 90-degree angle to
tions (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those
knife edges during the test. For lots of
openings. Threads, conforming to the
30 or less, flattening tests are authorfollowing, are required on all openings:
ized to be made on a ring at least 8
(1) Threads must be clean cut, even,
inches long cut from each cylinder and
without checks, and to gauge.
subjected to same heat treatment as
(2) Taper threads when used, must be
the finished cylinder.
of a length not less than as specified
(k) Physical test. A physical test must
for American Standard taper pipe
be conducted to determine yield
threads.
strength, tensile strength, elongation,
(3) Straight threads having at least 4
and reduction of area of material, as
engaged threads are authorized.
follows:
Straight threads must have a tight fit,
(1) The test is required on 2 speciand calculated shear strength at least
mens cut from 1 cylinder taken at ran-
10 times the test pressure of the cyldom out of each lot of 200 or less. For
inder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent
lots of 30 or less, physical tests are auleakage, are required.
thorized to be made on a ring at least
(i) Hydrostatic test. Cylinders must
successfully withstand a hydrostatic
8 inches long cut from each cylinder
test, as follows:
and subjected to same heat treatment
(1) The test must be by water-jacket,
as the finished cylinder.
or other suitable method, operated so
(2) Specimens must conform to the
as to obtain accurate data. The presfollowing:
sure gauge must permit reading to an
(i) Gauge length of 8 inches with a
accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion
width of not over 1½ inches; or a gauge
gauge must permit reading of total exlength of 2 inches with a width of not
pansion to an accuracy either of 1 perover 11/2 inches; or a gauge length at
cent or 0.1 cubic centimeter.
least 24 times the thickness with a
(2) Pressure must be maintained for
width not over 6 times thickness is auat least 30 seconds and sufficiently
thorized when a cylinder wall is not
longer to insure complete expansion.
over 3/16 inch thick.
Any internal pressure applied after
(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip
heat-treatment and previous to the ofends, may not be flattened. Grip ends
ficial test may not exceed 90 percent of
may be flattened to within one inch of
the test pressure. If, due to failure of
each end of the reduced section.
the test apparatus, the test pressure
(iii) When size of cylinder does not
cannot be maintained, the test may be
permit securing straight specimens,
repeated at a pressure increased by 10
the specimens may be taken in any lopercent or 100 psig, whichever is the
cation or direction and may be
lower.
straightened or flattened cold, by pres-
(3) Permanent volumetric expansion
sure only, not by blows. When specimay not exceed 10 percent of total volmens are so taken and prepared, the inumetric expansion at test pressure.
spector's report must show in connec-
(4) Cylinders must be tested as foltion with record of physical tests delows:
tailed information in regard to such
(i) Each cylinder; to at least 2 times
specimens.
service pressure; or
(ii) 1 cylinder out of each lot of 200 or
(iv) Heating of a specimen for any
less; to at least 3 times service prespurpose is not authorized.
sure. Others must be examined under
(3) The yield strength in tension
pressure of 2 times service pressure and
must be the stress corresponding to a
show no defect.
permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the
(j) Flattening test. A flattening test
gauge length. The following conditions
must be performed on one cylinder
apply:
taken at random out of each lot of 200
(i) The yield strength must be deteror less, by placing the cylinder between
mined by either the "offset" method or
wedge shaped knife edges having a 60°
the "extension under load" method as
included angle, rounded to 1/2-inch raprescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7
dius. The longitudinal axis of the cylof this subchapter).
841
§ 178.39
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(ii) In using the "extension under
this section, a cylinder must be reload" method, the total strain (or "exjected if there is any leaking.
tension under load") corresponding to
(2) A spun cylinder is one in which an
the stress at which the 0.2 percent perend closure in the finished cylinder has
manent strain occurs may be deterbeen welded by the spinning process.
mined with sufficient accuracy by cal-
(3) A plugged cylinder is one in which
culating the elastic extension of the
a permanent closure in the bottom of a
gauge length under appropriate load
finished cylinder has been effected by a
and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the
plug.
gauge length. Elastic extension cal-
(4) As a safety precaution, if the
culations must be based on an elastic
manufacturer elects to make this test
modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of
before the hydrostatic test, he should
controversy, the entire stress-strain
design his apparatus so that the presdiagram must be plotted and the yield
sure is applied to the smallest area
strength determined from the 0.2 perpracticable, around the point of clocent offset.
sure, and so as to use the smallest pos-
(iii) For the purpose of strain meassible volume of air or gas.
urement, the initial strain must be set
(n) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatwhile the specimen is under a stress of
ment of rejected cylinders is author-
12,000 psi, and the strain indicator
ized. Subsequent thereto, cylinders
reading being set at the calculated cormust pass all prescribed tests to be acresponding strain.
ceptable. Repair by welding or spinning
(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing
is not authorized. Spun cylinders remachine may not exceed 1/8 inch per
jected under the provisions of paraminute during yield strength detergraph (m) of this section may be remination.
moved from the spun cylinder category
(1) Acceptable results for physical and
by drilling to remove defective mateflattening tests. Either of the following
rial, tapping and plugging.
is an acceptable result:
(o) Marking. Markings may be
(1) An elongation of at least 40 perstamped into the sidewalls of cylinders
cent for a 2-inch gauge length or at
having a service pressure of 150 psig if
least 20 percent in other cases and
all of the following conditions are met:
yield strength not over 73 percent of
(1) Wall stress at test pressure may
tensile strength. In this instance, the
not exceed 24,000 psi.
flattening test is not required.
(2) Minimum wall thickness must be
(2) An elongation of at least 20 pernot less than 0.090 inch.
cent for a 2-inch gauge length or 10 percent in other cases and yield strength
(3) Depth of stamping must be no
not over 73 percent of tensile strength.
greater than 15 percent of the minimum wall thickness, but may not ex-
Flattening is required, without crackceed 0.015 inch.
ing, to 6 times the wall thickness.
(m) Leakage test. All spun cylinders
(4) Maximum outside diameter of cyland plugged cylinders must be tested
inder may not exceed 5 inches.
for leakage by gas or air pressure after
(5) Carbon content of cylinder may
the bottom has been cleaned and is free
not exceed 0.25 percent. If the carbon
from all moisture, subject to the folcontent exceeds 0.25 percent, the comlowing conditions and limitations:
plete cylinder must be normalized after
(1) Pressure, approximately the same
stamping.
as but no less than service pressure,
(6) Stamping must be adjacent to the
must be applied to one side of the fintop head.
ished bottom over an area of at least
[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942. May 23, 1996. as
1/16 of the total area of the bottom but
amended by 66 FR 45185, 45386-45388, Aug. 28,
not less than 3/4 inch in diameter, in-
2001; 67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002: 68 FR 75748.
cluding the closure, for at least one
Dec. 31, 2003]
minute, during which time the other
side of the bottom exposed to pressure
§ 178.39 Specification 3BN seamless
must be covered with water and closely
nickel cylinders.
examined for indications of leakage.
(a) Type, size and service pressure. A
Except as provided in paragraph (n) of
DOT 3BN cylinder is a seamless nickel
842
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.39
cylinder with a water capacity (nomi-
(2) Taper threads, when used, to be of
nal) not over 125 pounds water capacity
length not less than as specified for
(nominal) and a service pressure at
American Standard taper pipe threads.
least 150 to not over 500 psig.
(3) Straight threads having at least 6
(b) Nickel. The percentage of nickel
engaged threads are authorized.
plus cobalt must be at least 99.0 per-
Straight threads must have a tight fit
cent.
and a calculated shear strength of at
(c) Identification of material. The maleast 10 times the test pressure of the
terial must be identified by any suitcylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent
able method except that plates and billeakage, are required.
lets for hot-drawn cylinders must be
(i) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder
marked with the heat number.
must successfully withstand a hydro-
(d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be
static test, as follows:
manufactured using equipment and
(1) The test must be by water-jacket,
processes adequate to ensure that each
or other suitable method, operated so
cylinder produced conforms to the reas to obtain accurate data. The presquirements of this subpart. No defect is
sure gauge must permit reading to an
permitted that is likely to weaken the
accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion
finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface
gauge must permit reading of total exfinish is required. Cylinders closed in
pansion to an accuracy either of 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter.
by spinning process are not authorized.
(e) Welding or brazing. Welding or
(2) Pressure must be maintained for
brazing for any purpose whatsoever is
at least 30 seconds and sufficiently
prohibited except that welding is aulonger to ensure complete expansion.
thorized for the attachment of
Any internal pressure applied after
neckrings and footrings which are nonheat-treatment and previous to the ofpressure parts, and only to the tops and
ficial test may not exceed 90 percent of
bottoms of cylinders. Neckrings and
the test pressure. If, due to failure of
footrings must be of weldable material,
the test apparatus, the test pressure
the carbon content of which may not
cannot be maintained, the test may be
exceed 0.25 percent. Nickel welding rod
repeated at a pressure increased by 10
must be used.
percent or 100 psig, whichever is the
(f) Wall thickness. The wall stress may
lower.
not exceed 15,000 psi. A minimum wall
(3) Permanent volumetric expansion
thickness of 0.100 inch is required for
may not exceed 10 percent of total volany cylinder over 5 inches in outside
umetric expansion at test pressure.
diameter. Wall stress calculation must
(4) Each cylinder must be tested to at
be made by using the following forleast 2 times service pressure.
mula:
(j) Flattening test. A flattening test
S = [P(1.3D² + 0.4d²)] / (D² - d²)
must be performed on one cylinder
taken at random out of each lot of 200
Where:
or less, by placing the cylinder between
S = wall stress in psi;
wedge shaped knife edges having a 60°
P = minimum test pressure prescribed for
included angle, rounded to 1/2-inch rawater Jacket test or 450 psig whichever is
dius. The longitudinal axis of the cylthe greater;
inder must be at a 90-degree angle to
D = outside diameter in inches;
knife edges during the test. For lots of
d - inside diameter in inches.
30 or less, flattening tests are author-
(g) Heat treatment. The completed cylized to be made on a ring at least 8
inders must be uniformly and properly
inches long cut from each cylinder and
heat-treated prior to tests.
subjected to same heat treatment as
(h) Openings in cylinders and connecthe finished cylinder.
tions (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those
(k) Physical test. A physical test must
openings. Threads conforming to the
be conducted to determine yield
following are required on openings:
strength, tensile strength, elongation,
(1) Threads must be clean cut, even,
and reduction of area of material, as
without checks, and to gauge.
follows:
843
$ 178.42
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(1) The test is required on 2 specistrength determined from the 0.2 permens cut from 1 cylinder taken at rancent offset.
dom out of each lot of 200 or less. For
(iii) For the purpose of strain measlots of 30 or less, physical tests are auurement, the initial strain must be set
thorized to be made on a ring at least
while the specimen is under a stress of
8 inches long cut from each cylinder
12,000 psi, and the strain indicator
and subjected to same heat treatment
reading must be set at the calculated
as the finished cylinder.
corresponding strain.
(2) Specimens must conform to the
(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing
following:
machine may not exceed 1/8 inch per
(i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a
minute during yield strength deterwidth of not over 1½ inches, a gauge
mination.
length of 2 inches with a width of not
(1) Acceptable results for physical and
over 1½ inches, or a gauge length of at
flattening tests. Either of the following
least 24 times the thickness with a
is an acceptable result:
width not over 6 times thickness is au-
(1) An elongation of at least 40 perthorized when a cylinder wall is not
cent for a 2 inch gauge length or at
over 3/16 inch thick.
least 20 percent in other cases and
(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip
yield point not over 50 percent of tenends, may not be flattened. Grip ends
sile strength. In this instance, the flatmay be flattened to within one inch of
tening test is not required.
each end of the reduced section.
(2) An elongation of at least 20 per-
(iii) When size of cylinder does not
cent for a 2 inch gauge length or 10 perpermit securing straight specimens,
cent in other cases and a yield point
the specimens may be taken in any lonot over 50 percent of tensile strength.
cation or direction and may be
Flattening is required, without crackstraightened or flattened cold, by presing, to 6 times the wall thickness.
sure only, not by blows. When speci-
(m) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatmens are so taken and prepared. the inment is authorized for rejected cylspector's report must show in connecinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders
tion with record of physical tests demust pass all prescribed tests to be actailed information in regard to such
ceptable. Repair by welding is not auspecimens.
thorized.
(iv) Heating of a specimen for any
[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as
purpose is not authorized.
amended by 66 FR 45185, 45386, 45388, Aug. 28,
(3) The yield strength in tension
2001: 67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002: 68 FR 75748.
must be the stress corresponding to a
Dec. 31, 2003]
permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the
gauge length. The following conditions
$178.42 Specification 3E seamless steel
apply:
cylinders.
(i) The yield strength must be deter-
(a) Type, size, and service pressure. A
mined by either the "offset" method or
DOT 3E cylinder is a seamless steel
the "extension under load" method as
cylinder with an outside diameter not
prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7
greater than 2 inches nominal, a length
of this subchapter).
less than 2 feet and a service pressure
(ii) In using the "extension under
of 1,800 psig.
load" method, the total strain (or "ex-
(b) Steel. Open-hearth or electric steel
tension under load") corresponding to
of uniform quality must be used. Conthe stress at which the 0.2 percent pertent percent may not exceed the folmanent strain occurs may be deterlowing: Carbon, 0.55; phosphorus, 0.045;
mined with sufficient accuracy by calsulphur, 0.050.
culating the elastic extension of the
(c) Identification of steel. Materials
gauge length under appropriate load
must be identified by any suitable
and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the
method.
gauge length. Elastic extension cal-
(d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be
culations must be based on an elastic
manufactured by best appliances and
modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of
methods. No defect is permitted that is
controversy, the entire stress-strain
likely to weaken the finished cylinder
diagram must be plotted and the yield
appreciably. A reasonably smooth and
844
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.44
uniform surface finish is required. The
for leakage by gas or air pressure after
thickness of the spun bottom is, under
the bottom has been cleaned and is free
no condition, to be less than two times
from all moisture subject to the folthe minimum wall thickness of the cylowing conditions and limitations:
lindrical shell; such bottom thickness
(1) A pressure, approximately the
must be measured within an area
same as but not less than the service
bounded by a line representing the
pressure, must be applied to one side of
points of contact between the cylinder
the finished bottom over an area of at
and floor when the cylinder is in a
least 1/16 of the total area of the bottom
vertical position.
but not less than 3/4 inch in diameter,
(e) Openings in cylinders and connecincluding the closure, for at least one
tions (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those
minute, during which time the other
openings. Threads conforming to the
side of the bottom exposed to pressure
following are required on openings.
must be covered with water and closely
(1) Threads must be clean cut, even,
examined for indications of leakage.
without checks, and to gauge.
Accept as provided in paragraph (h) of
(2) Taper threads, when used, must be
this section, a cylinder must be reof length not less than as specified for
jected if there is any leakage.
American Standard taper pipe threads.
(2) A spun cylinder is one in which an
(3) Straight threads having at least 4
end closure in the finished cylinder has
engaged threads are authorized.
been welded by the spinning process.
Straight threads must have a tight fit
(3) A plugged cylinder is one in which
and a calculated shear strength of at
a permanent closure in the bottom of a
least 10 times the test pressure of the
finished cylinder has been effected by a
cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent
plug.
leakage, are required.
(4) As a safety precaution, if the
(f) Hydrostatic test. Cylinders must be
manufacturer elects to make this test
tested as follows:
before the hydrostatic test, the manu-
(1) One cylinder out of each lot of 500
facturer shall design the test apparatus
or less must be subjected to a hydroso that the pressure is applied to the
static pressure of 6,000 psig or higher.
smallest area practicable, around the
(2) The cylinder referred to in parapoint of closure, and so as to use the
graph (f)(1) of this section must burst
smallest possible volume of air or gas.
at a pressure higher than 6,000 psig
(h) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatwithout fragmenting or otherwise
ment is authorized for rejected cylshowing lack of ductility, or must hold
inders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders
a pressure of 12,000 psig for 30 seconds
must pass all prescribed tests to be acwithout bursting. In which case, it
ceptable. Repair by welding or spinning
must be subjected to a flattening test
is not authorized. Spun cylinders rewithout cracking to six times wall
jected under the provisions of parathickness between knife edges, wedge
graph (g) of this section may be reshaped 60 degree angle, rounded out to
moved from the spun cylinder category
a 1/2 inch radius. The inspector's report
by drilling to remove defective matemust be suitably changed to show rerial, tapping and plugging.
sults of latter alternate and flattening
(i) Marking. Markings required by
test.
§ 178.35 must be stamped plainly and
(3) Other cylinders must be examined
permanently on the shoulder, top head,
under pressure of at least 3,000 psig and
neck or sidewall of each cylinder.
not to exceed 4,500 psig and show no defect. Cylinders tested at a pressure in
[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as
excess of 3,600 psig must burst at a
amended by 66 FR 45386. Aug. 28, 2001]
pressure higher than 7,500 psig when
tested as specified in paragraph (f)(2) of
§ 178.44 Specification 3HT seamless
this section. The pressure must be
steel cylinders for aircraft use.
maintained for at least 30 seconds and
(a) Type, size and service pressure. A
sufficiently longer to ensure complete
DOT 3HT cylinder is a seamless steel
examination.
cylinder with a water capacity (nomi-
(g) Leakage test. All spun cylinders
nal) of not over 150 pounds and a servand plugged cylinders must be tested
ice pressure of at least 900 psig.
845
$ 178.44
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(b) Authorized steel. Open hearth or
cylinder produced conforms to the reelectric furnace steel of uniform qualquirements of this subpart. No fissure
ity must be used. A heat of steel made
or other defect is permitted that is
under the specifications listed in Table
likely to weaken the finished container
1 in this paragraph (b), a check chemappreciably. The general surface finish
ical analysis that is slightly out of the
may not exceed a roughness of 250
specified range is acceptable, if satis-
RMS. Individual irregularities such as
factory in all other respects, provided
draw marks, scratches, pits, etc.,
the tolerances shown in Table 2 in this
should be held to a minimum conparagraph (b) are not exceeded. The
sistent with good high stress pressure
maximum grain size shall be 6 or finer.
vessel manufacturing practices. If the
The grain size must be determined in
cylinder is not originally free of such
accordance with ASTM E 112-88 (IBR,
defects or does not meet the finish resee $171.7 of this subchapter). Steel of
quirements, the surface may be mathe following chemical analysis is auchined or otherwise treated to elimithorized:
nate these defects. The point of closure
of cylinders closed by spinning may not
TABLE 1-AUTHORIZED MATERIALS
be less than two times the prescribed
wall thickness of the cylindrical shell.
AISI 4130
Designation
(percent)
The cylinder end contour must be hemispherical or ellipsoidal with a ratio of
Carbon
0.28/0.33
0.40/0.60
major-to-minor axis not exceeding two
Manganese
Phosphorus
0.040 maximum
to one and with the concave side to
Sulfur
0.040 maximum
pressure.
Silicon
0.15/0.35
(e) Welding or brazing. Welding or
Chromium
0.80/1.10
Molybdenum
0.15/0.25
brazing for any purpose whatsoever is
prohibited, except that welding by
spinning is permitted to close the bot-
TABLE 2-CHECK ANALYSIS TOLERANCES
tom of spun cylinders. Machining or
Tolerance
grinding to produce proper surface fin-
(percent) over the
ish at point of closure is required.
maximum limit or
under the
(f) Wall thickness. (1) Minimum wall
Limit or maximum
minimum limit
Element
thickness for any cylinder must be
specified (percent)
Under
Over
0.050 inch. The minimum wall thickmin-
maxness must be such that the wall stress
imum
imum
limit
fimit
at the minimum specified test pressure
may not exceed 75 percent of the min-
Carbon
Over 0.15 to 0.40 incl
.03
.04
imum tensile strength of the steel as
Manganese
To 0.60 incl
.03
03
Phosphorus¹
All ranges
.01
determined from the physical tests re-
Sulphur
All ranges
.01
quired in paragraph (m) of this section
Silicon
To 0.30 incl
.02
.03
and may not be over 105,000 psi.
Over 0.30 to 1.00 incl
.05
.05
Chromium
To 0.90 incl
.03
.03
(2) Calculations must be made by the
Over 0.90 to 2.10 incl
.05
.05
formula:
Molybdenum
To 0.20 incl
.01
.01
Over 0.20 to 0.40 incl
.02
.02
S = [P(1.3D² + 0.4d²)] / (D² - d²)
1 Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for
Where:
phosphorus.
S = Wall stress in psi;
(c) Identification of material. Material
P = Minimum test pressure prescribed for
must be identified by any suitable
water jacket test;
method. Steel stamping of heat identi-
D = Outside diameter in inches;
d = Inside diameter in inches.
fications may not be made in any area
which will eventually become the side
(3) Wall thickness of hemispherical
wall of the cylinder. Depth of stamping
bottoms only permitted to 90 percent
may not encroach upon the minimum
of minimum wall thickness of cylinder
prescribed wall thickness of the cylsidewall but may not be less than 0.050
inder.
inch. In all other cases, thickness to be
(d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be
no less than prescribed minimum wall.
manufactured using equipment and
(g) Heat treatment. The completed cylprocesses adequate to ensure that each
inders must be uniformly and properly
846
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.44
heated prior to tests. Heat treatment
percent or 100 psig, which ever is the
of the cylinders of the authorized anallower.
ysis must be as follows:
(3) Permanent volumetric expansion
(1) All cylinders must be quenched by
may not exceed 10 percent of total voloil, or other suitable medium.
umetric expansion at test pressure.
(2) The steel temperature on quench-
(4) Each cylinder must be tested to at
ing must be that recommended for the
least 5/3 times service pressure.
steel analysis, but may not exceed
(j) Cycling tests. Prior to the initial
1750°F.
shipment of any specific cylinder de-
(3) The steel must be tempered at a
sign, cyclic pressurization tests must
temperature most suitable for the parhave been performed on at least three
ticular steel analysis but not less than
representative samples without failure
850°F.
as follows:
(4) All cylinders must be inspected by
(1) Pressurization must be performed
the magnetic particle or dye penetrant
hydrostatically between approximately
method to detect the presence of
zero psig and the service pressure at a
quenching cracks. Any cylinder found
rate not in excess of 10 cycles per
to have a quenching crack must be reminute. Adequate recording instrumenjected and may not be requalified.
tation must be provided if equipment is
(h) Openings in cylinders and connecto be left unattended for periods of
tions (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those
time.
openings. Threads conforming to the
(2) Tests prescribed in paragraph
following are required on openings:
(j)(1) of this section must be repeated
(1) Threads must be clean cut, even,
on one random sample out of each lot
without cracks, and to gauge.
of cylinders. The cylinder may then be
(2) Taper threads, when used, must be
subjected to a burst test.
of length not less than as specified for
(3) A lot is defined as a group of cyl-
National Gas Tapered Thread (NGT) as
inders fabricated from the same heat of
required by American Standard Comsteel, manufactured by the same procpressed Gas Cylinder Valve Outlet and
ess and heat treated in the same equip-
Inlet Connections.
ment under the same conditions of
(3) Straight threads having at least 6
time, temperature, and atmosphere,
engaged threads are authorized.
and may not exceed a quantity of 200
Straight threads must have a tight fit
cylinders.
and a calculated shear stress of at least
(4) All cylinders used in cycling tests
10 times the test pressure of the cylmust be destroyed.
inder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent
(k) Burst test. One cylinder taken at
leakage, are required.
random out of each lot of cylinders
(i) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder
must be hydrostatically tested to demust withstand a hydrostatic test, as
struction.
follows:
(1) Flattening test. A flattening test
(1) The test must be by water-jacket,
must be performed on one cylinder
or other suitable method, operated so
taken at random out of each lot of 200
as to obtain accurate data. Pressure
or less, by placing the cylinder between
gauge must permit reading to an accuwedge shaped knife edges having a 60°
racy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge
included angle, rounded to 1/2-inch ramust permit reading of total expansion
dius. The longitudinal axis of the cylto an accuracy either of 1 percent of 0.1
inder must be at a 90-degree angle to
cubic centimeter.
knife edges during the test. For lots of
(2) Pressure must be maintained for
30 or less, flattening tests are authorat least 30 seconds and sufficiently
ized to be made on a ring at least 8
longer to ensure complete expansion.
inches long cut from each cylinder and
Any internal pressure applied after
subjected to same heat treatment as
heat treatment and previous to the ofthe finished cylinder.
ficial test may not exceed 90 percent of
(m) Physical tests. A physical test
the test pressure. If, due to failure of
must be conducted to determine yield
the test apparatus, the test pressure
strength, tensile strength, elongation,
cannot be maintained, the test may be
and reduction of area of material, as
repeated at a pressure increased by 10
follows:
847
§ 178.44
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
(1) Test is required on 2 specimens
(n) Magnetic particle inspection. Incut from 1 cylinder taken at random
spection must be performed on the inout of each lot of cylinders.
side of each container before closing
(2) Specimens must conform to the
and externally on each finished confollowing:
tainer after heat treatment. Evidence
(i) A gauge length of at least 24 times
of discontinuities, which in the opinion
the thickness with a width not over six
of a qualified inspector may appretimes the thickness. The specimen, exciably weaken or decrease the duraclusive of grip ends, may not be flatbility of the cylinder, must be cause for
tened. Grip ends may be flattened to
rejection.
within one inch of each end of the re-
(o) Leakage test. All spun cylinders
duced section. When size of cylinder
and plugged cylinders must be tested
does not permit securing straight
for leakage by dry gas or dry air presspecimens, the specimens may be
sure after the bottom has been cleaned
taken in any location or direction and
and is free from all moisture, subject
may be straightened or flattened cold
to the following conditions and limitaby pressure only, not by blows. When
tions:
specimens are so taken and prepared,
(1) Pressure, approximately the same
the inspector's report must show in
as but not less than service pressure,
connection with the record of physical
must be applied to one side of the fintests detailed information in regard to
ished bottom over an area of at least
such specimens.
1/16 of the total area of the bottom but
(ii) Heating of a specimen for any
not less than 3/4 inch in diameter, inpurpose is not authorized.
cluding the closure, for at least one
(3) The yield strength in tension
minute, during which time the other
must be the stress corresponding to a
side of the bottom exposed to pressure
permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the
must be covered with water and closely
gauge length.
examined for indications of leakage.
(i) The yield strength must be deter-
Except as provided in paragraph (q) of
mined by either the "offset" method or
this section, a cylinder must be rethe "extension under load" method as
jected if there is leakage.
prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see $171.7
(2) A spun cylinder is one in which an
of this subchapter).
end closure in the finished cylinder has
(ii) In using the "extension under
been welded by the spinning process.
load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to
(3) A plugged cylinder is one in which
the stress at which the 0.2 percent per-
a permanent closure in the bottom of a
manent strain occurs may be deterfinished cylinder has been effected by a
mined with sufficient accuracy by calplug.
culating the elastic extension of the
(4) As a safety precaution, if the
manufacturer elects to make this test
gauge length under appropriate load
and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the
before the hydrostatic test, the manugauge length. Elastic extension calfacturer should design the test appaculations must be based on an elastic
ratus so that the pressure is applied to
modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of
the smallest area practicable, around
controversy, the entire stress-strain
the point of closure, and so as to use
diagram must be plotted and the yield
the smallest possible volume of air or
strength determined from the 0.2 pergas.
cent offset.
(p) Acceptable results of tests. Results
(iii) For the purpose of strain measof the flattening test, physical tests,
urement, the initial strain must be set
burst test, and cycling test must conwhile the specimen is under a stress of
form to the following:
12,000 psi, the strain indicator reading
(1) Flattening required without
being set at the calculated corcracking to ten times the wall thickresponding strain.
ness of the cylinder.
(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing
(2) Physical tests:
machine may not exceed 1/8 inch per
(i) An elongation of at least 6 percent
minute during yield strength deterfor a gauge length of 24 times the wall
mination.
thickness.
848
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.45
(ii) The tensile strength may not exheads concave to pressure at both ends.
ceed 165,000 p.s.i.
The inside head shape must be hemi-
(3) The burst pressure must be at
spherical, ellipsoidal in which the
least 4/3 times the test pressure.
major axis is two times the minor axis,
(4) Cycling-at least 10,000 pressurizaor a dished shape falling within these
tions.
two limits. Permanent closures formed
(q) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatby spinning are prohibited.
ment is authorized for rejected cyl-
(b) Material, steel. Only open hearth,
inders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders
basic oxygen, or electric furnace procmust pass all prescribed tests to be acess steel of uniform quality is authorceptable. Repair by welding or spinning
ized. The steel analysis must conform
is not authorized. For each cylinder
to the following:
subjected to reheat treatment during
ANALYSIS TOLERANCES
original manufacture, sidewall measurements must be made to verify that
Check Analysis
the minimum sidewall thickness meets
Element
Ladie analysis
Under
Over
specification requirements after the
final heat treatment.
Carbon
0.35 to 0.50
0.03
0.04
(r) Marking. (1) Cylinders must be
Manganese
0.75 to 1.05
0.04
0.04
Phosphorus (max)
0.035
0.01
marked by low stress type steel stamp-
Suiphur (max)
0.04
0.01
ing in an area and to a depth which
Silicon
0.15 to 0.35
0.02
0.03
will insure that the wall thickness
Chromium
0.80 to 1.15
0.05
0.05
Molybdenum
0.15 to 0.25
0.02
0.02
measured from the root of the stamping to the interior surface is equal to
(1) A heat of steel made under the
or greater than the minimum prespecifications in the table in this parascribed wall thickness. Stamping must
graph (b), the ladle analysis of which is
be permanent and legible. Stamping on
slightly out of the specified range, is
side wall not authorized.
acceptable if satisfactory in all other
(2) The rejection elastic expansion
aspects. However, the check analysis
(REE). in cubic cm (cc), must be
tolerances shown in the table in this
marked on the cylinder near the date
paragraph (b) may not be exceeded exof test. The REE for a cylinder is 1.05
cept as approved by the Department.
times its original elastic expansion.
(2) Material with seams, cracks, lam-
(3) Name plates are authorized, proinations, or other injurious defects is
vided that they can be permanently
not permitted.
and securely attached to the cylinder.
(3) Material used must be identified
Attachment by either brazing or weldby any suitable method.
ing is not permitted. Attachment by
(c) Manufacture. General manufacsoldering is permitted provided steel
turing requirements are as follows:
temperature does not exceed 500 °F.
(1) Surface finish must be uniform
(s) Inspector's report. In addition to
and reasonably smooth.
the requirements of $178.35. the inspec-
(2) Inside surfaces must be clean, dry.
tor's report must indicate the rejection
and free of loose particles.
elastic expansion (REE), in cubic cm
(3) No defect of any kind is permitted
(cc).
if it is likely to weaken a finished cylinder.
[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as
amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1. 1997; 65 FR
(4) If the cylinder surface is not origi-
58631. Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45385, Aug. 28, 2001;
nally free from the defects, the surface
67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748. 75749,
may be machined or otherwise treated
Dec. 31, 2003]
to eliminate these defects provided the
minimum wall thickness is main-
$ 178.45 Specification 3T seamless steel
tained.
cylinder.
(5) Welding or brazing on a cylinder
(a) Type, size, and service pressure. A
is not permitted.
DOT 3T cylinder is a seamless steel
(d) Wall thickness. The minimum wall
cylinder with a minimum water capacthickness must be such that the wall
ity of 1,000 pounds and a minimum
stress at the minimum specified test
service pressure of 1,800 psig. Each cylpressure does not exceed 67 percent of
inder must have integrally formed
the minimum tensile strength of the
849
§ 178.45
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
steel as determined by the physical
S = A, P / A₂
tests required in paragraphs (j) and (k)
Where:
of this section. A wall stress of more
than 90,500 p.s.i. is not permitted. The
S = Tensile stress in psi;
minimum wall thickness for any cyl-
A, = Internal area in cross section of cylinder may not be less than 0.225 inch.
inder in square inches;
P = Hydrostatic test pressure-psig;
(1) Calculation of the stress for cyl-
A₂ = Area of metal in cross section of cylinders must be made by the following
inder in square inches.
formula:
(e) Heat treatment. Each completed
S = [P(1.3D² + 0.4d²)] / (D² - d²)
cylinder must be uniformly and prop-
Where:
erly heat treated prior to testing, as
follows:
S = Wall stress in psi;
P = Minimum test pressure, at least 5/3 serv-
(1) Each cylinder must be heated and
ice pressure;
held at the proper temperature for at
D = Outside diameter in inches;
least one hour per inch of thickness
d = Inside diameter in inches.
based on the maximum thickness of
(2) Each cylinder must meet the folthe cylinder and then quenched in a
suitable liquid medium having a coollowing additional requirement which
assumes a cylinder horizontally suping rate not in excess of 80 percent of
water. The steel temperature on
ported at its two ends and uniformly
loaded over its entire length. This load
quenching must be that recommended
for the steel analysis, but it must
consists of the weight per inch of
never exceed 1750 °F.
length of the straight cylindrical portion filled with water compressed to
(2) After quenching, each cylinder
must be reheated to a temperature
the specified test pressure. The wall
below the transformation range but
thickness must be increased when necnot less than 1050 °F., and must be held
essary to meet this additional requireat this temperature for at least one
ment:
hour per inch of thickness based on the
(i) The sum of two times the maxmaximum thickness of the cylinder.
imum tensile stress in the bottom fi-
Each cylinder must then be cooled
bers due to bending (see paragraph
under conditions recommended for the
(d)(2)(ii) of this section), plus the maxsteel.
imum tensile stress in the same fibers
due to hydrostatic testing (see para-
(f) Openings. Openings in cylinders
graph (d) (iii) of this section) may
must comply with the following:
not exceed 80 percent of the minimum
(1) Openings are permitted on heads
yield strength of the steel at this maxonly.
(2) The size of any centered opening
imum stress.
(ii) The following formula must be
in a head may not exceed one half the
outside diameter of the cylinder.
used to calculate the maximum tensile
(3) Openings in a head must have ligstress due to bending:
aments between openings of at least
S = Mc / I
three times the average of their hole
diameter. No off-center opening may
Where:
exceed 2.625 inches in diameter.
S = Tensile stress in psi;
M = Bending moment in inch-pounds (w12/8):
(4) All openings must be circular.
I = Moment of inertia-0.04909 (D4-d4) in
(5) All openings must be threaded.
inches fourth;
Threads must be in compliance with
C = Radius (D/2) of cylinder in inches;
the following:
w = Weight per inch of cylinder filled with
(i) Each thread must be clean cut,
water;
even, without any checks, and to
1 = Length of cylinder in inches;
gauge.
D = Outside diameter in inches;
(ii) Taper threads, when used, must
d = Inside diameter in inches.
be the American Standard Pipe thread
(iii) The following formula must be
(NPT) type and must be in compliance
used to calculate the maximum longiwith the requirements of NBS Handtudinal tensile stress due to hydrobook H-28 (IBR, see $171.7 of this substatic test pressure:
chapter).
850
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.45
(iii) Taper threads conforming to Nasubjected to a tension and Charpy imtional Gas Taper thread (NGT) standpact as follows:
ards must be in compliance with the
(1) When the cylinders are heat treatrequirements of NBS Handbook H-28.
ed in a batch furnace, two tension
(iv) Straight threads conforming
specimens and three Charpy impact
with National Gas Straight thread
specimens must be tested from one of
(NGS) standards are authorized. These
the cylinders or a test ring from each
threads must be in compliance with the
batch. The lot size represented by these
requirements of NBS Handbook H-28.
tests may not exceed 200 cylinders.
(g) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder
(2) When the cylinders are heat treatmust be tested at an internal pressure
ed in a continuous furnace, two tension
by the water jacket method or other
specimens and three Charpy impact
suitable method, conforming to the folspecimens must be tested from one of
lowing requirements:
the cylinders or a test ring from each
(1) The testing apparatus must be opfour hours or less of production. Howerated in a manner that will obtain acever, in no case may a test lot based on
curate data. Any pressure gauge used
this production period exceed 200 cylmust permit reading to an accuracy of
inders.
one percent. Any expansion gauge used
(3) Each specimen for the tension and
must permit reading of the total ex-
Charpy impact tests must be taken
pansion to an accuracy of one percent.
from the side wall of a cylinder or from
(2) Any internal pressure applied to
a ring which has been heat treated
the cylinder after heat treatment and
with the finished cylinders of which
before the official test may not exceed
the specimens must be representative.
90 percent of the test pressure.
The axis of the specimens must be par-
(3) The pressure must be maintained
allel to the axis of the cylinder. Each
sufficiently long to assure complete excylinder or ring specimen for test must
pansion of the cylinder. In no case may
be of the same diameter, thickness, and
the pressure be held less than 30 secmetal as the finished cylinders they
onds.
represent. A test ring must be at least
(4) If, due to failure of the test appa-
24 inches long with ends covered during
ratus, the required test pressure canthe heat treatment process so as to
not be maintained, the test must be resimulate the heat treatment process of
peated at a pressure increased by 10
the finished cylinders it represents.
percent or 100 psig, whichever is lower
(4) A test cylinder or test ring need
or, the cylinder must be reheat treated.
represent only one of the heats in a
(5) Permanent volumetric expansion
furnace batch provided the other heats
of the cylinder may not exceed 10 perin the batch have previously been testcent of its total volumetric expansion
ed and have passed the tests and that
at the required test pressure.
such tests do not represent more than
(6) Each cylinder must be tested to at
200 cylinders from any one heat.
least 5/3 times its service pressure.
(5) The test results must conform to
(h) Ultrasonic examination. After the
the requirements specified in parahydrostatic test, the cylindrical secgraphs (j) and (k) of this section.
tion of each vessel must be examined in
(6) When the test results do not conaccordance with ASTM E 213 for shear
form to the requirements specified, the
wave and E 114 for straight beam (IBR,
cylinders represented by the tests may
Standard see $171.7 of this subchapter).
be reheat treated and the tests re-
The equipment used must be calibrated
peated. Paragraph (i)(5) of this section
to detect a notch equal to five percent
applies to any retesting.
of the design minimum wall thickness.
(j) Basic conditions for acceptable phys-
Any discontinuity indication greater
ical testing. The following criteria must
than that produced by the five percent
be followed to obtain acceptable physnotch must be cause for rejection of
ical test results:
the cylinder, unless the discontinuity
(1) Each tension specimen must have
is repaired within the requirements of
a gauge length of two inches with a
this specification.
width not exceeding one and one-half
(i) Basic requirements for tension and
inches. Except for the grip ends, the
Charpy impact tests. Cylinders must be
specimen may not be flattened. The
851
§ 178.46
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
grip ends may be flattened to within
be less than the values shown as folone inch of each end of the reduced seclows:
tion.
(2) A specimen may not be heated
Size of specimen
Average value
Minimum value
after heat treatment specified in para-
(mm)
for acceptance
(1 specimen only
(3 specimens)
of the 3)
graph (d) of this section.
10.0x10.0
25.0 fL lbs.
20.0 ft. lbs.
(3) The yield strength in tension
10.0x7.5
21.0 ft. lbs.
17.0 ft. lbs.
must be the stress corresponding to a
10.0x5.0
17.0 fL lbs.
14.0 fL lbs.
permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the
gage length.
(4) After the final heat treatment,
(i) This yield strength must be detereach vessel must be hardness tested on
mined by the "offset" method or the
the cylindrical section. The tensile
"extension under load" method destrength equivalent of the hardness
scribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see $171.7 of
number obtained may not be more than
this subchapter).
165,000 p.s.i. (Rc 36). When the result of
a hardness test exceeds the maximum
(ii) For the "extension under load"
method, the total strain (or extension
permitted, two or more retests may be
under load) corresponding to the stress
made; however, the hardness number
at which the 0.2 percent permanent
obtained in each retest may not exceed
strain occurs may be determined with
the maximum permitted.
sufficient accuracy by calculating the
(1) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatelastic extension of the gage length
ment is authorized for rejected cylinders. However, each reheat treated
under appropriate load and adding
thereto 0.2 percent of the gage length.
cylinder must subsequently pass all the
Elastic extension calculations must be
prescribed tests. Repair by welding is
not authorized.
based on an elastic modulus of
30,000,000. However, when the degree of
(m) Markings. Marking must be done
accuracy of this method is questionby stamping into the metal of the cylable the entire stress-strain diagram
inder. All markings must be legible and
located on a shoulder.
must be plotted and the yield strength
determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
(n) Inspector's report. In addition to
the requirements of $178.35, the inspec-
(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set
tor's report for the physical test rewith the specimen under a stress of
port, must indicate the average value
for three specimens and the minimum
12,000 p.s.i. and the strain indicator
value for one specimen for each lot
reading set at the calculated cornumber.
responding strain.
(iv) The cross-head speed of the test-
[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as
ing machine may not exceed 1/8 inch per
amended at 66 FR 45385, 43588, Aug. 28, 2001;
minute during the determination of
67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 48571, Aug. 14,
2003; 68 FR 75748, 75749, Dec. 31, 2003]
yield strength.
(4) Each impact specimen must be
§ 178.46 Specification 3AL seamless
Charpy V-notch type size 10 mm x 10
aluminum cylinders.
mm taken in accordance with para-
(a) Size and service pressure. A DOT
graph 11 of ASTM A 333 (IBR, see $171.7
3AL cylinder is a seamless aluminum
of this subchapter). When a reduced
cylinder with a maximum water capacsize specimen is used, it must be the
ity of 1000 pounds and minimum service
largest size obtainable.
pressure of 150 psig.
(k) Acceptable physical test results. Re-
(b) Authorized material and identificasults of physical tests must conform to
tion of material. The material of conthe following:
struction must meet the following con-
(1) The tensile strength may not exditions:
ceed 155,000 p.s.i.
(1) Starting stock must be cast stock
(2) The elongation must be at least 16
or traceable to cast stock.
percent for a two-inch gage length.
(2) Material with seams, cracks, lam-
(3) The Charpy V-notch impact propinations, or other defects likely to
erties for the three impact specimens
weaken the finished cylinder may not
which must be tested at 0 °F may not
be used.
852
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.46
(3) Material must be identified by a
(4) The material must be of uniform
suitable method that will identify the
quality. Only the following heat treatalloy, the aluminum producer's cast
able aluminum alloys in table 1 and 2
number, the solution heat treat batch
are permitted as follows:
number and the lot number.
TABLE 1-HEAT OR CAST ANALYSIS FOR ALUMINUM; SIMILAR TO "ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION"1 ALLOY
6061
[CHEMICAL ANALYSIS IN WEIGHT PERCENT2]
Other
Si
Fe
Cu
Mn
Mg
Cr
Zn
Ti
Pb
Bi
min/
min/
A1
max
min/max
min/max
max
max
max
max
each
total
max
max
max
max
max
0.4/0.8
0.7
0.15/0.4
0.15
0.8/1.2
0.04/0.35
0.25
0.15
0.005
0.005
0.05
0.15
Bal.
1 The "Aluminum Association" refers to "Aluminum Standards and Data 1993", published by the Aluminum Association Inc.
2 Except for "Pb" and "Bi", the chemical composition corresponds with that of Table 1 of ASTM B 221 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this
subchapter) for Aluminum Association alloy 6061.
TABLE 2-MECHANICAL PROPERTY LIMITS
Tensile strength-PSI
Elongation-percent
Alloy and temper
minimum for 2" or
Ultimate-minimum
Yield-minimum
4D' size specimen
6061-T6
38,000
35,000
214
"D" represents specimen diameters. When the cylinder wall is greater than 3/18 inch thick, a retest without reheat treatment
using the 4D size specimen is authorized if the test using the 2 inch size specimen fails to meet elongation requirements.
When cylinder wall is not over 3/16-inch thick, 10 percent elongation is authorized when using a 24bx6t size test specimen.
(5) All starting stock must be 100 perwise conditioned to eliminate these decent ultrasonically inspected, along
fects.
the length at right angles to the cen-
(2) Thickness of the cylinder base
tral axis from two positions at 90° to
may not be less than the prescribed
one another. The equipment and conminimum wall thickness of the cylintinuous scanning procedure must be cadrical shell. The cylinder base must
pable of detecting and rejecting interhave a basic torispherical, heminal defects such as cracks which have
spherical, or ellipsoidal interior base
an ultrasonic response greater than
configuration where the dish radius is
that of a calibration block with a 5/64-
no greater than 1.2 times the inside diinch diameter flat bottomed hole.
ameter of the shell. The knuckle radius
(6) Cast stock must have uniform
may not be less than 12 percent of the
equiaxed grain structure not to exceed
inside diameter of the shell. The inte-
500 microns maximum.
rior base contour may deviate from the
(7) Any starting stock not complying
true torispherical, hernispherical or elwith the provisions of paragraphs (b)(1)
lipsoidal configuration provided thatthrough (b)(6) of this section must be
(i) Any areas of deviation are accomrejected.
panied by an increase in base thick-
(c) Manufacture. Cylinders must be
ness;
manufactured in accordance with the
(ii) All radii of merging surfaces are
following requirements:
equal to or greater than the knuckle
(1) Cylinder shells must be manufacradius;
tured by the backward extrusion meth-
(iii) Each design has been qualified
od and have a cleanliness level adeby successfully passing the cycling
quate to ensure proper inspection. No
tests in this paragraph (c); and
fissure or other defect is acceptable
(iv) Detailed specifications of the
that is likely to weaken the finished
base design are available to the inspeccylinder below the design strength retor.
quirements. A reasonably smooth and
(3) For free standing cylinders, the
uniform surface finish is required. If
base thickness must be at least two
not originally free from such defects,
times the minimum wall thickness
the surface may be machined or otheralong the line of contact between the
853
$ 178.46
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
cylinder base and the floor when the
(2) The size of any centered opening
cylinders are in the vertical position.
in a head may not exceed one-half the
(4) Welding or brazing is prohibited.
outside diameter of the cylinder.
(5) Each new design and any signifi-
(3) Other openings are permitted in
cant change to any acceptable design
the head of a cylinder if:
must be qualified for production by
(i) Each opening does not exceed 2.625
testing prototype samples as follows:
inches in diameter, or one-half the out-
(i) Three samples must be subjected
side diameter of the cylinder; whichto 100,000 pressure reversal cycles beever is less;
tween zero and service pressure or
(ii) Each opening is separated from
10,000 pressure reversal cycles between
each other by a ligament; and
zero and test pressure, at a rate not in
(iii) Each ligament which separates
excess of 10 cycles per minute without
two openings must be at least three
failure.
times the average of the diameters of
(ii) Three samples must be pressurthe two openings.
ized to destruction and failure may not
(4) All openings must be circular.
occur at less than 2.5 times the marked
(5) All openings must be threaded.
cylinder service pressure. Each cyl-
Threads must comply with the folinder must remain in one piece. Faillowing:
ure must initiate in the cylinder side-
(1) Each thread must be clean cut,
wall in a longitudinal direction. Rate
even, without checks, and to gauge.
of pressurization may not exceed 200
(ii) Taper threads, when used, must
conform to one of the following:
psig per second.
(6) In this specification "significant
(A) American Standard Pipe Thread
change" means a 10 percent or greater
(NPT) type, conforming to the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28 (IBR, see
change in cylinder wall thickness, serv-
$171.7 of this subchapter):
ice pressure, or diameter; a 30 percent
(B) National Gas Taper Thread (NGT)
or greater change in water capacity or
base thickness; any change in material;
type, conforming to the requirements
of NBS Handbook H-28; or
over 100 percent increase in size of
openings; or any change in the number
(C) Other taper threads conforming
to other standards may be used proof openings.
vided the length is not less than that
(d) Wall thickness. The minimum wall
thickness must be such that the wall
specified for NPT threads.
(iii) Straight threads, when used,
stress at the minimum specified test
must conform to one of the following:
pressure will not exceed 80 percent of
(A) National Gas Straight Thread
the minimum yield strength nor exceed
(NGS) type, conforming to the require-
67 percent of the minimum ultimate
ments of NBS Handbook H-28;
tensile strength as verified by physical
(B) Unified Thread (UN) type, contests in paragraph (i) of this section.
The minimum wall thickness for any
forming to the requirements of NBS
Handbook H-28;
cylinder with an outside diameter
greater than 5 inches must be 0.125
(C) Controlled Radius Root Thread
inch. Calculations must be made by the
(UN) type, conforming to the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28; or
following formula:
(D) Other straight threads con-
S = [P(1.3D² + 0.4d²)] / (D² - d2)
forming to other recognized standards
may be used provided that the require-
Where:
ments in paragraph (e) (iv) of this
S = Wall stress in psi;
section are met.
P = Prescribed minimum test pressure in
(iv) All straight threads must have at
psig (see paragraph (g) of this section):
least 6 engaged threads, a tight fit, and
D = Outside diameter in inches; and
a factor of safety in shear of at least 10
d = Inside diameter in inches.
at the test pressure of the cylinder.
(e) Openings. Openings must comply
Shear stress must be calculated by
with the following requirements:
using the appropriate thread shear area
(1) Openings are permitted in heads
in accordance with NBS Handbook H-
only.
28.
854
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.46
(f) Heat treatment. Prior to any test,
TABLE 3-FLATTENING TEST TABLE
all cylinders must be subjected to a so-
Radius
lution heat treatment and aging treat-
Cylinder wall thickness in inches
in
ment appropriate for the aluminum
inches
alloy used.
Under .150
.500
(g) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder
.150 to .249
875
must be subjected to an internal test
.250 to .349
1.500
pressure using the water jacket equip-
.350 to .449
2.125
450 to .549
2.750
ment and method or other suitable
.550 to 649
3.500
equipment and method and comply
.650 to .749
4.125
with the following requirements:
(1) The testing apparatus must be op-
(2) An alternate bend test in accorderated in a manner so as to obtain acance with ASTM E 290 using a mandrel
curate data. The pressure gauge used
diameter not more than 6 times the
must permit reading to an accuracy of
wall thickness is authorized to qualify
one percent. The expansion gauge must
lots that fail the flattening test of this
permit reading the total expansion to
section without reheat treatment. If
an accuracy of either one percent or 0.1
used, this test must be performed on
cubic centimeter.
two samples from one cylinder taken
(2) The test pressure must be mainat random out of each lot of 200 cyltained for a sufficient period of time to
inders or less.
assure complete expansion of the cyl-
(3) Each test cylinder must withstand
inder. In no case may the pressure be
flattening to nine times the wall thickheld less than 30 seconds. If, due to failness without cracking. When the alterure of the test apparatus, the required
nate bend test is used, the test specitest pressure cannot be maintained,
mens must remain uncracked when
the test may be repeated at a pressure
bent inward around a mandrel in the
increased by 10 percent or 100 psig,
direction of curvature of the cylinder
whichever is lower. If the test appawall until the interior edges are at a
ratus again fails to maintain the test
distance apart not greater than the dipressure, the cylinder being tested
ameter of the mandrel.
must be rejected. Any internal pressure
(i) Mechanical properties test. Two test
applied to the cylinder before any offispecimens cut from one cylinder repcial test may not exceed 90 percent of
resenting each lot of 200 cylinders or
the test pressure.
less must be subjected to the mechan-
(3) The minimum test pressure is the
ical properties test, as follows:
greatest of the following:
(1) The results of the test must con-
(i) 450 psig regardless of service presform to at least the minimum acceptsure;
able mechanical property limits for
(ii) Two times the service pressure
aluminum alloys as specified in parafor cylinders having service pressure
graph (b) of this section.
less than 500 psig: or
(2) Specimens must be 4D bar or
(iii) Five-thirds times the service
gauge length 2 inches with width not
pressure for cylinders having a service
over 1½ inch taken in the direction of
pressure of at least 500 psig.
extrusion approximately 180° from each
(4) Permanent volumetric expansion
other; provided that gauge length at
may not exceed 10 percent of total volleast 24 times thickness with width not
umetric expansion at test pressure.
over 6 times thickness is authorized,
(h) Flattening test. One cylinder taken
when cylinder wall is not over 3/16 inch
at random out of each lot must be subthick. The specimen, exclusive of grip
jected to a flattening test as follows:
ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends
(1) The test must be between knife
may be flattened to within one inch of
edges, wedge shaped, having a 60° ineach end of the reduced section. When
cluded angle, and rounded in accordthe size of the cylinder does not permit
ance with the following table. The lonsecuring straight specimens, the specigitudinal axis of the cylinder must be
mens may be taken in any location or
at an angle 90° to the knife edges durdirection and may be straightened or
ing the test. The flattening test table
flattened cold by pressure only, not by
is as follows:
blows. When such specimens are used,
855
§ 178.46
49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition)
the inspector's report must show that
(iii) Obtaining a certified check analthe specimens were so taken and preysis on one cylinder out of each lot of
pared. Heating of specimens for any
200 cylinders or less, if a certificate
purpose is forbidden.
containing data to indicate compliance
(3) The yield strength in tension
with the material specification is obmust be the stress corresponding to a
tained.
permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the
(2) The inspector shall verify ultragauge length.
sonic inspection of all material by in-
(i) The yield strength must be deterspection or by obtaining the material
mined by either the "offset" method or
producer's certificate of ultrasonic inthe "extension under load" method as
spection. Ultrasonic inspection must be
prescribed in ASTM B 557 (IBR, see
performed or verified as having been
$171.7 of this subchapter).
performed in accordance with para-
(ii) In using the "extension under
graph (c) of this section.
load" method, the total strain (or "ex-
(3) The inspector must also detertension under load") corresponding to
mine that each cylinder complies with
the stress at which the 0.2 percent perthis specification by:
manent strain occurs may be deter-
(i) Selecting the samples for check
mined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the
analyses performed by other than the
gauge length under appropriate load
material producer;
and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the
(ii) Verifying that the prescribed
gauge length. Elastic extension calminimum thickness was met by measculations must be based on an elastic
uring or witnessing the measurement
modulus of 10,000,000 psi. In the event
of the wall thickness; and
of controversy, the entire stress-strain
(iii) Verifying that the identification
diagram must be plotted and the yield
of material is proper.
strength determined from the 0.2 per-
(4) Prior to initial production of any
cent offset.
design or design change, verify that the
(iii) For the purpose of strain measdesign qualification tests prescribed in
urement, the initial strain must be set
paragraph (c)(6) of this section have
while the specimen is under a stress of
been performed with acceptable re-
6,000 psi, the strain indicator reading
sults.
being set at the calculated cor-
(1) Definitions. (1) In this specificaresponding strain.
tion, a "lot" means a group of cyl-
(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing
inders successively produced having
machine may not exceed 1/8 inch per
the same:
minute during yield strength deter-
(i) Size and configuration;
mination.
(ii) Specified material of construc-
(j) Rejected cylinder. Reheat treattion;
ment of rejected cylinders is author-
(iii) Process of manufacture and heat
ized one time. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to
treatment;
be acceptable.
(iv) Equipment of manufacture and
(k) Duties of inspector. In addition to
heat treatment; and
the requirements of $178.35, the inspec-
(v) Conditions of time, temperature
tor shall:
and atmosphere during heat treatment.
(1) Verify compliance with the provi-
(2) In no case may the lot size exceed
sions of paragraph (b) of this section
200 cylinders, but any cylinder procby:
essed for use in the required destruc-
(i) Performing or witnessing the pertive physical testing need not be countformance of the chemical analyses on
ed as being one of the 200.
each melt or cast lot or other unit of
(m) Inspector's report. In addition to
starting material; or
the information required by § 178.35, the
(ii) Obtaining a certified chemical
record of chemical analyses must also
analysis from the material or cylinder
include the alloy designation, and apmanufacturer for each melt, or cast of
plicable information on iron, titanium,
material; or
856
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT
§ 178.47
zinc, magnesium and any other applipacity of not over 100 pounds and a
cable element used in the construction
service pressure of at least 500 but not
of the cylinder.
over 900 psig.
(b) Steel. Types 304, 321 and 347 stain-
[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942. May 23, 1996, as
amended at 66 FR 45386-45388, Aug. 28, 2001: 67
less steel are authorized with proper
FR 51652, Aug. 8. 2002; 68 FR 75749, Dec. 31,
welding procedure. A heat of steel
2003]
made under the specifications in table
1 in this paragraph (b), check chemical
$ 178.47 Specification 4DS welded
analysis of which is slightly out of the
stainless steel cylinders for aircraft
specified range, is acceptable, if satisuse.
factory in all other respects, provided
(a) Type, size, and service pressure. A
the tolerances shown in table 2 in this
DOT 4DS cylinder is either a welded
paragraph (b) are not exceeded, except
stainless steel sphere (two seamless
as approved by Associate Adminishemispheres) or circumferentially
trator. The following chemical analwelded cylinder both with a water cayses are authorized:
TABLE 1-AUTHORIZED MATERIALS
Stainless steels
304 (percent)
321 (percent)
347 (percent)
Carbon (max)
0.08
0.08
0.08
Manganese (max)
2.00
2.00